Quotations.ch
  Directory : Mardi: and A Voyage Thither, Vol. II (of 2)
GUIDE SUPPORT US BLOG
  • The Project Gutenberg EBook of Mardi: and A Voyage Thither, Vol. II (of 2)
  • by Herman Melville
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net
  • Title: Mardi: and A Voyage Thither, Vol. II (of 2)
  • Author: Herman Melville
  • Release Date: October 12, 2004 [EBook #13721]
  • [Last updated: November 15, 2014]
  • Language: English
  • *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARDI: AND A VOYAGE THITHER, ***
  • Produced by Geoff Palmer
  • MARDI: AND A VOYAGE THITHER.
  • BY HERMAN MELVILLE
  • IN TWO VOLUMES
  • VOL. II.
  • 1864.
  • MARDI
  • CONTENTS
  • VOL. II
  • CHAPTER
  • 1. Maramma
  • 2. They land
  • 3. They pass through the Woods
  • 4. Hivohitee MDCCCXLVII
  • 5. They visit the great Morai
  • 6. They discourse of the Gods of Mardi, and Braid-Beard tells of
  • one Foni
  • 7. They visit the Lake of Yammo
  • 8. They meet the Pilgrims at the Temple of Oro
  • 9. They discourse of Alma
  • 10. Mohi tells of one Ravoo, and they land to visit Hevaneva,
  • a flourishing Artisan
  • 11. A Nursery-tale of Babbalanja's
  • 12. Landing to visit Hivohitee the Pontiff; they encounter an
  • extraordinary old Hermit; with whom Yoomy has a confidential
  • Interview, but learns little
  • 13. Babbalanja endeavors to explain the Mystery
  • 14. Taji receives Tidings and Omens
  • 15. Dreams
  • 16. Media and Babbalanja discourse
  • 17. They regale themselves with their Pipes
  • 18. They visit an extraordinary old Antiquary
  • 19. They go down into the Catacombs
  • 20. Babbalanja quotes from an antique Pagan; and earnestly presses it
  • upon the Company, that what he recites is not his but another's
  • 21. They visit a wealthy old Pauper
  • 22. Yoomy sings some odd Verses, and Babbalanja quotes from the old
  • Authors right and left
  • 23. What manner of Men the Tapparians were
  • 24. Their adventures upon landing at Pimminee
  • 25. A, I, and O
  • 26. A Reception-day at Pimminee
  • 27. Babbalanja falleth upon Pimminee Tooth and Nail
  • 28. Babbalanja regales the Company with some Sandwiches
  • 29. They still remain upon the Rock
  • 30. Behind and Before
  • 31. Babbalanja discourses in the Dark
  • 32. My Lord Media summons Mohi to the Stand
  • 33. Wherein Babbalanja and Yoomy embrace
  • 34. Of the Isle of Diranda
  • 35. They visit the Lords Piko and Hello
  • 36. They attend the Games
  • 37. Taji still hunted and beckoned
  • 38. They embark from Diranda
  • 39. Wherein Babbalanja discourses of himself
  • 40. Of the Sorcerers in the Isle of Minda
  • 41. Chiefly of King Bello
  • 42. Dominora and Vivenza
  • 43. They land at Dominora
  • 44. Through Dominora, they wander after Yillah
  • 45. They behold King Bello's State Canoe
  • 46. Wherein Babbalanja bows thrice
  • 47. Babbalanja philosophizes, and my Lord Media passes round the
  • Calabashes
  • 48. They sail round an Island without landing; and talk round a
  • Subject without getting at it
  • 49. They draw nigh to Porpheero; where they behold a terrific Eruption
  • 50. Wherein King Media celebrates the Glories of Autumn; the Minstrel,
  • the Promise of Spring
  • 51. In which Azzageddi seems to use Babbalanja for a Mouthpiece
  • 52. The charming Yoomy sings
  • 53. They draw nigh unto Land
  • 54. They visit the great central Temple of Vivenza
  • 55. Wherein Babbalanja comments upon the Speech of Alanno
  • 56. A Scene in the Land of Warwicks, or King-makers
  • 57. They hearken unto a Voice from the Gods
  • 58. They visit the extreme South of Vivenza
  • 59. They converse of the Molluscs, Kings, Toad-stools, and other Matters
  • 60. Wherein, that gallant Gentleman and Demi-god, King Media, Scepter
  • in Hand throws himself into the Breach
  • 61. They round the stormy Cape of Capes
  • 62. They encounter Gold-hunters
  • 63. They seek through the Isles of Palms; and pass the Isles of Myrrh
  • 64. Concentric, inward, with Mardi's Reef, they leave their Wake
  • around the World
  • 65. Sailing on
  • 66. A Sight of Nightingales from Yoomy's Mouth
  • 67. They visit one Doxodox
  • 68. King Media dreams
  • 69. After a long Interval, by Night they are becalmed
  • 70. They land at Hooloomooloo
  • 71. A Book from the "Ponderings of old Bardianna"
  • 72. Babbalanja starts to his Feet
  • 73. At last, the last Mention is made of old Bardianna; and His last
  • Will and Testament is recited at Length
  • 74. A Death-cloud sweeps by them as they sail
  • 75. They visit the palmy King Abrazza
  • 76. Same pleasant, shady Talk in the Groves, between my Lords Abrazza
  • and Media, Babbalanja, Mohi, and Yoomy...
  • 77. They sup
  • 78. They embark
  • 79. Babbalanja at the Full of the Moon
  • 80. Morning
  • 81. L'Ultima sera
  • 82. They sail from Night to Day
  • 83. They land
  • 84. Babbalanja relates to them a Vision
  • 85. They depart from Serena
  • 86. They meet the Phantoms
  • 87. They draw nigh to Flozella
  • 88. They land
  • 89. They enter the Bower of Hautia
  • 90. Taji with Hautia
  • 91. Mardi behind: an Ocean before
  • MARDI.
  • CHAPTER I
  • Maramma
  • We were now voyaging straight for Maramma; where lived and reigned, in
  • mystery, the High Pontiff of the adjoining isles: prince, priest, and
  • god, in his own proper person: great lord paramount over many kings in
  • Mardi; his hands full of scepters and crosiers.
  • Soon, rounding a lofty and insulated shore, the great central peak of
  • the island came in sight; domineering over the neighboring hills; the
  • same aspiring pinnacle, descried in drawing near the archipelago in
  • the Chamois.
  • "Tall Peak of Ofo!" cried Babbalanja, "how comes it that thy shadow so
  • broods over Mardi; flinging new shades upon spots already shaded by
  • the hill-sides; shade upon shade!"
  • "Yet, so it is," said Yoomy, sadly, "that where that shadow falls, gay
  • flowers refuse to spring; and men long dwelling therein become shady
  • of face and of soul. 'Hast thou come from out the shadows of Ofo?'
  • inquires the stranger, of one with a clouded brow."
  • "It was by this same peak," said Mohi, "that the nimble god Roo, a
  • great sinner above, came down from the skies, a very long time ago.
  • Three skips and a jump, and he landed on the plain. But alas, poor
  • Roo! though easy the descent, there was no climbing back."
  • "No wonder, then," said Babbalanja, "that the peak is inaccessible to
  • man. Though, with a strange infatuation, many still make pilgrimages
  • thereto; and wearily climb and climb, till slipping from the rocks,
  • they fall headlong backward, and oftentimes perish at its base."
  • "Ay," said Mohi, "in vain, on all sides of the Peak, various paths are
  • tried; in vain new ones are cut through the cliffs and the brambles:--
  • Ofo yet remains inaccessible."
  • "Nevertheless," said Babbalanja, "by some it is believed, that those,
  • who by dint of hard struggling climb so high as to become invisible
  • from the plain; that these have attained the summit; though others
  • much doubt, whether their becoming invisible is not because of their
  • having fallen, and perished by the way."
  • "And wherefore," said Media, "do you mortals undertake the ascent at
  • all? why not be content on the plain? and even if attainable, what
  • would you do upon that lofty, clouded summit? Or how can you hope to
  • breathe that rarefied air, unfitted for your human lungs?"
  • "True, my lord," said Babbalanja; "and Bardianna asserts that the
  • plain alone was intended for man; who should be content to dwell under
  • the shade of its groves, though the roots thereof descend into the
  • darkness of the earth. But, my lord, you well know, that there are
  • those in Mardi, who secretly regard all stories connected with this
  • peak, as inventions of the people of Maramma. They deny that any thing
  • is to be gained by making a pilgrimage thereto. And for warranty, they
  • appeal to the sayings of the great prophet Alma."
  • Cried Mohi, "But Alma is also quoted by others, in vindication of the
  • pilgrimages to Ofo. They declare that the prophet himself was the
  • first pilgrim that thitherward journeyed: that from thence he departed
  • to the skies."
  • Now, excepting this same peak, Maramma is all rolling hill and dale,
  • like the sea after a storm; which then seems not to roll, but to stand
  • still, poising its mountains. Yet the landscape of Maramma has not the
  • merriness of meadows; partly because of the shadow of Ofo, and partly
  • because of the solemn groves in which the Morais and temples are
  • buried.
  • According to Mohi, not one solitary tree bearing fruit, not one
  • esculent root, grows in all the isle; the population wholly depending
  • upon the large tribute remitted from the neighboring shores.
  • "It is not that the soil is unproductive," said Mohi, "that these
  • things are so. It is extremely fertile; but the inhabitants say that
  • it would be wrong to make a Bread-fruit orchard of the holy island."
  • "And hence, my lord," said Babbalanja, "while others are charged with
  • the business of their temporal welfare, these Islanders take no thought
  • of the morrow; and broad Maramma lies one fertile waste in the lagoon."
  • CHAPTER II
  • They Land
  • Coming close to the island, the pennons and trappings of our canoes
  • were removed; and Vee-Vee was commanded to descend from the shark's
  • mouth; and for a time to lay aside his conch. In token of reverence,
  • our paddlers also stripped to the waist; an example which even Media
  • followed; though, as a king, the same homage he rendered, was at times
  • rendered himself.
  • At every place, hitherto visited, joyous crowds stood ready to hail
  • our arrival; but the shores of Maramma were silent, and forlorn.
  • Said Babbalanja, "It looks not as if the lost one were here."
  • At length we landed in a little cove nigh a valley, which Mohi called
  • Uma; and here in silence we beached our canoes.
  • But presently, there came to us an old man, with a beard white as the
  • mane of the pale horse. He was clad in a midnight robe. He fanned
  • himself with a fan of faded leaves. A child led him by the hand, for
  • he was blind, wearing a green plantain leaf over his plaited brow.
  • Him, Media accosted, making mention who we were, and on what errand we
  • came: to seek out Yillah, and behold the isle.
  • Whereupon Pani, for such was his name, gave us a courteous reception;
  • and lavishly promised to discover sweet Yillah; declaring that in
  • Maramma, if any where, the long-lost maiden must be found. He assured
  • us, that throughout the whole land he would lead us; leaving no place,
  • desirable to be searched, unexplored.
  • And so saying, he conducted us to his dwelling, for refreshment and
  • repose.
  • It was large and lofty. Near by, however, were many miserable hovels,
  • with squalid inmates. But the old man's retreat was exceedingly
  • comfortable; especially abounding in mats for lounging; his rafters
  • were bowed down by calabashes of good cheer.
  • During the repast which ensued, blind Pani, freely partaking, enlarged
  • upon the merit of abstinence; declaring that a thatch overhead, and a
  • cocoanut tree, comprised all that was necessary for the temporal
  • welfare of a Mardian. More than this, he assured us was sinful.
  • He now made known, that he officiated as guide in this quarter of the
  • country; and that as he had renounced all other pursuits to devote
  • himself to showing strangers the island; and more particularly the
  • best way to ascend lofty Ofo; he was necessitated to seek remuneration
  • for his toil.
  • "My lord," then whispered Mohi to Media "the great prophet Alma always
  • declared, that, without charge, this island was free to all."
  • "What recompense do you desire, old man?" said Media to Pani.
  • "What I seek is but little:--twenty rolls of fine tappa; two score
  • mats of best upland grass; one canoe-load of bread-fruit and yams; ten
  • gourds of wine; and forty strings of teeth;--you are a large company,
  • but my requisitions are small."
  • "Very small," said Mohi.
  • "You are extortionate, good Pani," said Media. "And what wants an aged
  • mortal like you with all these things?"
  • "I thought superfluities were worthless; nay, sinful," said Babbalanja.
  • "Is not this your habitation already more than abundantly supplied
  • with all desirable furnishings?" asked Yoomy.
  • "I am but a lowly laborer," said the old man, meekly crossing his
  • arms, "but does not the lowliest laborer ask and receive his reward?
  • and shall I miss mine?--But I beg charity of none. What I ask, I
  • demand; and in the dread name of great Alma, who appointed me a
  • guide." And to and fro he strode, groping as he went.
  • Marking his blindness, whispered Babbalanja to Media, "My lord,
  • methinks this Pani must be a poor guide. In his journeys inland, his
  • little child leads him; why not, then, take the guide's guide?"
  • But Pani would not part with the child.
  • Then said Mohi in a low voice, "My lord Media, though I am no
  • appointed guide; yet, will I undertake to lead you aright over all
  • this island; for I am an old man, and have been here oft by myself;
  • though I can not undertake to conduct you up the peak of Ofo, and to
  • the more secret temples."
  • Then Pani said: "and what mortal may this be, who pretends to thread
  • the labyrinthine wilds of Maramma? Beware!"
  • "He is one with eyes that see," made answer Babbalanja.
  • "Follow him not," said Pani, "for he will lead thee astray; no Yillah
  • will he find; and having no warrant as a guide, the curses of Alma
  • will accompany him."
  • Now, this was not altogether without effect; for Pani and his fathers
  • before him had always filled the office of guide.
  • Nevertheless, Media at last decided, that, this time, Mohi should
  • conduct us; which being communicated to Pani, he desired us to remove
  • from his roof. So withdrawing to the skirt of a neighboring grove, we
  • lingered awhile, to refresh ourselves for the journey in prospect.
  • As we here reclined, there came up from the sea-side a party of
  • pilgrims, but newly arrived.
  • Apprised of their coming, Pani and his child went out to meet them;
  • and standing in the path he cried, "I am the appointed guide; in the
  • name of Alma I conduct all pilgrims to the temples."
  • "This must be the worthy Pani," said one of the strangers, turning
  • upon the rest.
  • "Let us take him, then, for our guide," cried they; and all drew near.
  • But upon accosting him; they were told, that he guided none without
  • recompense.
  • And now, being informed, that the foremost of the pilgrims was one
  • Divino, a wealthy chief of a distant island, Pani demanded of him his
  • requital.
  • But the other demurred; and by many soft speeches at length abated the
  • recompense to three promissory cocoanuts, which he covenanted to send
  • Pani at some future day.
  • The next pilgrim accosted, was a sad-eyed maiden, in decent but scanty
  • raiment; who without seeking to diminish Pani's demands promptly
  • placed in his hands a small hoard of the money of Mardi.
  • "Take it, holy guide," she said, "it is all I have."
  • But the third pilgrim, one Fanna, a hale matron, in handsome apparel,
  • needed no asking to bestow her goods. Calling upon her attendants to
  • advance with their burdens, she quickly unrolled them; and wound round
  • and round Pani, fold after fold of the costliest tappas; and filled
  • both his hands with teeth; and his mouth with some savory marmalade;
  • and poured oil upon his head; and knelt and besought of him a
  • blessing.
  • "From the bottom of my heart I bless thee," said Pani; and still
  • holding her hands exclaimed, "Take example from this woman, oh Divino;
  • and do ye likewise, ye pilgrims all."
  • "Not to-day," said Divino.
  • "We are not rich, like unto Fauna," said the rest.
  • Now, the next pilgrim was a very old and miserable man; stone-blind,
  • covered with rags; and supporting his steps with a staff.
  • "My recompense," said Pani.
  • "Alas! I have naught to give. Behold my poverty."
  • "I can not see," replied Pani; but feeling of his garments, he said,
  • "Thou wouldst deceive me; hast thou not this robe, and this staff?"
  • "Oh! Merciful Pani, take not my all!" wailed the pilgrim. But his
  • worthless gaberdine was thrust into the dwelling of the guide.
  • Meanwhile, the matron was still enveloping Pani in her interminable
  • tappas.
  • But the sad-eyed maiden, removing her upper mantle, threw it over the
  • naked form of the beggar.
  • The fifth pilgrim was a youth of an open, ingenuous aspect; and with
  • an eye, full of eyes; his step was light.
  • "Who art thou?" cried Pani, as the stripling touched him in passing.
  • "I go to ascend the Peak," said the boy.
  • "Then take me for guide."
  • "No, I am strong and lithesome. Alone must I go."
  • "But how knowest thou the way?"
  • "There are many ways: the right one I must seek for myself."
  • "Ah, poor deluded one," sighed Pani; "but thus is it ever with youth;
  • and rejecting the monitions of wisdom, suffer they must. Go on, and
  • perish!"
  • Turning, the boy exclaimed--"Though I act counter to thy counsels, oh
  • Pani, I but follow the divine instinct in me."
  • "Poor youth!" murmured Babbalanja. "How earnestly he struggles in his
  • bonds. But though rejecting a guide, still he clings to that legend of
  • the Peak."
  • The rest of the pilgrims now tarried with the guide, preparing for
  • their journey inland.
  • CHAPTER III
  • They Pass Through The Woods
  • Refreshed by our stay in the grove, we rose, and placed ourselves
  • under the guidance of Mohi; who went on in advance.
  • Winding our way among jungles, we came to a deep hollow, planted with
  • one gigantic palm-shaft, belted round by saplings, springing from its
  • roots. But, Laocoon-like, sire and sons stood locked in the serpent
  • folds of gnarled, distorted banians; and the banian-bark, eating into
  • their vital wood, corrupted their veins of sap, till all those palm-
  • nuts were poisoned chalices.
  • Near by stood clean-limbed, comely manchineels, with lustrous leaves
  • and golden fruit. You would have deemed them Trees of Life; but
  • underneath their branches grew no blade of grass, no herb, nor moss;
  • the bare earth was scorched by heaven's own dews, filtrated through
  • that fatal foliage.
  • Farther on, there frowned a grove of blended banian boughs, thick-
  • ranked manchineels, and many a upas; their summits gilded by the sun;
  • but below, deep shadows, darkening night-shade ferns, and mandrakes.
  • Buried in their midst, and dimly seen among large leaves, all halberd-
  • shaped, were piles of stone, supporting falling temples of bamboo.
  • Thereon frogs leaped in dampness, trailing round their slime. Thick
  • hung the rafters with lines of pendant sloths; the upas trees dropped
  • darkness round; so dense the shade, nocturnal birds found there
  • perpetual night; and, throve on poisoned air. Owls hooted from dead
  • boughs; or, one by one, sailed by on silent pinions; cranes stalked
  • abroad, or brooded, in the marshes; adders hissed; bats smote the
  • darkness; ravens croaked; and vampires, fixed on slumbering lizards,
  • fanned the sultry air.
  • CHAPTER IV
  • Hivohitee MDCCCXLVIII
  • Now, those doleful woodlands passed, straightway converse was renewed,
  • and much discourse took place, concerning Hivohitee, Pontiff of the
  • isle.
  • For, during our first friendly conversation with Pani, Media had
  • inquired for Hivohitee, and sought to know in what part of the island
  • he abode.
  • Whereto Pani had replied, that the Pontiff would be invisible for
  • several days to come; being engaged with particular company.
  • And upon further inquiry, as to who were the personages monopolizing
  • his hospitalities, Media was dumb when informed, that they were no
  • other than certain incorporeal deities from above, passing the
  • Capricorn Solstice at Maramma.
  • As on we journeyed, much curiosity being expressed to know more of the
  • Pontiff and his guests, old Mohi, familiar with these things, was
  • commanded to enlighten the company. He complied; and his recital was
  • not a little significant, of the occasional credulity of chroniclers.
  • According to his statement, the deities entertained by Hivohitee
  • belonged to the third class of immortals. These, however, were far
  • elevated above the corporeal demi-gods of Mardi. Indeed, in
  • Hivohitee's eyes, the greatest demi-gods were as gourds. Little
  • wonder, then, that their superiors were accounted the most genteel
  • characters on his visiting list.
  • These immortals were wonderfully fastidious and dainty as to the
  • atmosphere they breathed; inhaling no sublunary air, but that of the
  • elevated interior; where the Pontiff had a rural lodge, for the
  • special accommodation of impalpable guests; who were entertained at
  • very small cost; dinners being unnecessary, and dormitories
  • superfluous.
  • But Hivohitee permitted not the presence of these celestial grandees,
  • to interfere with his own solid comfort. Passing his mornings in
  • highly intensified chat, he thrice reclined at his ease; partaking of
  • a fine plantain-pudding, and pouring out from a calabash of celestial
  • old wine; meanwhile, carrying on the flow of soul with his guests. And
  • truly, the sight of their entertainer thus enjoying himself in the
  • flesh, while they themselves starved on the ether, must have been
  • exceedingly provoking to these aristocratic and aerial strangers.
  • It was reported, furthermore, that Hivohitee, one of the haughtiest of
  • Pontiffs, purposely treated his angelical guests thus cavalierly; in
  • order to convince them, that though a denizen of earth; a sublunarian;
  • and in respect of heaven, a mere provincial; he (Hivohitee) accounted
  • himself full as good as seraphim from the capital; and that too at the
  • Capricorn Solstice, or any other time of the year. Strongly bent was
  • Hivohitee upon humbling their supercilious pretensions.
  • Besides, was he not accounted a great god in the land? supreme? having
  • power of life and death? essaying the deposition of kings? and
  • dwelling in moody state, all by himself, in the goodliest island of
  • Mardi? Though here, be it said, that his assumptions of temporal
  • supremacy were but seldom made good by express interference with the
  • secular concerns of the neighboring monarchs; who, by force of arms,
  • were too apt to argue against his claims to authority; however, in
  • theory, they bowed to it. And now, for the genealogy of Hivohitee; for
  • eighteen hundred and forty-seven Hivohitees were alleged to have gone
  • before him. He came in a right line from the divine Hivohitee I.: the
  • original grantee of the empire of men's souls and the first swayer of
  • a crosier. The present Pontiff's descent was unquestionable; his
  • dignity having been transmitted through none but heirs male; the whole
  • procession of High Priests being the fruit of successive marriages
  • between uterine brother and sister. A conjunction deemed incestuous in
  • some lands; but, here, held the only fit channel for the pure
  • transmission of elevated rank.
  • Added to the hereditary appellation, Hivohitee, which simply denoted
  • the sacerdotal station of the Pontiffs, and was but seldom employed in
  • current discourse, they were individualized by a distinctive name,
  • bestowed upon them at birth. And the degree of consideration in which
  • they were held, may be inferred from the fact, that during the
  • lifetime of a Pontiff, the leading sound in his name was banned to
  • ordinary uses. Whence, at every new accession to the archiepiscopal
  • throne, it came to pass, that multitudes of words and phrases were
  • either essentially modified, or wholly dropped. Wherefore, the
  • language of Maramma was incessantly fluctuating; and had become so
  • full of jargonings, that the birds in the groves were greatly puzzled;
  • not knowing where lay the virtue of sounds, so incoherent.
  • And, in a good measure, this held true of all tongues spoken
  • throughout the Archipelago; the birds marveling at mankind, and
  • mankind at the birds; wondering how they could continually sing; when,
  • for all man knew to the contrary, it was impossible they could be
  • holding intelligent discourse. And thus, though for thousands of
  • years, men and birds had been dwelling together in Mardi, they
  • remained wholly ignorant of each other's secrets; the Islander
  • regarding the fowl as a senseless songster, forever in the clouds; and
  • the fowl him, as a screeching crane, destitute of pinions and lofty
  • aspirations.
  • Over and above numerous other miraculous powers imputed to the
  • Pontiffs as spiritual potentates, there was ascribed to them one
  • special privilege of a secular nature: that of healing with a touch
  • the bites of the ravenous sharks, swarming throughout the lagoon. With
  • these they were supposed to be upon the most friendly terms; according
  • to popular accounts, sociably bathing with them in the sea; permitting
  • them to rub their noses against their priestly thighs; playfully
  • mouthing their hands, with all their tiers of teeth.
  • At the ordination of a Pontiff, the ceremony was not deemed complete,
  • until embarking in his barge, he was saluted High Priest by three
  • sharks drawing near; with teeth turned up, swimming beside his canoe.
  • These monsters were deified in Maramma; had altars there; it was
  • deemed worse than homicide to kill one. "And what if they destroy
  • human life?" say the Islanders, "are they not sacred?"
  • Now many more wonderful things were related touching Hivohitee; and
  • though one could not but doubt the validity of many prerogatives
  • ascribed to him, it was nevertheless hard to do otherwise, than
  • entertain for the Pontiff that sort of profound consideration, which
  • all render to those who indisputably possess the power of quenching
  • human life with a wish.
  • CHAPTER V
  • They Visit The Great Morai
  • As garrulous guide to the party, Braid-Beard soon brought us nigh the
  • great Morai of Maramma, the burial-place of the Pontiffs, and a rural
  • promenade, for certain idols there inhabiting.
  • Our way now led through the bed of a shallow water-course; Mohi
  • observing, as we went, that our feet were being washed at every step;
  • whereas, to tread the dusty earth would be to desecrate the holy
  • Morai, by transferring thereto, the base soil of less sacred ground.
  • Here and there, thatched arbors were thrown over the stream, for the
  • accommodation of devotees; who, in these consecrated waters, issuing
  • from a spring in the Morai, bathed their garments, that long life might
  • ensue. Yet, as Braid-Beard assured us, sometimes it happened, that
  • divers feeble old men zealously donning their raiment immediately after
  • immersion became afflicted with rheumatics; and instances were related
  • of their falling down dead, in this their pursuit of longevity.
  • Coming to the Morai, we found it inclosed by a wall; and while the
  • rest were surmounting it, Mohi was busily engaged in the apparently
  • childish occupation of collecting pebbles. Of these, however, to our
  • no small surprise, he presently made use, by irreverently throwing
  • them at all objects to which he was desirous of directing attention.
  • In this manner, was pointed out a black boar's head, suspended from a
  • bough. Full twenty of these sentries were on post in the neighboring
  • trees.
  • Proceeding, we came to a hillock of bone-dry sand, resting upon the
  • otherwise loamy soil. Possessing a secret, preservative virtue, this
  • sand had, ages ago, been brought from a distant land, to furnish a
  • sepulcher for the Pontiffs; who here, side by side, and sire by son,
  • slumbered all peacefully in the fellowship of the grave. Mohi
  • declared, that were the sepulcher to be opened, it would be the
  • resurrection of the whole line of High Priests. "But a resurrection of
  • bones, after all," said Babbalanja, ever osseous in his allusions to
  • the departed.
  • Passing on, we came to a number of Runic-looking stones, all over
  • hieroglyphical inscriptions, and placed round an elliptical aperture;
  • where welled up the sacred spring of the Morai, clear as crystal, and
  • showing through its waters, two tiers of sharp, tusk-like stones; the
  • mouth of Oro, so called; and it was held, that if any secular hand
  • should be immersed in the spring, straight upon it those stony jaws
  • would close.
  • We next came to a large image of a dark-hued stone, representing a
  • burly man, with an overgrown head, and abdomen hollowed out, and open
  • for inspection; therein, were relics of bones. Before this image we
  • paused. And whether or no it was Mohi's purpose to make us tourists
  • quake with his recitals, his revelations were far from agreeable. At
  • certain seasons, human beings were offered to the idol, which being an
  • epicure in the matter of sacrifices, would accept of no ordinary fare.
  • To insure his digestion, all indirect routes to the interior were
  • avoided; the sacrifices being packed in the ventricle itself.
  • Near to this image of Doleema, so called, a solitary forest-tree was
  • pointed out; leafless and dead to the core. But from its boughs hang
  • numerous baskets, brimming over with melons, grapes, and guavas. And
  • daily these baskets were replenished.
  • As we here stood, there passed a hungry figure, in ragged raiment:
  • hollow cheeks, and hollow eyes. Wistfully he eyed the offerings; but
  • retreated; knowing it was sacrilege to touch them. There, they must
  • decay, in honor of the god Ananna; for so this dead tree was
  • denominated by Mohi.
  • Now, as we were thus strolling about the Morai, the old chronicler
  • elucidating its mysteries, we suddenly spied Pani and the pilgrims
  • approaching the image of Doleema; his child leading the guide.
  • "This," began Pani, pointing to the idol of stone, "is the holy god
  • Ananna who lives in the sap of this green and flourishing tree."
  • "Thou meanest not, surely, this stone image we behold?" said Divino.
  • "I mean the tree," said the guide. "It is no stone image."
  • "Strange," muttered the chief; "were it not a guide that spoke, I
  • would deny it. As it is, I hold my peace."
  • "Mystery of mysteries!" cried the blind old pilgrim; "is it, then, a
  • stone image that Pani calls a tree? Oh, Oro, that I had eyes to see,
  • that I might verily behold it, and then believe it to be what it is
  • not; that so I might prove the largeness of my faith; and so merit the
  • blessing of Alma."
  • "Thrice sacred Ananna," murmured the sad-eyed maiden, falling upon her
  • knees before Doleema, "receive my adoration. Of thee, I know nothing,
  • but what the guide has spoken. I am but a poor, weak-minded maiden,
  • judging not for myself, but leaning upon others that are wiser. These
  • things are above me. I am afraid to think. In Alma's name, receive my
  • homage."
  • And she flung flowers before the god.
  • But Fauna, the hale matron, turning upon Pani, exclaimed, "Receive
  • more gifts, oh guide." And again she showered them upon him.
  • Upon this, the willful boy who would not have Pani for his guide,
  • entered the Morai; and perceiving the group before the image, walked
  • rapidly to where they were. And beholding the idol, he regarded it
  • attentively, and said:--"This must be the image of Doleema; but I am
  • not sure."
  • "Nay," cried the blind pilgrim, "it is the holy tree Ananna, thou
  • wayward boy."
  • "A tree? whatever it may be, it is not that; thou art blind, old man."
  • "But though blind, I have that which thou lackest."
  • Then said Pani, turning upon the boy, "Depart from the holy Morai, and
  • corrupt not the hearts of these pilgrims. Depart, I say; and, in the
  • sacred name of Alma, perish in thy endeavors to climb the Peak."
  • "I may perish there in truth," said the boy, with sadness; "but it
  • shall be in the path revealed to me in my dream. And think not, oh
  • guide, that I perfectly rely upon gaining that lofty summit. I will
  • climb high Ofo with hope, not faith; Oh, mighty Oro, help me!"
  • "Be not impious," said Pani; "pronounce not Oro's sacred name too
  • lightly."
  • "Oro is but a sound," said the boy. "They call the supreme god, Ati,
  • in my native isle; it is the soundless thought of him, oh guide, that
  • is in me."
  • "Hark to his rhapsodies! Hark, how he prates of mysteries, that not
  • even Hivohitee can fathom."
  • "Nor he, nor thou, nor I, nor any; Oro, to all, is Oro the unknown."
  • "Why claim to know Oro, then, better than others?"
  • "I am not so vain; and I have little to substitute for what I can not
  • receive. I but feel Oro in me, yet can not declare the thought."
  • "Proud boy! thy humility is a pretense; at heart, thou deemest thyself
  • wiser than Mardi."
  • "Not near so wise. To believe is a haughty thing; my very doubts
  • humiliate me. I weep and doubt; all Mardi may be light; and I too
  • simple to discern."
  • "He is mad," said the chief Divino; "never before heard I such words."
  • "They are thoughts," muttered the guide.
  • "Poor fool!" cried Fauna.
  • "Lost youth!" sighed the maiden.
  • "He is but a child," said the beggar. These whims will soon depart;
  • once I was like him; but, praise be to Alma, in the hour of sickness I
  • repented, feeble old man that I am!"
  • "It is because I am young and in health," said the boy, "that I more
  • nourish the thoughts, that are born of my youth and my health. I am
  • fresh from my Maker, soul and body unwrinkled. On thy sick couch, old
  • man, they took thee at advantage."
  • "Turn from the blasphemer," cried Pani. "Hence! thou evil one, to the
  • perdition in store."
  • "I will go my ways," said the boy, "but Oro will shape the end."
  • And he quitted the Morai.
  • After conducting the party round the sacred inclosure, assisting his
  • way with his staff, for his child had left him, Pani seated himself on
  • a low, mossy stone, grimly surrounded by idols; and directed the
  • pilgrims to return to his habitation; where, ere long he would rejoin
  • them.
  • The pilgrims departed, he remained in profound meditation; while,
  • backward and forward, an invisible ploughshare turned up the long
  • furrows on his brow.
  • Long he was silent; then muttered to himself, "That boy, that wild,
  • wise boy, has stabbed me to the heart. His thoughts are my suspicions.
  • But he is honest. Yet I harm none. Multitudes must have unspoken
  • meditations as well as I. Do we then mutually deceive? Off masks,
  • mankind, that I may know what warranty of fellowship with others, my
  • own thoughts possess. Why, upon this one theme, oh Oro! must all
  • dissemble? Our thoughts are not our own. Whate'er it be, an honest
  • thought must have some germ of truth. But we must set, as flows the
  • general stream; I blindly follow, where I seem to lead; the crowd of
  • pilgrims is so great, they see not there is none to guide.--It hinges
  • upon this: Have we angelic spirits? But in vain, in vain, oh Oro! I
  • essay to live out of this poor, blind body, fit dwelling for my
  • sightless soul. Death, death:--blind, am I dead? for blindness seems a
  • consciousness of death. Will my grave be more dark, than all is now?--
  • From dark to dark!--What is this subtle something that is in me, and
  • eludes me? Will it have no end? When, then, did it begin? All, all is
  • chaos! What is this shining light in heaven, this sun they tell me of?
  • Or, do they lie? Methinks, it might blaze convictions; but I brood and
  • grope in blackness; I am dumb with doubt; yet, 'tis not doubt, but
  • worse: I doubt my doubt. Oh, ye all-wise spirits in the air, how can
  • ye witness all this woe, and give no sign? Would, would that mine were
  • a settled doubt, like that wild boy's, who without faith, seems full
  • of it. The undoubting doubter believes the most. Oh! that I were he.
  • Methinks that daring boy hath Alma in him, struggling to be free. But
  • those pilgrims: that trusting girl.--What, if they saw me as I am?
  • Peace, peace, my soul; on, mask, again."
  • And he staggered from the Morai.
  • CHAPTER VI
  • They Discourse Of The Gods Of Mardi, And Braid-Beard Tells Of One Foni
  • Walking from the sacred inclosure, Mohi discoursed of the plurality of
  • gods in the land, a subject suggested by the multitudinous idols we
  • had just been beholding.
  • Said Mohi, "These gods of wood and of stone are nothing in number to
  • the gods in the air. You breathe not a breath without inhaling, you
  • touch not a leaf without ruffling a spirit. There are gods of heaven,
  • and gods of earth; gods of sea and of land; gods of peace and of war;
  • gods of rook and of fell; gods of ghosts and of thieves; of singers
  • and dancers; of lean men and of house-thatchers. Gods glance in the
  • eyes of birds, and sparkle in the crests of the waves; gods merrily
  • swing in the boughs of the trees, and merrily sing in the brook. Gods
  • are here, and there, and every where; you are never alone for them."
  • "If this be so, Braid-Beard," said Babbalanja, "our inmost thoughts
  • are overheard; but not by eaves-droppers. However, my lord, these gods
  • to whom he alludes, merely belong to the semi-intelligibles, the
  • divided unities in unity, thin side of the First Adyta."
  • "Indeed?" said Media.
  • "Semi-intelligible, say you, philosopher?" cried Mohi. "Then, prithee,
  • make it appear so; for what you say, seems gibberish to me."
  • "Babbalanja," said Media, "no more of your abstrusities; what know you
  • mortals of us gods and demi-gods? But tell me, Mohi, how many of your
  • deities of rock and fen think you there are? Have you no statistical
  • table?"
  • "My lord, at the lowest computation, there must be at least three
  • billion trillion of quintillions."
  • "A mere unit!" said Babbalanja. "Old man, would you express an
  • infinite number? Then take the sum of the follies of Mardi for your
  • multiplicand; and for your multiplier, the totality of sublunarians,
  • that never have been heard of since they became no more; and the
  • product shall exceed your quintillions, even though all their units
  • were nonillions."
  • "Have done, Babbalanja!" cried Media; "you are showing the sinister
  • vein in your marble. Have done. Take a warm bath, and make tepid your
  • cold blood. But come, Mohi, tell us of the ways of this Maramma;
  • something of the Morai and its idols, if you please."
  • And straightway Braid-Beard proceeded with a narration, in substance
  • as follows:--
  • It seems, there was a particular family upon the island, whose
  • members, for many generations, had been set apart as sacrifices for
  • the deity called Doleema. They were marked by a sad and melancholy
  • aspect, and a certain involuntary shrinking, when passing the Morai.
  • And, though, when it came to the last, some of these unfortunates went
  • joyfully to their doom, declaring that they gloried to die in the
  • service of holy Doleema; still, were there others, who audaciously
  • endeavored to shun their fate; upon the approach of a festival,
  • fleeing to the innermost wilderness of the island. But little availed
  • their flight. For swift on their track sped the hereditary butler of
  • the insulted god, one Xiki, whose duty it was to provide the
  • sacrifices. And when crouching in some covert, the fugitive spied
  • Xiki's approach, so fearful did he become of the vengeance of the
  • deity he sought to evade, that renouncing all hope of escape, he would
  • burst from his lair, exclaiming, "Come on, and kill!" baring his
  • breast for the javelin that slew him.
  • The chronicles of Maramma were full of horrors.
  • In the wild heart of the island, was said still to lurk the remnant of
  • a band of warriors, who, in the days of the sire of the present
  • pontiff, had risen in arms to dethrone him, headed by Foni, an upstart
  • prophet, a personage distinguished for the uncommon beauty of his
  • person. With terrible carnage, these warriors had been defeated; and
  • the survivors, fleeing into the interior, for thirty days were pursued
  • by the victors. But though many were overtaken and speared, a number
  • survived; who, at last, wandering forlorn and in despair, like
  • demoniacs, ran wild in the woods. And the islanders, who at times
  • penetrated into the wilderness, for the purpose of procuring rare
  • herbs, often scared from their path some specter, glaring through the
  • foliage. Thrice had these demoniacs been discovered prowling about the
  • inhabited portions of the isle; and at day-break, an attendant of the
  • holy Morai once came upon a frightful figure, doubled with age,
  • helping itself to the offerings in the image of Doleema. The demoniac
  • was slain; and from his ineffaceable tatooing, it was proved that this
  • was no other than Foni, the false prophet; the splendid form he had
  • carried into the rebel fight, now squalid with age and misery.
  • CHAPTER VII
  • They Visit The Lake Of Yammo
  • From the Morai, we bent our steps toward an unoccupied arbor; and
  • here, refreshing ourselves with the viands presented by Borabolla, we
  • passed the night. And next morning proceeded to voyage round to the
  • opposite quarter of the island; where, in the sacred lake of Yammo,
  • stood the famous temple of Oro, also the great gallery of the inferior
  • deities.
  • The lake was but a portion of the smooth lagoon, made separate by an
  • arm of wooded reef, extending from the high western shore of the
  • island, and curving round toward a promontory, leaving a narrow
  • channel to the sea, almost invisible, however, from the land-locked
  • interior.
  • In this lake were many islets, all green with groves. Its main-shore
  • was a steep acclivity, with jutting points, each crowned with mossy
  • old altars of stone, or ruinous temples, darkly reflected in the
  • green, glassy water; while, from its long line of stately trees, the
  • low reef-side of the lake looked one verdant bluff.
  • Gliding in upon Yammo, its many islets greeted us like a little Mardi;
  • but ever and anon we started at long lines of phantoms in the water,
  • reflections of the long line of images on the shore.
  • Toward the islet of Dolzono we first directed our way; and there we
  • beheld the great gallery of the gods; a mighty temple, resting on one
  • hundred tall pillars of palm, each based, below the surface, on the
  • buried body of a man; its nave one vista of idols; names carved on
  • their foreheads: Ogre, Tripoo, Indrimarvoki, Parzillo, Vivivi,
  • Jojijojorora, Jorkraki, and innumerable others.
  • Crowds of attendants were new-grouping the images.
  • "My lord, you behold one of their principal occupations," said Mohi.
  • Said Media: "I have heard much of the famed image of Mujo, the Nursing
  • Mother;--can you point it out, Braid-Beard?"
  • "My lord, when last here, I saw Mujo at the head of this file; but
  • they must have removed it; I see it not now."
  • "Do these attendants, then," said Babbalanja, "so continually new-
  • marshal the idols, that visiting the gallery to-day, you are at a loss
  • to-morrow?"
  • "Even so," said Braid-Beard. "But behold, my lord, this image is Mujo."
  • We stood before an obelisk-idol, so towering, that gazing at it, we
  • were fain to throw back our heads. According to Mohi, winding stairs
  • led up through its legs; its abdomen a cellar, thick-stored with
  • gourds of old wine; its head, a hollow dome; in rude alto-relievo, its
  • scores of hillock-breasts were carved over with legions of baby
  • deities, frog-like sprawling; while, within, were secreted whole
  • litters of infant idols, there placed, to imbibe divinity from the
  • knots of the wood.
  • As we stood, a strange subterranean sound was heard, mingled with a
  • gurgling as of wine being poured. Looking up, we beheld, through
  • arrow-slits and port-holes, three masks, cross-legged seated in the
  • abdomen, and holding stout wassail. But instantly upon descrying us,
  • they vanished deeper into the interior; and presently was heard a
  • sepulchral chant, and many groans and grievous tribulations.
  • Passing on, we came to an image, with a long anaconda-like posterior
  • development, wound round and round its own neck.
  • "This must be Oloo, the god of Suicides," said Babbalanja.
  • "Yes," said Mohi, "you perceive, my lord, how he lays violent tail
  • upon himself."
  • At length, the attendants having, in due order, new-deposed the long
  • lines of sphinxes and griffins, and many limbed images, a band of
  • them, in long flowing robes, began their morning chant.
  • "Awake Rarni! awake Foloona!
  • Awake unnumbered deities!"
  • With many similar invocations, to which the images made not the
  • slightest rejoinder. Not discouraged, however, the attendants now
  • separately proceeded to offer up petitions on behalf of various
  • tribes, retaining them for that purpose.
  • One prayed for abundance of rain, that the yams of Valapee might not
  • wilt in the ground; another for dry sunshine, as most favorable for
  • the present state of the Bread-fruit crop in Mondoldo.
  • Hearing all this, Babbalanja thus spoke:--"Doubtless, my lord Media,
  • besides these petitions we hear, there are ten thousand contradictory
  • prayers ascending to these idols. But methinks the gods will not jar
  • the eternal progression of things, by any hints from below; even were
  • it possible to satisfy conflicting desires."
  • Said Yoomy, "But I would pray, nevertheless, Babbalanja; for prayer
  • draws us near to our own souls, and purifies our thoughts. Nor will I
  • grant that our supplications are altogether in vain."
  • Still wandering among the images, Mohi had much to say, concerning
  • their respective claims to the reverence of the devout.
  • For though, in one way or other, all Mardians bowed to the supremacy
  • of Oro, they were not so unanimous concerning the inferior deities;
  • those supposed to be intermediately concerned in sublunary things.
  • Some nations sacrificed to one god; some to another; each maintaining,
  • that their own god was the most potential.
  • Observing that all the images were more or less defaced, Babbalanja
  • sought the reason.
  • To which, Braid-Beard made answer, that they had been thus defaced by
  • hostile devotees; who quarreling in the great gallery of the gods, and
  • getting beside themselves with rage, often sought to pull down, and
  • demolish each other's favorite idols.
  • "But behold," cried Babbalanja, "there seems not a single image
  • unmutilated. How is this, old man?"
  • "It is thus. While one faction defaces the images of its adversaries,
  • its own images are in like manner assailed; whence it comes that no
  • idol escapes."
  • "No more, no more, Braid-Beard," said Media. "Let us depart, and visit
  • the islet, where the god of all these gods is enshrined."
  • CHAPTER VIII
  • They Meet The Pilgrims At The Temple Of Oro
  • Deep, deep, in deep groves, we found the great temple of Oro,
  • Spreader-of-the-Sky, and deity supreme.
  • While here we silently stood eyeing this Mardi-renowned image, there
  • entered the fane a great multitude of its attendants, holding pearl-
  • shells on their heads, filled with a burning incense. And ranging
  • themselves in a crowd round Oro, they began a long-rolling chant, a
  • sea of sounds; and the thick smoke of their incense went up to the
  • roof.
  • And now approached Pani and the pilgrims; followed, at a distance, by
  • the willful boy.
  • "Behold great Oro," said the guide.
  • "We see naught but a cloud," said the chief Divino.
  • "My ears are stunned by the chanting," said the blind pilgrim.
  • "Receive more gifts, oh guide!" cried Fanna the matron. "Oh Oro!
  • invisible Oro! I kneel," slow murmured the sad-eyed maid.
  • But now, a current of air swept aside the eddying incense; and the
  • willful boy, all eagerness to behold the image, went hither and
  • thither; but the gathering of attendants was great; and at last he
  • exclaimed, "Oh Oro! I can not see thee, for the crowd that stands
  • between thee and me."
  • "Who is this babbler?" cried they with the censers, one and all
  • turning upon the pilgrims; "let him speak no more; but bow down, and
  • grind the dust where he stands; and declare himself the vilest
  • creature that crawls. So Oro and Alma command."
  • "I feel nothing in me so utterly vile," said the boy, "and I cringe to
  • none. But I would as lief _adore_ your image, as that in my heart, for
  • both mean the same; but more, how can I? I love great Oro, though I
  • comprehend him not. I marvel at his works, and feel as nothing in his
  • sight; but because he is thus omnipotent, and I a mortal, it follows
  • not that I am vile. Nor so doth he regard me. We do ourselves degrade
  • ourselves, not Oro us. Hath not Oro made me? And therefore am I not
  • worthy to stand erect before him? Oro is almighty, but no despot. I
  • wonder; I hope; I love; I weep; I have in me a feeling nigh to fear,
  • that is not fear; but wholly vile I am not; nor can we love and
  • cringe. But Oro knows my heart, which I can not speak."
  • "Impious boy," cried they with the censers, "we will offer thee up,
  • before the very image thou contemnest. In the name of Alma, seize him."
  • And they bore him away unresisting.
  • "Thus perish the ungodly," said Pani to the shuddering pilgrims.
  • And they quitted the temple, to journey toward the Peak of Ofo.
  • "My soul bursts!" cried Yoomy. "My lord, my lord, let us save the boy."
  • "Speak not," said Media. "His fate is fixed. Let Mardi stand."
  • "Then let us away from hence, my lord; and join the pilgrims; for, in
  • these inland vales, the lost one may be found, perhaps at the very
  • base of Ofo."
  • "Not there; not there;" cried Babbalanja, "Yillah may have touched
  • these shores; but long since she must have fled."
  • CHAPTER IX
  • They Discourse Of Alma
  • Sailing to and fro in the lake, to view its scenery, much discourse
  • took place concerning the things we had seen; and far removed from the
  • censer-bearers, the sad fate that awaited the boy was now the theme
  • of all.
  • A good deal was then said of Alma, to whom the guide, the pilgrims,
  • and the censer-bearers had frequently alluded, as to some paramount
  • authority.
  • Called upon to reveal what his chronicles said on this theme, Braid-
  • Beard complied; at great length narrating, what now follows condensed.
  • Alma, it seems, was an illustrious prophet, and teacher divine; who,
  • ages ago, at long intervals, and in various islands, had appeared to
  • the Mardians under the different titles of Brami, Manko, and Alma.
  • Many thousands of moons had elasped since his last and most memorable
  • avatar, as Alma on the isle of Maramma. Each of his advents had taken
  • place in a comparatively dark and benighted age. Hence, it was
  • devoutly believed, that he came to redeem the Mardians from their
  • heathenish thrall; to instruct them in the ways of truth, virtue, and
  • happiness; to allure them to good by promises of beatitude hereafter;
  • and to restrain them from evil by denunciations of woe. Separated from
  • the impurities and corruptions, which in a long series of centuries
  • had become attached to every thing originally uttered by the prophet,
  • the maxims, which as Brami he had taught, seemed similar to those
  • inculcated by Manko. But as Alma, adapting his lessons to the improved
  • condition of humanity, the divine prophet had more completely unfolded
  • his scheme; as Alma, he had made his last revelation.
  • This narration concluded, Babbalanja mildly observed, "Mohi: without
  • seeking to accuse you of uttering falsehoods; since what you relate
  • rests not upon testimony of your own; permit me, to question the
  • fidelity of your account of Alma. The prophet came to dissipate
  • errors, you say; but superadded to many that have survived the past,
  • ten thousand others have originated in various constructions of the
  • principles of Alma himself. The prophet came to do away all gods but
  • one; but since the days of Alma, the idols of Maramma have more than
  • quadrupled. The prophet came to make us Mardians more virtuous and
  • happy; but along with all previous good, the same wars, crimes, and
  • miseries, which existed in Alma's day, under various modifications are
  • yet extant. Nay: take from your chronicles, Mohi, the history of those
  • horrors, one way or other, resulting from the doings of Alma's nominal
  • followers, and your chronicles would not so frequently make mention of
  • blood. The prophet came to guarantee our eternal felicity; but
  • according to what is held in Maramma, that felicity rests on so hard a
  • proviso, that to a thinking mind, but very few of our sinful race may
  • secure it. For one, then, I wholly reject your Alma; not so much,
  • because of all that is hard to be understood in his histories; as
  • because of obvious and undeniable things all round us; which, to me,
  • seem at war with an unreserved faith in his doctrines as promulgated
  • here in Maramma. Besides; every thing in this isle strengthens my
  • incredulity; I never was so thorough a disbeliever as now."
  • "Let the winds be laid," cried Mohi, "while your rash confession is
  • being made in this sacred lake."
  • Said Media, "Philosopher; remember the boy, and they that seized him."
  • "Ah! I do indeed remember him. Poor youth! in his agony, how my heart
  • yearned toward his. But that very prudence which you deny me, my lord,
  • prevented me from saying aught in his behalf. Have you not observed,
  • that until now, when we are completely by ourselves, I have refrained
  • from freely discoursing of what we have seen in this island? Trust me,
  • my lord, there is no man, that bears more in mind the necessity of
  • being either a believer or a hypocrite in Maramma, and the imminent
  • peril of being honest here, than I, Babbalanja. And have I not reason
  • to be wary, when in my boyhood, my own sire was burnt for his
  • temerity; and in this very isle? Just Oro! it was done in the name of
  • Alma,--what wonder then, that, at times, I almost hate that sound. And
  • from those flames, they devoutly swore he went to others,--horrible
  • fable!"
  • Said Mohi: "Do you deny, then, the everlasting torments?"
  • "'Tis not worth a denial. Nor by formally denying it, will I run the
  • risk of shaking the faith of, thousands, who in that pious belief find
  • infinite consolation for all they suffer in Mardi."
  • "How?" said Media; "are there those who soothe themselves with the
  • thought of everlasting flames?"
  • "One would think so, my lord, since they defend that dogma more
  • resolutely than any other. Sooner will they yield you the isles of
  • Paradise, than it. And in truth, as liege followers of Alma, they
  • would seem but right in clinging to it as they do; for, according to
  • all one hears in Maramma, the great end of the prophet's mission seems
  • to have been the revealing to us Mardians the existence of horrors,
  • most hard to escape. But better we were all annihilated, than that one
  • man should be damned."
  • Rejoined Media: "But think you not, that possibly, Alma may have been
  • misconceived? Are you certain that doctrine is his?"
  • "I know nothing more than that such is the belief in this land. And in
  • these matters, I know not where else to go for information. But, my
  • lord, had I been living in those days when certain men are said to
  • have been actually possessed by spirits from hell, I had not let slip
  • the opportunity--as our forefathers did--to cross-question them
  • concerning the place they came from."
  • "Well, well," said Media, "your Alma's faith concerns not me: I am a
  • king, and a demi-god; and leave vulgar torments to the commonality."
  • "But it concerns me," muttered Mohi; "yet I know not what to think."
  • "For me," said Yoomy, "I reject it. Could I, I would not believe it.
  • It is at variance with the dictates of my heart instinctively my heart
  • turns from it, as a thirsty man from gall."
  • "Hush; say no more," said Mohi; "again we approach the shore."
  • CHAPTER X
  • Mohi Tells Of One Ravoo, And They Land To Visit Revaneva, A
  • Flourishing Artisan
  • Having seen all worth viewing in Yammo, we departed, to complete the
  • circumnavigation of the island, by returning to Uma without reversing
  • our prows. As we glided along, we passed many objects of interest,
  • concerning which, Mohi, as usual, was very diffuse.
  • Among other things pointed out, were certain little altars, like mile-
  • stones, planted here and there upon bright bluffs, running out into
  • the lagoon. Dedicated respectively to the guardian spirits of Maramma,
  • these altars formed a chain of spiritual defenses; and here were
  • presumed to stand post the most vigilant of warders; dread Hivohitee,
  • all by himself, garrisoning the impregnable interior.
  • But these sentries were only subalterns, subject to the beck of the
  • Pontiff; who frequently sent word to them, concerning the duties of
  • their watch. His mandates were intrusted to one Ravoo, the hereditary
  • pontifical messenger; a long-limbed varlet, so swift of foot, that he
  • was said to travel like a javelin. "Art thou Ravoo, that thou so
  • pliest thy legs?" say these islanders, to one encountered in a hurry.
  • Hivohitee's postman held no oral communication with the sentries.
  • Dispatched round the island with divers bits of tappa,
  • hieroglyphically stamped, he merely deposited one upon each altar;
  • superadding a stone, to keep the missive in its place; and so went his
  • rounds.
  • Now, his route lay over hill and over dale, and over many a coral
  • rock; and to preserve his feet from bruises, he was fain to wear a
  • sort of buskin, or boot, fabricated of a durable tappa, made from the
  • thickest and toughest of fibers. As he never wore his buskins except
  • when he carried the mail, Ravoo sorely fretted with his Hessians;
  • though it would have been highly imprudent to travel without them. To
  • make the thing more endurable, therefore, and, at intervals, to cool
  • his heated pedals, he established a series of stopping-places, or
  • stages; at each of which a fresh pair of buskins, hanging from a tree,
  • were taken down and vaulted into by the ingenious traveler. Those
  • relays of boots were exceedingly convenient; next, indeed, to being
  • lifted upon a fresh pair of legs.
  • "Now, to what purpose that anecdote?" demanded Babbalanja of Mohi, who
  • in substance related it.
  • "Marry! 'tis but the simple recital of a fact; and I tell it to
  • entertain the company."
  • "But has it any meaning you know of?"
  • "Thou art wise, find out," retorted Braid-Beard. "But what comes of
  • it?" persisted Babbalanja.
  • "Beshrew me, this senseless catechising of thine," replied Mohi;
  • "naught else, it seems, save a grin or two."
  • "And pray, what may you be driving at, philosopher?" interrupted Media.
  • "I am intent upon the essence of things; the mystery that lieth
  • beyond; the elements of the tear which much laughter provoketh; that
  • which is beneath the seeming; the precious pearl within the shaggy
  • oyster. I probe the circle's center; I seek to evolve the
  • inscrutable."
  • "Seek on; and when aught is found, cry out, that we may run to see."
  • "My lord the king is merry upon me. To him my more subtle cogitations
  • seem foolishness. But believe me, my lord, there is more to be thought
  • of than to be seen. There is a world of wonders insphered within the
  • spontaneous consciousness; or, as old Bardianna hath it, a mystery
  • within the obvious, yet an obviousness within the mystery."
  • "And did I ever deny that?" said Media.
  • "As plain as my hand in the dark," said Mohi.
  • "I dreamed a dream," said Yoomy.
  • "They banter me; but enough; I am to blame for discoursing upon the
  • deep world wherein I live. I am wrong in seeking to invest sublunary
  • sounds with celestial sense. Much that is in me is incommunicable by
  • this ether we breathe. But I blame ye not." And wrapping round him his
  • mantle, Babbalanja retired into its most private folds.
  • Ere coming in sight of Uma, we put into a little bay, to pay our
  • respects to Hevaneva, a famous character there dwelling; who, assisted
  • by many journeymen, carried on the lucrative business of making idols
  • for the surrounding isles.
  • Know ye, that all idols not made in Maramma, and consecrated by
  • Hivohitee; and, what is more, in strings of teeth paid down for to
  • Hevaneva; are of no more account, than logs, stocks, or stones. Yet
  • does not the cunning artificer monopolize the profits of his vocation;
  • for Hevaneva being but the vassal of the Pontiff, the latter lays
  • claim to King Leo's share of the spoils, and secures it.
  • The place was very prettily lapped in a pleasant dell, nigh to the
  • margin of the water; and here, were several spacious arbors; wherein,
  • prostrate upon their sacred faces, were all manner of idols, in every
  • imaginable stage of statuary development.
  • With wonderful industry the journeymen were plying their tools;--some
  • chiseling noses; some trenching for mouths; and others, with heated
  • flints, boring for ears: a hole drilled straight through the occiput,
  • representing the auricular organs.
  • "How easily they are seen through," said Babbalanja, taking a sight
  • through one of the heads.
  • The last finish is given to their godships, by rubbing them all over
  • with dried slips of consecrated shark-skin, rough as sand paper,
  • tacked over bits of wood.
  • In one of the farther arbors, Hevaneva pointed out a goodly array of
  • idols, all complete and ready for the market. They were of every
  • variety of pattern; and of every size; from that of a giant, to the
  • little images worn in the ears of the ultra devout.
  • "Of late," said the artist, "there has been a lively demand for the
  • image of Arbino the god of fishing; the present being the principal
  • season for that business. For Nadams (Nadam presides over love and
  • wine), there has also been urgent call; it being the time of the
  • grape; and the maidens growing frolicsome withal, and devotional."
  • Seeing that Hevaneva handled his wares with much familiarity, not to
  • say irreverence, Babbalanja was minded to learn from him, what he
  • thought of his trade; whether the images he made were genuine or
  • spurious; in a word, whether he believed in his gods.
  • His reply was curious. But still more so, the marginal gestures
  • wherewith he helped out the text.
  • "When I cut down the trees for my idols," said he, "they are nothing
  • but logs; when upon those logs, I chalk out the figures of, my images,
  • they yet remain logs; when the chisel is applied, logs they are still;
  • and when all complete, I at last stand them up in my studio, even then
  • they are logs. Nevertheless, when I handle the pay, they are as prime
  • gods, as ever were turned out in Maramma."
  • "You must make a very great variety," said Babbalanja.
  • "All sorts, all sorts."
  • "And from the same material, I presume."
  • "Ay, ay, one grove supplies them all. And, on an average, each tree
  • stands us in full fifty idols. Then, we often take second-hand images
  • in part pay for new ones. These we work over again into new patterns;
  • touching up their eyes and ears; resetting their noses; and more
  • especially new-footing their legs, where they always decay first."
  • Under sanction of the Pontiff, Hevaneva, in addition to his large
  • commerce in idols, also carried on the highly lucrative business of
  • canoe-building; the profits whereof, undivided, he dropped into his
  • private exchequer. But Mohi averred, that the Pontiff often charged
  • him with neglecting his images, for his canoes. Be that as it may,
  • Hevaneva drove a thriving trade at both avocations. And in demonstration
  • of the fact, he directed our attention to three long rows of canoes,
  • upheld by wooden supports. They were in perfect order; at a moment's
  • notice, ready for launching; being furnished with paddles, out-riggers,
  • masts, sails, and a human skull, with a short handle thrust through
  • one of its eyes, the ordinary bailer of Maramma; besides other
  • appurtenances, including on the prow a duodecimo idol to match.
  • Owing to a superstitious preference bestowed upon the wood and work of
  • the sacred island, Hevaneva's canoes were in as high repute as his
  • idols; and sold equally well.
  • In truth, in several ways one trade helped the other. The larger
  • images being dug out of the hollow part of the canoes; and all knotty
  • odds and ends reserved for the idol ear-rings.
  • "But after all," said the artificer, "I find a readier sale for my
  • images, than for my canoes."
  • "And so it will ever be," said Babbalanja.--"Stick to thy idols, man!
  • a trade, more reliable than the baker's."
  • CHAPTER XI
  • A Nursery-Tale Of Babbalanja's
  • Having taken to our canoes once again, we were silently sailing along,
  • when Media observed, "Babbalanja; though I seldom trouble myself with
  • such thoughts, I have just been thinking, how difficult it must be,
  • for the more ignorant sort of people, to decide upon what particular
  • image to worship as a guardian deity, when in Maramma, it seems, there
  • exists such a multitude of idols, and a thousand more are to be heard
  • of."
  • "Not at all, your highness. The more ignorant the better. The
  • multitude of images distracts them not. But I am in no mood for
  • serious discourse; let me tell you a story."
  • "A story! hear him: the solemn philosopher is desirous of regaling us
  • with a tale! But pray, begin."
  • "Once upon a time, then," said Babbalanja, indifferently adjusting his
  • girdle, "nine blind men, with uncommonly long noses, set out on their
  • travels to see the great island on which they were born."
  • "A precious beginning," muttered Mohi. "Nine blind men setting out to
  • see sights."
  • Continued Babbalanja, "Staff in hand, they traveled; one in advance of
  • the other; each man with his palm upon the shoulder next him; and he
  • with the longest nose took the lead of the file. Journeying on in this
  • manner, they came to a valley, in which reigned a king called Tammaro.
  • Now, in a certain inclosure toward the head of the valley, there stood
  • an immense wild banian tree; all over moss, and many centuries old,
  • and forming quite a wood in itself: its thousand boughs striking into
  • the earth, and fixing there as many gigantic trunks. With Tammaro, it
  • had long been a question, which of those many trunks was the original
  • and true one; a matter that had puzzled the wisest heads among his
  • subjects; and in vain had a reward been offered for the solution of
  • the perplexity. But the tree was so vast, and its fabric so complex;
  • and its rooted branches so similar in appearance; and so numerous,
  • from the circumstance that every year had added to them, that it was
  • quite impossible to determine the point. Nevertheless, no sooner did
  • the nine blind men hear that there was a reward offered for
  • discovering the trunk of a tree, standing all by itself, than, one and
  • all, they assured Tammaro, that they would quickly settle that little
  • difficulty of his; and loudly inveighed against the stupidity of his
  • sages, who had been so easily posed. So, being conducted into the
  • inclosure, and assured that the tree was somewhere within, they
  • separated their forces, so as at wide intervals to surround it at a
  • distance; when feeling their way, with their staves and their noses,
  • they advanced to the search, crying out--'Pshaw! make room there; let
  • us wise men feel of the mystery.' Presently, striking with his nose
  • one of the rooted branches, the foremost blind man quickly knelt down;
  • and feeling that it struck into the earth, gleefully shouted: Here it
  • is! here it is!' But almost in the same breath, his companions, also,
  • each striking a branch with his staff or his nose, cried out in like
  • manner, 'Here it is! here it is!' Whereupon they were all confounded:
  • but directly, the man who first cried out, thus addressed the rest:
  • Good friends, surely you're mistaken. There is but one tree in the
  • place, and here it is.' 'Very true,' said the others, 'all together;
  • there is only _one_ tree; but _here_ it is.' 'Nay,' said the others,
  • 'it is _here!_' and so saying, each blind man triumphantly felt of the
  • branch, where it penetrated into the earth. Then again said the first
  • speaker: Good friends, if you will not believe what I say, come
  • hither, and feel for yourselves.' 'Nay, nay,' replied they, why seek
  • further? _here_ it is; and nowhere else can it be.' 'You blind fools,
  • you, you contradict yourselves,' continued the first speaker, waxing
  • wroth; 'how can you each have hold of a separate trunk, when there is
  • but one in the place?' Whereupon, they redoubled their cries, calling
  • each other all manner of opprobrious names, and presently they fell to
  • beating each other with their staves, and charging upon each other
  • with their noses. But soon after, being loudly called upon by Tammaro
  • and his people; who all this while had been looking on; being loudly
  • called upon, I say, to clap their hands on the trunk, they again
  • rushed for their respective branches; and it so happened, that, one
  • and all, they changed places; but still cried out, '_Here_ it is;
  • _here_ it is!' 'Peace! peace! ye silly blind men,' said Tammaro. 'Will
  • ye without eyes presume to see more sharply than those who have them?
  • The tree is too much for us all. Hence! depart from the valley.'"
  • "An admirable story," cried Media. "I had no idea that a mere mortal,
  • least of all a philosopher, could acquit himself so well. By my
  • scepter, but it is well done! Ha, ha! blind men round a banian! Why,
  • Babbalanja, no demi-god could surpass it. Taji, could you?"
  • "But, Babbalanja, what under the sun, mean you by your blind story!"
  • cried Mohi. "Obverse, or reverse, I can make nothing out of it."
  • "Others may," said Babbalanja. "It is a polysensuum, old man."
  • "A pollywog!" said Mohi.
  • CHAPTER XII
  • Landing To Visit Hivohitee The Pontiff, They Encounter An
  • Extraordinary Old Hermit; With Whom Yoomy Has A Confidential
  • Interview, But Learns Little
  • Gliding on, suddenly we spied a solitary Islander putting out in his
  • canoe from a neighboring cove.
  • Drawing near, the stranger informed us, that he was just from the face
  • of the great Pontiff, Hivohitee, who, having dismissed his celestial
  • guests, had retired to his private sanctuary. Upon this, Media
  • resolved to land forthwith, and under the guidance of Mohi, proceed
  • inland, and pay a visit to his Holiness.
  • Quitting the beach, our path penetrated into the solitudes of the
  • groves. Skirting the way were tall Casaurinas, a species of cypress,
  • standing motionless in the shadows, as files of mutes at a funeral.
  • But here and there, they were overrun with the adventurous vines of
  • the Convolvulus, the Morning-glory of the Tropics, whose tendrils,
  • bruised by the twigs, dropped milk upon the dragon-like scales of the
  • trees.
  • This vine is of many varieties. Lying perdu, and shunning the garish
  • sun through the day, one species rises at night with the stars;
  • bursting forth in dazzling constellations of blossoms, which close at
  • dawn. Others, slumbering through the darkness, are up and abroad with
  • their petals, by peep of morn; and after inhaling its breath, again
  • drop their lids in repose. While a third species, more capricious,
  • refuse to expand at all, unless in the most brilliant sunshine, and
  • upon the very tops of the loftiest trees. Ambitious flowers! that will
  • not blow, unless in high places, with the bright day looking on and
  • admiring.
  • Here and there, we passed open glades in the woods, delicious with the
  • incense of violets. Balsamic ferns, stirred by the breeze, fanned all
  • the air with aromas. These glades were delightful.
  • Journeying on, we at length came to a dark glen so deftly hidden by
  • the surrounding copses, that were it not for the miasma thence wafted,
  • an ignorant wayfarer might pass and repass it, time and again, never
  • dreaming of its vicinity.
  • Down into the gloom of this glen we descended. Its sides were mantled
  • with noxious shrubs, whose exhalations, half way down, unpleasantly
  • blended with the piny breeze from the uplands. Through its bed ran a
  • brook, whose incrusted margin had a strange metallic luster, from the
  • polluted waters here flowing; their source a sulphur spring, of vile
  • flavor and odor, where many invalid pilgrims resorted.
  • The woods all round were haunted by the dismal cawings of crows; tap,
  • tap, the black hawk whetted his bill on the boughs; each trunk stalked
  • a ghost; and from those trunks, Hevaneva procured the wood for his
  • idols.
  • Rapidly crossing this place, Yoomy's hands to his ears, old Mohi's to
  • his nostrils, and Babbalanja vainly trying to walk with closed eyes,
  • we toiled among steep, flinty rocks, along a wild, zigzag pathway;
  • like a mule-track in the Andes, not so much onward as upward; Yoomy
  • above Babbalanja, my lord Media above him, and Braid-Beard, our guide,
  • in the air, above all.
  • Strown over with cinders, the vitreous marl seemed tumbled together,
  • as if belched from a volcano's throat.
  • Presently, we came to a tall, slender structure, hidden among the
  • scenic projections of the cliffs, like a monument in the dark, vaulted
  • ways of an abbey. Surrounding it, were five extinct craters. The air
  • was sultry and still, as if full of spent thunderbolts.
  • Like a Hindoo pagoda, this bamboo edifice rose story above story; its
  • many angles and points decorated with pearl-shells suspended by cords.
  • But the uppermost story, some ten toises in the air, was closely
  • thatched from apex to floor; which summit was gained by a series of
  • ascents.
  • What eremite dwelleth here, like St. Stylites at the top of his
  • column?--a question which Mohi seemed all eagerness to have answered.
  • Dropping upon his knees, he gave a peculiar low call: no response.
  • Another: all was silent. Marching up to the pagoda, and again dropping
  • upon his knees, he shook the bamboos till the edifice rocked, and its
  • pearl-shells jingled, as if a troop of Andalusian mules, with bells
  • round their necks, were galloping along the defile.
  • At length the thatch aloft was thrown open, and a head was thrust
  • forth. It was that of an old, old man; with steel-gray eyes, hair and
  • beard, and a horrible necklace of jaw-bones.
  • Now, issuing from the pagoda, Mohi turned about to gain a view of the
  • ghost he had raised; and no sooner did he behold it, than with King
  • Media and the rest, he made a marked salutation.
  • Presently, the eremite pointed to where Yoomy was standing; and waved
  • his hand upward; when Mohi informed the minstrel, that it was St.
  • Stylites' pleasure, that he should pay him a visit.
  • Wondering what was to come, Yoomy proceeded to mount; and at last
  • arriving toward the top of the pagoda, was met by an opening, from
  • which an encouraging arm assisted him to gain the ultimate landing.
  • Here, all was murky enough; for the aperture from which the head of
  • the apparition had been thrust, was now closed; and what little
  • twilight there was, came up through the opening in the floor.
  • In this dismal seclusion, silently the hermit confronted the minstrel;
  • his gray hair, eyes, and beard all gleaming, as if streaked with
  • phosphorus; while his ghastly gorget grinned hideously, with all its
  • jaws.
  • Mutely Yoomy waited to be addressed; but hearing no sound, and
  • becoming alive to the strangeness of his situation, he meditated
  • whether it would not be well to subside out of sight, even as he had
  • come--through the floor. An intention which the eremite must have
  • anticipated; for of a sudden, something was slid over the opening; and
  • the apparition seating itself thereupon, the twain were in darkness
  • complete.
  • Shut up thus, with an inscrutable stranger posted at the only aperture
  • of escape, poor Yoomy fell into something like a panic; hardly knowing
  • what step to take next. As for endeavoring to force his way out, it
  • was alarming to think of; for aught he knew, the eremite, availing
  • himself of the gloom, might be bristling all over with javelin points.
  • At last, the silence was broken.
  • "What see you, mortal?"
  • "Chiefly darkness," said Yoomy, wondering at the audacity of the
  • question.
  • "I dwell in it. But what else see you, mortal?"
  • "The dim gleaming of thy gorget."
  • "But that is not me. What else dost thou see?"
  • "Nothing."
  • "Then thou hast found me out, and seen all! Descend."
  • And with that, the passage-way opened, and groping through the
  • twilight, Yoomy obeyed the mandate, and retreated; full of vexation at
  • his enigmatical reception.
  • On his alighting, Mohi inquired whether the hermit was not a wonderful
  • personage.
  • But thinking some sage waggery lurked in the question; and at present
  • too indignant to enter into details, the minstrel made some impatient
  • reply; and winding through a defile, the party resumed its journey.
  • Straggling behind, to survey the strange plants and flowers in his
  • path, Yoomy became so absorbed, as almost to forget the scene in the
  • pagoda; yet every moment expected to be nearing the stately abode of
  • the Pontiff.
  • But suddenly, the scene around grew familiar; the path seemed that
  • which had been followed just after leaving the canoes; and at length,
  • the place of debarkation was in sight.
  • Surprised that the object of our visit should have been thus
  • abandoned, the minstrel ran forward, and sought an explanation.
  • Whereupon, Mohi lifted his hands in amazement; exclaiming at the
  • blindness of the eyes, which had beheld the supreme Pontiff of
  • Maramma, without knowing it.
  • The old hermit was no other than the dread Hivohitee; the pagoda, the
  • inmost oracle of the isle.
  • CHAPTER XIII
  • Babbalanja Endeavors To Explain The Mystery
  • This Great Mogul of a personage, then; this woundy Aliasuerus; this
  • man of men; this same Hivohitee, whose name rumbled among the
  • mountains like a peal of thunder, had been seen face to face, and
  • taken for naught, but a bearded old hermit, or at best, some equivocal
  • conjuror.
  • So great was his wonderment at the time, that Yoomy could not avoid
  • expressing it in words.
  • Whereupon thus discoursed Babbalanja:
  • "Gentle Yoomy, be not astounded, that Hivohitee is so far behind your
  • previous conceptions. The shadows of things are greater than
  • themselves; and the more exaggerated the shadow, the more unlike to
  • the substance."
  • "But knowing now, what manner of person Hivohitee is," said Yoomy,
  • "much do I long to behold him again."
  • But Mohi assured him it was out of the question; that the Pontiff
  • always acted toward strangers as toward him (Yoomy); and that but one
  • dim blink at the eremite was all that mortal could obtain.
  • Debarred thus from a second and more satisfactory interview with one,
  • concerning whom his curiosity had been violently aroused, the minstrel
  • again turned to Mohi for enlightenment; especially touching that
  • magnate's Egyptian reception of him in his aerial den.
  • Whereto, the chronicler made answer, that the Pontiff affected
  • darkness because he liked it: that he was a ruler of few words, but
  • many deeds; and that, had Yoomy been permitted to tarry longer with
  • him in the pagoda, he would have been privy to many strange
  • attestations of the divinity imputed to him. Voices would have been
  • heard in the air, gossiping with Hivohitee; noises inexplicable
  • proceeding from him; in brief, light would have flashed out of his
  • darkness.
  • "But who has seen these things, Mohi?" said Babbalanja, "have you?"
  • "Nay."
  • "Who then?--Media?--Any one you know?"
  • "Nay: but the whole Archipelago has."
  • "Thus," exclaimed Babbalanja, "does Mardi, blind though it be in many
  • things, collectively behold the marvels, which one pair of eyes sees
  • not."
  • CHAPTER XIV
  • Taji Receives Tidings And Omens
  • Slowly sailing on, we were overtaken by a shallop; whose inmates
  • grappling to the side of Media's, said they came from Borabolla.
  • Dismal tidings!--My faithful follower's death.
  • Absent over night, that morning early, he had been discovered lifeless
  • in the woods, three arrows in his heart. And the three pale strangers
  • were nowhere to be found. But a fleet canoe was missing from the beach.
  • Slain for me! my soul sobbed out. Nor yet appeased Aleema's manes; nor
  • yet seemed sated the avengers' malice; who, doubtless, were on my track.
  • But I turned; and instantly the three canoes had been reversed; and
  • full soon, Jarl's dead hand in mine, had not Media interposed.
  • "To death, your presence will not bring life back."
  • "And we must on," said Babbalanja. "We seek the living, not the dead."
  • Thus they overruled me; and Borabolla's messengers departed.
  • Soon evening came, and in its shades, three shadows,--Hautia's heralds.
  • Their shallop glided near.
  • A leaf tri-foiled was first presented; then another, arrow-shaped.
  • Said Yoomy, "Still I swiftly follow, behind revenge."
  • Then were showered faded, pallid daffodils.
  • Said Yoomy, "Thy hopes are blighted all."
  • "Not dead, but living with the life of life. Sirens! I heed ye not."
  • They would have showered more flowers; but crowding sail we left them.
  • Much converse followed. Then, beneath the canopy all sought repose.
  • And ere long slouched sleep drew nigh, tending dreams innumerable;
  • silent dotting all the downs a shepherd with his flock.
  • CHAPTER XV
  • Dreams
  • Dreams! dreams! golden dreams: endless, and golden, as the flowery
  • prairies, that stretch away from the Rio Sacramento, in whose waters
  • Danae's shower was woven;--prairies like rounded eternities: jonquil
  • leaves beaten out; and my dreams herd like buffaloes, browsing on to
  • the horizon, and browsing on round the world; and among them, I dash
  • with my lance, to spear one, ere they all flee.
  • Dreams! dreams! passing and repassing, like Oriental empires in
  • history; and scepters wave thick, as Bruce's pikes at Bannockburn; and
  • crowns are plenty as marigolds in June. And far in the background,
  • hazy and blue, their steeps let down from the sky, loom Andes on
  • Andes, rooted on Alps; and all round me, long rushing oceans, roll
  • Amazons and Oronocos; waves, mounted Parthians; and, to and fro, toss
  • the wide woodlands: all the world an elk, and the forests its antlers.
  • But far to the South, past my Sicily suns and my vineyards, stretches
  • the Antarctic barrier of ice: a China wall, built up from the sea, and
  • nodding its frosted towers in the dun, clouded sky. Do Tartary and
  • Siberia lie beyond? Deathful, desolate dominions those; bleak and wild
  • the ocean, beating at that barrier's base, hovering 'twixt freezing
  • and foaming; and freighted with navies of ice-bergs,--warring worlds
  • crossing orbits; their long icicles, projecting like spears to the
  • charge. Wide away stream the floes of drift ice, frozen cemeteries of
  • skeletons and bones. White bears howl as they drift from their cubs;
  • and the grinding islands crush the skulls of the peering seals.
  • But beneath me, at the Equator, the earth pulses and beats like a
  • warrior's heart; till I know not, whether it be not myself. And my
  • soul sinks down to the depths, and soars to the skies; and comet-like
  • reels on through such boundless expanses, that methinks all the worlds
  • are my kin, and I invoke them to stay in their course. Yet, like a
  • mighty three-decker, towing argosies by scores, I tremble, gasp, and
  • strain in my flight, and fain would cast off the cables that hamper.
  • And like a frigate, I am full with a thousand souls; and as on, on,
  • on, I scud before the wind, many mariners rush up from the orlop
  • below, like miners from caves; running shouting across my decks;
  • opposite braces are pulled; and this way and that, the great yards
  • swing round on their axes; and boisterous speaking-trumpets are heard;
  • and contending orders, to save the good ship from the shoals. Shoals,
  • like nebulous vapors, shoreing the white reef of the Milky Way,
  • against which the wrecked worlds are dashed; strewing all the strand,
  • with their Himmaleh keels and ribs.
  • Ay: many, many souls are in me. In my tropical calms, when my ship
  • lies tranced on Eternity's main, speaking one at a time, then all with
  • one voice: an orchestra of many French bugles and horns, rising, and
  • falling, and swaying, in golden calls and responses.
  • Sometimes, when these Atlantics and Pacifics thus undulate round me, I
  • lie stretched out in their midst: a land-locked Mediterranean, knowing
  • no ebb, nor flow. Then again, I am dashed in the spray of these sounds:
  • an eagle at the world's end, tossed skyward, on the horns of the tempest.
  • Yet, again, I descend, and list to the concert.
  • Like a grand, ground swell, Homer's old organ rolls its vast volumes
  • under the light frothy wave-crests of Anacreon and Hafiz; and high
  • over my ocean, sweet Shakespeare soars, like all the larks of the
  • spring. Throned on my seaside, like Canute, bearded Ossian smites his
  • hoar harp, wreathed with wild-flowers, in which warble my Wallers;
  • blind Milton sings bass to my Petrarchs and Priors, and laureate crown
  • me with bays.
  • In me, many worthies recline, and converse. I list to St. Paul who
  • argues the doubts of Montaigne; Julian the Apostate cross-questions
  • Augustine; and Thomas-a-Kempis unrolls his old black letters for all
  • to decipher. Zeno murmurs maxims beneath the hoarse shout of
  • Democritus; and though Democritus laugh loud and long, and the sneer
  • of Pyrrho be seen; yet, divine Plato, and Proclus, and, Verulam are of
  • my counsel; and Zoroaster whispered me before I was born. I walk a
  • world that is mine; and enter many nations, as Mingo Park rested in
  • African cots; I am served like Bajazet: Bacchus my butler, Virgil my
  • minstrel, Philip Sidney my page. My memory is a life beyond birth; my
  • memory, my library of the Vatican, its alcoves all endless
  • perspectives, eve-tinted by cross-lights from Middle-Age oriels.
  • And as the great Mississippi musters his watery nations: Ohio, with
  • all his leagued streams; Missouri, bringing down in torrents the clans
  • from the highlands; Arkansas, his Tartar rivers from the plain;--so,
  • with all the past and present pouring in me, I roll down my billow
  • from afar.
  • Yet not I, but another: God is my Lord; and though many satellites
  • revolve around me, I and all mine revolve round the great central
  • Truth, sun-like, fixed and luminous forever in the foundationless
  • firmament.
  • Fire flames on my tongue; and though of old the Bactrian prophets were
  • stoned, yet the stoners in oblivion sleep. But whoso stones me, shall
  • be as Erostratus, who put torch to the temple; though Genghis Khan
  • with Cambyses combine to obliterate him, his name shall be extant in
  • the mouth of the last man that lives. And if so be, down unto death,
  • whence I came, will I go, like Xenophon retreating on Greece, all
  • Persia brandishing her spears in his rear.
  • My cheek blanches white while I write; I start at the scratch of my
  • pen; my own mad brood of eagles devours me; fain would I unsay this
  • audacity; but an iron-mailed hand clenches mine in a vice, and prints
  • down every letter in my spite. Fain would I hurl off this Dionysius
  • that rides me; my thoughts crush me down till I groan; in far fields I
  • hear the song of the reaper, while I slave and faint in this cell. The
  • fever runs through me like lava; my hot brain burns like a coal; and
  • like many a monarch, I am less to be envied, than the veriest hind in
  • the land.
  • CHAPTER XVI
  • Media And Babbalanja Discourse
  • Our visiting the Pontiff at a time previously unforeseen, somewhat
  • altered our plans. All search in Maramma for the lost one proving
  • fruitless, and nothing of note remaining to be seen, we returned not
  • to Uma; but proceeded with the tour of the lagoon.
  • When day came, reclining beneath the canopy, Babbalanja would fain
  • have seriously discussed those things we had lately been seeing,
  • which, for all the occasional levity he had recently evinced, seemed
  • very near his heart.
  • But my lord Media forbade; saying that they necessarily included a
  • topic which all gay, sensible Mardians, who desired to live and be
  • merry, invariably banished from social discourse.
  • "Meditate as much as you will, Babbalanja, but say little aloud,
  • unless in a merry and mythical way. Lay down the great maxims of
  • things, but let inferences take care of themselves. Never be special;
  • never, a partisan. In safety, afar off, you may batter down a
  • fortress; but at your peril you essay to carry a single turret by
  • escalade. And if doubts distract you, in vain will you seek sympathy
  • from your fellow men. For upon this one theme, not a few of you free-
  • minded mortals, even the otherwise honest and intelligent, are the
  • least frank and friendly. Discourse with them, and it is mostly
  • formulas, or prevarications, or hollow assumption of philosophical
  • indifference, or urbane hypocrisies, or a cool, civil deference to the
  • dominant belief; or still worse, but less common, a brutality of
  • indiscriminate skepticism. Furthermore, Babbalanja, on this head,
  • final, last thoughts you mortals have none; nor can have; and, at
  • bottom, your own fleeting fancies are too often secrets to yourselves;
  • and sooner may you get another's secret, than your own. Thus with the
  • wisest of you all; you are ever unfixed. Do you show a tropical calm
  • without? then, be sure a thousand contrary currents whirl and eddy
  • within. The free, airy robe of your philosophy is but a dream, which
  • seems true while it lasts; but waking again into the orthodox world,
  • straightway you resume the old habit. And though in your dreams you
  • may hie to the uttermost Orient, yet all the while you abide where you
  • are. Babbalanja, you mortals dwell in Mardi, and it is impossible to
  • get elsewhere."
  • Said Babbalanja, "My lord, you school me. But though I dissent from
  • some of your positions, I am willing to confess, that this is not the
  • first time a philosopher has been instructed by a man."
  • "A demi-god, sir; and therefore I the more readily discharge my mind
  • of all seriousness, touching the subject, with which you mortals so
  • vex and torment yourselves."
  • Silence ensued. And seated apart, on both sides of the barge, solemnly
  • swaying, in fixed meditation, to the roll of the waves, Babbalanja,
  • Mohi, and Yoomy, drooped lower and lower, like funeral plumes; and our
  • gloomy canoe seemed a hearse.
  • CHAPTER XVII
  • They Regale Themselves With Their Pipes
  • "Ho! mortals! mortals!" cried Media. "Go we to bury our dead? Awake,
  • sons of men! Cheer up, heirs of immortality! Ho, Vee-Vee! bring forth
  • our pipes: we'll smoke off this cloud."
  • Nothing so beguiling as the fumes of tobacco, whether inhaled through
  • hookah, narghil, chibouque, Dutch porcelain, pure Principe, or
  • Regalia. And a great oversight had it been in King Media, to have
  • omitted pipes among the appliances of this voyage that we went.
  • Tobacco in rouleaus we had none; cigar nor cigarret; which little the
  • company esteemed. Pipes were preferred; and pipes we often smoked;
  • testify, oh! Vee-Vee, to that. But not of the vile clay, of which
  • mankind and Etruscan vases were made, were these jolly fine pipes of
  • ours. But all in good time.
  • Now, the leaf called tobacco is of divers species and sorts. Not to
  • dwell upon vile Shag, Pig-tail, Plug, Nail-rod, Negro-head, Cavendish,
  • and misnamed Lady's-twist, there are the following varieties:--Gold-
  • leaf, Oronoco, Cimaroza, Smyrna, Bird's-eye, James-river, Sweet-
  • scented, Honey-dew, Kentucky, Cnaster, Scarfalati, and famed Shiraz,
  • or Persian. Of all of which, perhaps the last is the best.
  • But smoked by itself, to a fastidious wight, even Shiraz is not gentle
  • enough. It needs mitigation. And the cunning craft of so mitigating
  • even the mildest tobacco was well understood in the dominions of
  • Media. There, in plantations ever covered with a brooding, blue haze,
  • they raised its fine leaf in the utmost luxuriance; almost as broad as
  • the broad fans of the broad-bladed banana. The stalks of the leaf
  • withdrawn, the remainder they cut up, and mixed with soft willow-bark,
  • and the aromatic leaves of the Betel.
  • "Ho! Vee-Vee, bring forth the pipes," cried Media. And forth they
  • came, followed by a quaint, carved cocoa-nut, agate-lidded, containing
  • ammunition sufficient for many stout charges and primings.
  • Soon we were all smoking so hard, that the canopied howdah, under
  • which we reclined, sent up purple wreaths like a Michigan wigwam.
  • There we sat in a ring, all smoking in council--every pipe a halcyon
  • pipe of peace.
  • And among those calumets, my lord Media's showed like the turbaned
  • Grand Turk among his Bashaws. It was an extraordinary pipe, be sure;
  • of right royal dimensions. Its mouth-piece an eagle's beak; its long
  • stem, a bright, red-barked cherry-tree branch, partly covered with a
  • close network of purple dyed porcupine quills; and toward the upper
  • end, streaming with pennons, like a Versailles flag-staff of a
  • coronation day. These pennons were managed by halyards; and after
  • lighting his prince's pipe, it was little Vee-Vee's part to run them
  • up toward the mast-head, or mouthpiece, in token that his lord was
  • fairly under weigh.
  • But Babbalanja's was of a different sort; an immense, black,
  • serpentine stem of ebony, coiling this way and that, in endless
  • convolutions, like an anaconda round a traveler in Brazil. Smoking
  • this hydra, Babbalanja looked as if playing upon the trombone.
  • Next, gentle Yoomy's. Its stem, a slender golden reed, like musical
  • Pan's; its bowl very merry with tassels.
  • Lastly, old Mohi the chronicler's. Its Death's-head bowl forming its
  • latter end, continually reminding him of his own. Its shank was an
  • ostrich's leg, some feathers still waving nigh the mouth-piece.
  • "Here, Vee-Vee! fill me up again," cried Media, through the blue
  • vapors sweeping round his great gonfalon, like plumed Marshal Ney,
  • waving his baton in the smoke of Waterloo; or thrice gallant Anglesea,
  • crossing his wooden leg mid the reek and rack of the Apsley House
  • banquet.
  • Vee-Vee obeyed; and quickly, like a howitzer, the pipe-owl was
  • reloaded to the muzzle, and King Media smoked on.
  • "Ah! this is pleasant indeed," he cried. "Look, it's a calm on the
  • waters, and a calm in our hearts, as we inhale these sedative odors."
  • "So calm," said Babbalanja; "the very gods must be smoking now."
  • "And thus," said Media, "we demi-gods hereafter shall cross-legged
  • sit, and smoke out our eternities. Ah, what a glorious puff! Mortals,
  • methinks these pipe-bowls of ours must be petrifactions of roses, so
  • scented they seem. But, old Mohi, you have smoked this many a long
  • year; doubtless, you know something about their material--the Froth-
  • of-the-Sea they call it, I think--ere my handicraft subjects obtain
  • it, to work into bowls. Tell us the tale."
  • "Delighted to do so, my lord," replied Mohi, slowly disentangling his
  • mouth-piece from the braids of his beard. "I have devoted much time
  • and attention to the study of pipe-bowls, and groped among many
  • learned authorities, to reconcile the clashing opinions concerning the
  • origin of the so-called Farnoo, or Froth-of-the-Sea."
  • "Well, then, my old centenarian, give us the result of your
  • investigations. But smoke away: a word and a puff go on."
  • "May it please you, then, my right worshipful lord, this Farnoo is an
  • unctuous, argillaceous substance; in its natural state, soft,
  • malleable, and easily worked as the cornelian-red clay from the famous
  • pipe-quarries of the wild tribes to the North. But though mostly found
  • buried in terra-firma, especially in the isles toward the East, this
  • Farnoo, my lord, is sometimes thrown up by the ocean; in seasons of
  • high sea, being plentifully found on the reefs. But, my lord, like
  • amber, the precise nature and origin of this Farnoo are points widely
  • mooted."
  • "Stop there!" cried Media; "our mouth-pieces are of amber; so, not a
  • word more of the Froth-of-the-Sea, until something be said to clear up
  • the mystery of amber. What is amber, old man?"
  • "A still more obscure thing to trace than the other, my worshipful
  • lord. Ancient Plinnee maintained, that originally it must be a juice,
  • exuding from balsam firs and pines; Borhavo, that, like camphor, it is
  • the crystalized oil of aromatic ferns; Berzilli, that it is the
  • concreted scum of the lake Cephioris; and Vondendo, against scores of
  • antagonists, stoutly held it a sort of bituminous gold, trickling from
  • antediluvian smugglers' caves, nigh the sea."
  • "Why, old Braid-Beard," cried Media, placing his pipe in rest, "you
  • are almost as erudite as our philosopher here."
  • "Much more so, my lord," said Babbalanja; "for Mohi has somehow picked
  • up all my worthless forgettings, which are more than my valuable
  • rememberings."
  • "What say you, wise one?" cried Mohi, shaking his braids, like an
  • enraged elephant with many trunks.
  • Said Yoomy: "My lord, I have heard that amber is nothing less than the
  • congealed tears of broken-hearted mermaids."
  • "Absurd, minstrel," cried Mohi. "Hark ye; I know what it is. All other
  • authorities to the contrary, amber is nothing more than gold-fishes'
  • brains, made waxy, then firm, by the action of the sea."
  • "Nonsense!" cried Yoomy.
  • "My lord," said Braid-Beard, waving his pipe, this thing is just as I
  • say. Imbedded in amber, do we not find little fishes' fins, porpoise-
  • teeth, sea-gulls' beaks and claws; nay, butterflies' wings, and
  • sometimes a topaz? And how could that be, unless the substance was
  • first soft? Amber is gold-fishes' brains, I say."
  • "For one," said Babbalanja, "I'll not believe that, till you prove to
  • me, Braid-Beard, that ideas themselves are found imbedded therein."
  • "Another of your crazy conceits, philosopher," replied Mohi,
  • disdainfully; "yet, sometimes plenty of strange black-letter
  • characters have been discovered in amber." And throwing back his hoary
  • old head, he jetted forth his vapors like a whale.
  • "Indeed?" cried Babbalanja. "Then, my lord Media, it may be earnestly
  • inquired, whether the gentle laws of the tribes before the flood, were
  • not sought to be embalmed and perpetuated between transparent and
  • sweet scented tablets of amber."
  • "That, now, is not so unlikely," said Mohi; "for old King Rondo the
  • Round once set about getting him a coffin-lid of amber; much desiring
  • a famous mass of it owned by the ancestors of Donjalolo of Juam. But
  • no navies could buy it. So Rondo had himself urned in a crystal."
  • "And that immortalized Rondo, no doubt," said Babbalanja. "Ha! ha!
  • pity he fared not like the fat porpoise frozen and tombed in an
  • iceberg; its icy shroud drifting south, soon melted away, and down,
  • out of sight, sunk the dead."
  • "Well, so much for amber," cried Media. "Now, Mohi, go on about
  • Farnoo."
  • "Know, then, my lord, that Farnoo is more like ambergris than amber."
  • "Is it? then, pray, tell us something on that head. You know all about
  • ambergris, too, I suppose."
  • "Every thing about all things, my lord. Ambergris is found both on
  • land and at sea. But especially, are lumps of it picked up on the
  • spicy coasts of Jovanna; indeed, all over the atolls and reefs in the
  • eastern quarter of Mardi."
  • "But what is this ambergris? Braid-Beard," said Babbalanja.
  • "Aquovi, the chymist, pronounced it the fragments of mushrooms growing
  • at the bottom of the sea; Voluto held, that like naptha, it springs
  • from fountains down there. But it is neither."
  • "I have heard," said Yoomy, "that it is the honey-comb of bees, fallen
  • from flowery cliffs into the brine."
  • "Nothing of the kind," said Mohi. "Do I not know all about it,
  • minstrel? Ambergris is the petrified gall-stones of crocodiles."
  • "What!" cried Babbalanja, "comes sweet scented ambergris from those
  • musky and chain-plated river cavalry? No wonder, then, their flesh is
  • so fragrant; their upper jaws as the visors of vinaigrettes."
  • "Nay, you are all wrong," cried King Media.
  • Then, laughing to himself:--"It's pleasant to sit by, a demi-god, and
  • hear the surmisings of mortals, upon things they know nothing about;
  • theology, or amber, or ambergris, it's all the same. But then, did I
  • always out with every thing I know, there would be no conversing with
  • these comical creatures.
  • "Listen, old Mohi; ambergris is a morbid secretion of the Spermaceti
  • whale; for like you mortals, the whale is at times a sort of
  • hypochondriac and dyspeptic. You must know, subjects, that in
  • antediluvian times, the Spermaceti whale was much hunted by sportsmen,
  • that being accounted better pastime, than pursuing the Behemoths on
  • shore. Besides, it was a lucrative diversion. Now, sometimes upon
  • striking the monster, it would start off in a dastardly fright,
  • leaving certain fragments in its wake. These fragments the hunters
  • picked up, giving over the chase for a while. For in those days, as
  • now, a quarter-quintal of ambergris was more valuable than a whole ton
  • of spermaceti."
  • "Nor, my lord," said Babbalanja, "would it have been wise to kill the
  • fish that dropped such treasures: no more than to murder the noddy
  • that laid the golden eggs."
  • "Beshrew me! a noddy it must have been," gurgled Mohi through his
  • pipe-stem, "to lay golden eggs for others to hatch."
  • "Come, no more of that now," cried Media. "Mohi, how long think you,
  • may one of these pipe-bowls last?"
  • "My lord, like one's cranium, it will endure till broken. I have
  • smoked this one of mine more than half a century."
  • "But unlike our craniums, stocked full of concretions," said
  • Babbalanja, our pipe-bowls never need clearing out."
  • "True," said Mohi, "they absorb the oil of the smoke, instead of
  • allowing it offensively to incrust."
  • "Ay, the older the better," said Media, "and the more delicious the
  • flavor imparted to the fumes inhaled."
  • "Farnoos forever! my lord," cried Yoomy. "By much smoking, the bowl
  • waxes russet and mellow, like the berry-brown cheek of a sunburnt
  • brunette."
  • "And as like smoked hams," cried Braid-Beard, "we veteran old smokers
  • grow browner and browner; hugely do we admire to see our jolly noses
  • and pipe-bowls mellowing together."
  • "Well said, old man," cried Babbalanja; "for, like a good wife, a pipe
  • is a friend and companion for life. And whoso weds with a pipe, is no
  • longer a bachelor. After many vexations, he may go home to that
  • faithful counselor, and ever find it full of kind consolations and
  • suggestions. But not thus with cigars or cigarrets: the acquaintances
  • of a moment, chatted with in by-places, whenever they come handy;
  • their existence so fugitive, uncertain, unsatisfactory. Once ignited,
  • nothing like longevity pertains to them. They never grow old. Why, my
  • lord, the stump of a cigarret is an abomination; and two of them
  • crossed are more of a _memento-mori_, than a brace of thigh-bones at
  • right angles."
  • "So they are, so they are," cried King Media. "Then, mortals, puff we
  • away at our pipes. Puff, puff, I say. Ah! how we puff! But thus we
  • demi-gods ever puff at our ease."
  • "Puff; puff, how we puff," cried Babbalanja. "but life itself is a
  • puff and a wheeze. Our lungs are two pipes which we constantly smoke."
  • "Puff, puff! how we puff," cried old Mohi. "All thought is a puff."
  • "Ay," said Babbalanja, "not more smoke in that skull-bowl of yours
  • than in the skull on your shoulders: both ends alike."
  • "Puff! puff! how we puff," cried Yoomy. "But in every puff, there
  • hangs a wreath. In every puff, off flies a care."
  • "Ay, there they go," cried Mohi, "there goes another--and, there, and
  • there;--this is the way to get rid of them my worshipful lord; puff
  • them aside."
  • "Yoomy," said Media, "give us that pipe song of thine. Sing it, my
  • sweet and pleasant poet. We'll keep time with the flageolets of ours."
  • "So with pipes and puffs for a chorus, thus Yoomy sang:--
  • Care is all stuff:--
  • Puff! Puff:
  • To puff is enough:--
  • Puff! Puff!
  • More musky than snuff,
  • And warm is a puff:--
  • Puff! Puff!
  • Here we sit mid our puffs,
  • Like old lords in their ruffs,
  • Snug as bears in their muffs:--
  • Puff! Puff!
  • Then puff, puff, puff;
  • For care is all stuff,
  • Puffed off in a puff:--
  • Puff! Puff!
  • "Ay, puff away," cried Babbalanja, "puff; puff, so we are born, and so
  • die. Puff, puff, my volcanos: the great sun itself will yet go out in
  • a snuff, and all Mardi smoke out its last wick."
  • "Puffs enough," said King Media, "Vee-Vee! haul down my flag. There,
  • lie down before me, oh Gonfalon! and, subjects, hear,--when I die, lay
  • this spear on my right, and this pipe on my left, its colors at half
  • mast; so shall I be ambidexter, and sleep between eloquent symbols."
  • CHAPTER XVIII
  • They Visit An Extraordinary Old Antiquary
  • "About prows there, ye paddlers," cried Media. "In this fog we've been
  • raising, we have sailed by Padulla, our destination."
  • Now Padulla, was but a little island, tributary to a neighboring king;
  • its population embracing some hundreds of thousands of leaves, and
  • flowers, and butterflies, yet only two solitary mortals; one, famous
  • as a venerable antiquarian: a collector of objects of Mardian vertu; a
  • cognoscenti, and dilettante in things old and marvelous; and for that
  • reason, very choice of himself.
  • He went by the exclamatory cognomen of "Oh-Oh;" a name bestowed upon
  • him, by reason of the delighted interjections, with which he welcomed
  • all accessions to his museum.
  • Now, it was to obtain a glimpse of this very museum, that Media was
  • anxious to touch at Padulla.
  • Landing, and passing through a grove, we were accosted by Oh-Oh
  • himself; who, having heard the shouts of our paddlers, had sallied
  • forth, staff in hand.
  • The old man was a sight to see; especially his nose; a remarkable one.
  • And all Mardi over, a remarkable nose is a prominent feature: an ever
  • obvious passport to distinction. For, after all, this gaining a name,
  • is but the individualizing of a man; as well achieved by an
  • extraordinary nose, as by an extraordinary epic. Far better, indeed;
  • for you may pass poets without knowing them. Even a hero, is no hero
  • without his sword; nor Beelzebub himself a lion, minus that lasso-tail
  • of his, wherewith he catches his prey. Whereas, he who is famous
  • through his nose, it is impossible to overlook. He is a celebrity
  • without toiling for a name. Snugly ensconced behind his proboscis, he
  • revels in its shadow, receiving tributes of attention wherever he goes.
  • Not to enter at large upon the topography of Oh-Oh's nasal organ, all
  • must be content with this; that it was of a singular magnitude, and
  • boldly aspiring at the end; an exclamation point in the face of the
  • wearer, forever wondering at the visible universe. The eyes of Oh-Oh
  • were like the creature's that the Jew abhors: placed slanting in his
  • head, and converging their rays toward the mouth; which was no Mouth,
  • but a gash.
  • I mean not to be harsh, or unpleasant upon thee, Oh-Oh; but I must
  • paint thee as thou wert.
  • The rest of his person was crooked, and dwarfed, and surmounted by a
  • hump, that sat on his back like a burden. And a weary load is a hump,
  • Heaven knows, only to be cast off in the grave.
  • Thus old, and antiquated, and gable-ended, was the tabernacle of Oh-
  • Oh's soul. But his person was housed in as curious a structure. Built
  • of old boughs of trees blown down in the groves, and covered over with
  • unruly thatching, it seemed, without, some ostrich nest. But within,
  • so intricate, and grotesque, its brown alleys and cells, that the
  • interior of no walnut was more labyrinthine.
  • And here, strewn about, all dusty and disordered, were the precious
  • antiques, and curios, and obsoletes, which to Oh-Oh were dear as the
  • apple of his eye, or the memory of departed days.
  • The old man was exceedingly importunate, in directing attention to his
  • relics; concerning each of which, he had an endless story to tell.
  • Time would fail; nay, patience, to repeat his legends. So, in order,
  • here follow the most prominent of his rarities:--
  • The identical Canoe, in which, ages back, the god Unja came from
  • the bottom of the sea.
  • (Very ponderous; of lignum-vitae wood).
  • A stone Flower-pot, containing in the original soil, Unja's last
  • footprints, when he embarked from Mardi for parts unknown.
  • (One foot-print unaccountably reversed).
  • The Jaw-bones of Tooroorooloo, a great orator in the days of Unja.
  • (Somewhat twisted).
  • A quaint little Fish-hook.
  • (Made from the finger-bones of Kravi the Cunning).
  • The mystic Gourd; carved all over with cabalistic triangles, and
  • hypogrifs; by study of which a reputed prophet, was said to have
  • obtained his inspiration.
  • (Slightly redolent of vineyards).
  • The complete Skeleton of an immense Tiger-shark; the bones of a
  • Pearl-shell-diver's leg inside.
  • (Picked off the reef at low tide).
  • An inscrutable, shapeless block of a mottled-hued, smoke-dried
  • wood.
  • (Three unaccountable holes drilled through the middle).
  • A sort of ecclesiastical Fasces, being the bony blades of nine sword-
  • fish, basket-hilted with shark's jaws, braided round and tasseled
  • with cords of human hair.
  • (Now obsolete).
  • The mystic Fan with which Unja fanned himself when in trouble.
  • (Woven from the leaves of the Water-Lily).
  • A Tripod of a Stork's Leg, supporting a nautilus shell, containing
  • the fragments of a bird's egg; into which, was said to have
  • been magically decanted the soul of a deceased chief.
  • (Unfortunately crushed in by atmospheric pressure).
  • Two clasped Right Hands, embalmed; being those of twin warriors,
  • who thus died on a battle-field.
  • (Impossible to sunder).
  • A curious Pouch, or Purse, formed from the skin of an Albatross'
  • foot, and decorated with three sharp claws, naturally pertaining
  • to it.
  • (Originally the property of a notorious old Tooth-per-Tooth).
  • A long tangled lock of Mermaid's Hair, much resembling the curling
  • silky fibres of the finer sea-weed.
  • (Preserved between fins of the dolphin).
  • A Mermaid's Comb for the toilet. The stiff serrated crest of a
  • Cook Storm-petrel
  • (Oh-Oh was particularly curious concerning Mermaids).
  • Files, Rasps, and Pincers, all bone, the implements of an eminent
  • Chiropedist, who flourished his tools before the flood.
  • (Owing to the excessive unevenness of the surface in those
  • times, the diluvians were peculiarly liable to pedal
  • afflictions).
  • The back Tooth, that Zozo the Enthusiast, in token of grief,
  • recklessly knocked out at the decease of a friend.
  • (Worn to a stump and quite useless).
  • These wonders inspected, Oh-Oh conducted us to an arbor, to show us
  • the famous telescope, by help of which, he said he had discovered an
  • ant-hill in the moon. It rested in the crotch of a Bread-fruit tree;
  • and was a prodigiously long and hollow trunk of a Palm; a scale from a
  • sea-kraken its lens.
  • Then returning to his cabinet, he pointed to a bamboo microscope,
  • which had wonderfully assisted him in his entomological pursuits.
  • "By this instrument, my masters," said he, "I have satisfied myself,
  • that in the eye of a dragon-fly there are precisely twelve thousand
  • five hundred and forty-one triangular lenses; and in the leg of a
  • flea, scores on scores of distinct muscles. Now, my masters, how far
  • think you a flea may leap at one spring? Why, two hundred times its
  • own length; I have often measured their leaps, with a small measure I
  • use for scientific purposes."
  • "Truly, Oh-Oh," said Babbalanja, "your discoveries must ere long
  • result in something grand; since you furnish such invaluable data for
  • theorists. Pray, attend, my lord Media. If, at one spring, a flea
  • leaps two hundred times its own length, then, with the like proportion
  • of muscles in his calves, a bandit might pounce upon the unwary
  • traveler from a quarter of a mile off. Is it not so, Oh-Oh?"
  • "Indeed, but it is, my masters. And one of the greatest consolations I
  • draw from these studies, is the ever-strengthening conviction of the
  • beneficent wisdom that framed our Mardi. For did men possess thighs in
  • proportion to fleas, verily, the wicked would grievously leap about,
  • and curvet in the isles."
  • "But Oh-Oh," said Babbalanja, "what other discoveries have you made?
  • Hast yet put a usurer under your lens, to find his conscience? or a
  • libertine, to find his heart? Hast yet brought your microscope to bear
  • upon a downy peach, or a rosy cheek?"
  • "I have," said Oh-Oh, mournfully; "and from the moment I so did, I
  • have had no heart to eat a peach, or salute a cheek."
  • "Then dash your lens!" cried Media.
  • "Well said, my lord. For all the eyes we get beyond our own, but
  • minister to infelicity. The microscope disgusts us with our Mardi; and
  • the telescope sets us longing for some other world."
  • CHAPTER XIX
  • They Go Down Into The Catacombs
  • With a dull flambeau, we now descended some narrow stone steps, to
  • view Oh-Oh's collection of ancient and curious manuscripts, preserved
  • in a vault.
  • "This way, this way, my masters," cried Oh-Oh, aloft, swinging his dim
  • torch. "Keep your hands before you; it's a dark road to travel."
  • "So it seems," said Babbalanja, wide-groping, as he descended lower
  • and lower. "My lord this is like going down to posterity."
  • Upon gaining the vault, forth flew a score or two of bats,
  • extinguishing the flambeau, and leaving us in darkness, like Belzoni
  • deserted by his Arabs in the heart of a pyramid. The torch at last
  • relumed, we entered a tomb-like excavation, at every step raising
  • clouds of dust; and at last stood before long rows of musty, mummyish
  • parcels, so dingy-red, and so rolled upon sticks, that they looked
  • like stiff sausages of Bologna; but smelt like some fine old Stilton
  • or Cheshire.
  • Most ancient of all, was a hieroglyphical Elegy on the Dumps,
  • consisting of one thousand and one lines; the characters,--herons,
  • weeping-willows, and ravens, supposed to have been traced by a quill
  • from the sea-noddy.
  • Then there were plenty of rare old ballads:--
  • "King Kroko, and the Fisher Girl."
  • "The Fight at the Ford of Spears."
  • "The Song of the Skulls."
  • And brave old chronicles, that made Mohi's mouth water:--
  • "The Rise and Setting of the Dynasty of Foofoo."
  • "The Heroic History of the Noble Prince Dragoni; showing
  • how he killed ten Pinioned Prisoners with his Own Hand."
  • "The whole Pedigree of the King of Kandidee, with that of his
  • famous horse, Znorto."
  • And Tarantula books:--
  • "Sour Milk for the Young, by a Dairyman."
  • "The Devil adrift, by a Corsair."
  • "Grunts and Groans, by a Mad Boar."
  • "Stings, by a Scorpion."
  • And poetical productions:--
  • "Suffusions of a Lily in a Shower."
  • "Sonnet on the last Breath of an Ephemera."
  • "The Gad-fly, and Other Poems."
  • And metaphysical treatises:--
  • "Necessitarian not Predestinarian."
  • "Philosophical Necessity and Predestination One Thing and The
  • Same."
  • "Whatever is not, is."
  • "Whatever is, is not."
  • And scarce old memoirs:--
  • "The One Hundred Books of the Biography of the Great and
  • Good King Grandissimo."
  • "The Life of old Philo, the Philanthropist, in one Chapter."
  • And popular literature:--
  • "A most Sweet, Pleasant, and Unctuous Account of the Manner
  • in which Five-and-Forty Robbers were torn asunder by
  • Swiftly-Going Canoes."
  • And books by chiefs and nobles:--
  • "The Art of Making a Noise in Mardi."
  • "On the Proper Manner of Saluting a Bosom Friend."
  • "Letters from a Father to a Son, inculcating the Virtue of Vice."
  • "Pastorals by a Younger Son."
  • "A Catalogue of Chieftains who have been Authors, by a Chieftain,
  • who disdains to be deemed an Author."
  • "A Canto on a Cough caught by my Consort."
  • "The Philosophy of Honesty, by a late Lord, who died in disgrace."
  • And theological works:--
  • "Pepper for the Perverse."
  • "Pudding for the Pious."
  • "Pleas for Pardon."
  • "Pickles for the Persecuted."
  • And long and tedious romances with short and easy titles:--
  • "The Buck."
  • "The Belle."
  • "The King and the Cook, or the Cook and the King."
  • And books of voyages:--
  • "A Sojourn among the Anthropophagi, by One whose Hand was
  • eaten off at Tiffin among the Savages."
  • "Franko: its King, Court, and Tadpoles."
  • "Three Hours in Vivenza, containing a Full and Impartial Account
  • of that Whole Country: by a Subject of King Bello."
  • And works of nautical poets:--
  • "Sky-Sail-Pole Lyrics."
  • And divers brief books, with panic-striking titles:--
  • "Are you safe?"
  • "A Voice from Below."
  • "Hope for none."
  • "Fire for all."
  • And pamphlets by retired warriors:--
  • "On the Best Gravy for Wild Boar's Meat."
  • "Three Receipts for Bottling New Arrack."
  • "To Brown Bread Fruit without Burning."
  • "Advice to the Dyspeptic."
  • "On Starch for Tappa."
  • All these MSS. were highly prized by Oh-Oh. He averred, that they
  • spoke of the mighty past, which he reverenced more than the paltry
  • present, the dross and sediment of what had been.
  • Peering into a dark crypt, Babbalanja drew forth a few crumbling,
  • illegible, black-letter sheets of his favorite old essayist, brave
  • Bardianna. They seemed to have formed parts of a work, whose title
  • only remained--"Thoughts, by a Thinker."
  • Silently Babbalanja pressed them to his heart. Then at arm's length
  • held them, and said, "And is all this wisdom lost? Can not the divine
  • cunning in thee, Bardianna, transmute to brightness these sullied
  • pages? Here, perhaps, thou didst dive into the deeps of things,
  • treating of the normal forms of matter and of mind; how the particles
  • of solids were first molded in the interstices of fluids; how the
  • thoughts of men are each a soul, as the lung-cells are each a lung;
  • how that death is but a mode of life; while mid-most is the Pharzi.--
  • But all is faded. Yea, here the Thinker's thoughts lie cheek by jowl
  • with phrasemen's words. Oh Bardianna! these pages were offspring of
  • thee, thought of thy thought, soul of thy soul. Instinct with mind,
  • they once spoke out like living voices; now, they're dust; and would
  • not prick a fool to action. Whence then is this? If the fogs of some
  • few years can make soul linked to matter naught; how can the unhoused
  • spirit hope to live when mildewed with the damps of death."
  • Piously he folded the shreds of manuscript together, kissed them, and
  • laid them down.
  • Then approaching Oh-Oh, he besought him for one leaf, one shred of
  • those most precious pages, in memory of Bardianna, and for the love of
  • him.
  • But learning who he was, one of that old Ponderer's commentators, Oh-
  • Oh tottered toward the manuscripts; with trembling fingers told them
  • over, one by one, and said-"Thank Oro! all are here.--Philosopher, ask
  • me for my limbs, my life, my heart, but ask me not for these. Steeped
  • in wax, these shall be my cerements."
  • All in vain; Oh-Oh was an antiquary.
  • Turning in despair, Babbalanja spied a heap of worm-eaten parchment
  • covers, and many clippings and parings. And whereas the rolls of
  • manuscripts did smell like unto old cheese; so these relics did
  • marvelously resemble the rinds of the same.
  • Turning over this pile, Babbalanja lighted upon something that
  • restored his good humor. Long he looked it over delighted; but
  • bethinking him, that he must have dragged to day some lost work of the
  • collection, and much desirous of possessing it, he made bold again to
  • ply Oh-Oh; offering a tempting price for his discovery.
  • Glancing at the title--"A Happy Life"-the old man cried--"Oh, rubbish!
  • rubbish! take it for nothing." And Babbalanja placed it in his
  • vestment.
  • The catacombs surveyed, and day-light gained, we inquired the way to
  • Ji-Ji's, also a collector, but of another sort; one miserly in the
  • matter of teeth, the money of Mardi.
  • At the mention of his name, Oh-Oh flew out into scornful philippics
  • upon the insanity of that old dotard, who hoarded up teeth, as if
  • teeth were of any use, but to purchase rarities. Nevertheless, he
  • pointed out our path; following which, we crossed a meadow.
  • CHAPTER XX
  • Babbalanja Quotes From An Antique Pagan; And Earnestly Presses It Upon
  • The Company, That What He Recites Is Not His, But Another's
  • Journeying on, we stopped by a gurgling spring, in a beautiful grove;
  • and here, we stretched out on the grass, and our attendants unpacked
  • their hampers, to provide us a lunch.
  • But as for that Babbalanja of ours, he must needs go and lunch by
  • himself, and, like a cannibal, feed upon an author; though in other
  • respects he was not so partial to bones.
  • Bringing forth the treasure he had buried in his bosom, he was soon
  • buried in it; and motionless on his back, looked as if laid out, to
  • keep an appointment with his undertaker.
  • "What, ho! Babbalanja!" cried Media from under a tree, "don't be a
  • duck, there, with your bill in the air; drop your metaphysics, man,
  • and fall to on the solids. Do you hear?"
  • "Come, philosopher," said Mohi, handling a banana, "you will weigh
  • more after you have eaten."
  • "Come, list, Babbalanja," cried Yoomy, "I am going to sing."
  • "Up! up! I say," shouted Media again. "But go, old man, and wake him:
  • rap on his head, and see whether he be in."
  • Mohi, obeying, found him at home; and Babbalanja started up.
  • "In Oro's name, what ails you, philosopher? See you Paradise, that you
  • look so wildly?"
  • "A Happy Life! a Happy Life!" cried Babbalanja, in an ecstasy. "My
  • lord, I am lost in the dream of it, as here recorded. Marvelous book!
  • its goodness transports me. Let me read:--'I would bear the same mind,
  • whether I be rich or poor, whether I get or lose in the world. I will
  • reckon benefits well placed as the fairest part of my possession, not
  • valuing them by number or weight, but by the profit and esteem of the
  • receiver; accounting myself never the poorer for any thing I give.
  • What I do shall be done for conscience, not ostentation. I will eat
  • and drink, not to gratify my palate, but to satisfy nature. I will be
  • cheerful to my friends, mild and placable to my enemies. I will
  • prevent an honest request, if I can foresee it; and I will grant it,
  • without asking. I will look upon the whole world as my country; and
  • upon Oro, both as the witness and the judge of my words and my deeds.
  • I will live and die with this testimony: that I loved a good
  • conscience; that I never invaded another man's liberty; and that I
  • preserved my own. I will govern my life and my thoughts, as if the
  • whole world were to see the one, and to read the other; for what does
  • it signify, to make any thing a secret to my neighbor, when to Oro all
  • our privacies are open.'"
  • "Very fine," said Media.
  • "The very spirit of the first followers of Alma, as recorded in the
  • legends," said Mohi.
  • "Inimitable," said Yoomy.
  • Said Babbalanja, "Listen again:--'Righteousness is sociable and
  • gentle; free, steady, and fearless; full of inexhaustible delights.'
  • And here again, and here, and here:--The true felicity of life is to
  • understand our duty to Oro.'--'True joy is a serene and sober motion.'
  • And here, and here,--my lord, 'tis hard quoting from this book;--but
  • listen--'A peaceful conscience, honest thoughts, and righteous actions
  • are blessings without end, satiety, or measure. The poor man wants
  • many things; the covetous man, all. It is not enough to know Oro,
  • unless we obey him.'"
  • "Alma all over," cried Mohi; "sure, you read from his sayings?"
  • "I read but odd sentences from one, who though he lived ages ago,
  • never saw, scarcely heard of Alma. And mark me, my lord, this time I
  • improvise nothing. What I have recited, Is here. Mohi, this book is
  • more marvelous than the prophecies. My lord, that a mere man, and a
  • heathen, in that most heathenish time, should give utterance to such
  • heavenly wisdom, seems more wonderful than that an inspired prophet
  • should reveal it. And is it not more divine in this philosopher, to
  • love righteousness for its own sake, and in view of annihilation, than
  • for pious sages to extol it as the means of everlasting felicity?"
  • "Alas," sighed Yoomy, "and does he not promise us any good thing, when
  • we are dead?"
  • "He speaks not by authority. He but woos us to goodness and happiness
  • here."
  • "Then, Babbalanja," said Media, "keep your treasure to yourself.
  • Without authority, and a full right hand, Righteousness better be
  • silent. Mardi's religion must seem to come direct from Oro, and the
  • mass of you mortals endeavor it not, except for a consideration,
  • present or to come."
  • "And call you that righteousness, my lord, which is but the price paid
  • down for something else?"
  • "I called it not righteousness; it is religion so called. But let us
  • prate no more of these things; with which I, a demi-god, have but
  • little in common. It ever impairs my digestion. No more, Babbalanja."
  • "My lord! my lord! out of itself, Religion has nothing to bestow. Nor
  • will she save us from aught, but from the evil in ourselves. Her one
  • grand end is to make us wise; her only manifestations are reverence to
  • Oro and love to man; her only, but ample reward, herself. He who has
  • this, has all. He who has this, whether he kneel to an image of wood,
  • calling it Oro; or to an image of air, calling it the same; whether he
  • fasts or feasts; laughs or weeps;--that man can be no richer. And this
  • religion, faith, virtue, righteousness, good, whate'er you will, I
  • find in this book I hold. No written page can teach me more."
  • "Have you that, then, of which you speak, Babbalanja? Are you content,
  • there where you stand?"
  • "My lord, you drive me home. I am not content. The mystery of
  • mysteries is still a mystery. How this author came to be so wise,
  • perplexes me. How he led the life he did, confounds me. Oh, my lord, I
  • am in darkness, and no broad blaze comes down to flood me. The rays
  • that come to me are but faint cross lights, mazing the obscurity
  • wherein I live. And after all, excellent as it is, I can be no gainer
  • by this book. For the more we learn, the more we unlearn; we
  • accumulate not, but substitute; and take away, more than we add. We
  • dwindle while we grow; we sally out for wisdom, and retreat beyond the
  • point whence we started; we essay the Fondiza, and get but the Phe. Of
  • all simpletons, the simplest! Oh! that I were another sort of fool
  • than I am, that I might restore my good opinion of myself. Continually
  • I stand in the pillory, am broken on the wheel, and dragged asunder by
  • wild horses. Yes, yes, Bardianna, all is in a nut, as thou sayest; but
  • all my back teeth can not crack it; I but crack my own jaws. All round
  • me, my fellow men are new-grafting their vines, and dwelling in
  • flourishing arbors; while I am forever pruning mine, till it is become
  • but a stump. Yet in this pruning will I persist; I will not add, I
  • will diminish; I will train myself down to the standard of what is
  • unchangeably true. Day by day I drop off my redundancies; ere long I
  • shall have stripped my ribs; when I die, they will but bury my spine.
  • Ah! where, where, where, my lord, is the everlasting Tekana? Tell me,
  • Mohi, where the Ephina? I may have come to the Penultimate, but where,
  • sweet Yoomy, is the Ultimate? Ah, companions! I faint, I am wordless:-
  • -something, nothing, riddles,--does Mardi hold her?"
  • "He swoons!" cried Yoomy.
  • "Water! water!" cried Media.
  • "Away:" said Babbalanja serenely, "I revive."
  • CHAPTER XXI
  • They Visit A Wealthy Old Pauper
  • Continuing our route to Jiji's, we presently came to a miserable
  • hovel. Half projecting from the low, open entrance, was a bald
  • overgrown head, intent upon an upright row of dark-colored bags:--
  • pelican pouches--prepared by dropping a stone within, and suspending
  • them, when moist.
  • Ever and anon, the great head shook with a tremulous motion, as one by
  • one, to a clicking sound from the old man's mouth, the strings of
  • teeth were slowly drawn forth, and let fall, again and again, with a
  • rattle.
  • But perceiving our approach, the old miser suddenly swooped his
  • pouches out of sight; and, like a turtle into its shell, retreated
  • into his den. But soon he decrepitly emerged upon his knees, asking
  • what brought us thither?--to steal the teeth, which lying rumor
  • averred he possessed in abundance? And opening his mouth, he averred
  • he had none; not even a sentry in his head.
  • But Babbalanja declared, that long since he must have drawn his own
  • dentals, and bagged them with the rest.
  • Now this miserable old miser must have been idiotic; for soon
  • forgetting what he had but just told us of his utter toothlessness, he
  • was so smitten with the pearly mouth of Hohora, one of our attendants
  • (the same for whose pearls, little King Peepi had taken such a fancy),
  • that he made the following overture to purchase its contents: namely:
  • one tooth of the buyer's, for every three of the seller's. A
  • proposition promptly rejected, as involving a mercantile absurdity.
  • "Why?" said Babbalanja. "Doubtless, because that proposed to be given,
  • is less than that proposed to be received. Yet, says a philosopher,
  • this is the very principle which regulates all barterings. For where
  • the sense of a simple exchange of quantities, alike in value?"
  • "Where, indeed?" said Hohora with open eyes, "though I never heard it
  • before, that's a staggering question. I beseech you, who was the sage
  • that asked it?"
  • "Vivo, the Sophist," said Babbalanja, turning aside.
  • In the hearing of Jiji, allusion was made to Oh-Oh, as a neighbor of
  • his. Whereupon he vented much slavering opprobrium upon that miserable
  • old hump-back; who accumulated useless monstrosities; throwing away
  • the precious teeth, which otherwise might have sensibly rattled in his
  • own pelican pouches.
  • When we quitted the hovel, Jiji, marking little Vee-Vee, from whose
  • shoulder hung a calabash of edibles, seized the hem of his garment and
  • besought him for one mouthful of food; for nothing had he tasted that
  • day.
  • The boy tossed him a yam.
  • CHAPTER XXII
  • Yoomy Sings Some Odd Verses, And Babbalanja Quotes From The Old
  • Authors Right And Left
  • Sailing from Padulla, after many pleasant things had been said
  • concerning the sights there beheld; Babbalanja thus addressed Yoomy--
  • "Warbler, the last song you sung was about moonlight, and paradise,
  • and fabulous pleasures evermore: now, have you any hymns about earthly
  • felicity?"
  • "If so, minstrel," said Media, "jet it forth, my fountain, forthwith."
  • "Just now, my lord," replied Yoomy, "I was singing to myself, as I
  • often do, and by your leave, I will continue aloud."
  • "Better begin at the beginning, I should think," said the chronicler,
  • both hands to his chin, beginning at the top to new braid his beard.
  • "No: like the roots of your beard, old Mohi, all beginnings are
  • stiff," cried Babbalanja. "We are lucky in living midway in eternity.
  • So sing away, Yoomy, where you left off," and thus saying he unloosed
  • his girdle for the song, as Apicius would for a banquet.
  • "Shall I continue aloud, then, my lord?"
  • My lord nodded, and Yoomy sang:--
  • "Full round, full soft, her dewy arms,--
  • Sweet shelter from all Mardi's harms!"
  • "Whose arms?" cried Mohi.
  • Sang Yoomy:--
  • Diving deep in the sea,
  • She takes sunshine along:
  • Down flames in the sea,
  • As of dolphins a throng.
  • "What mermaid is this?" cried Mohi.
  • Sang Yoomy:--
  • Her foot, a falling sound,
  • That all day long might bound.
  • Over the beach,
  • The soft sand beach,
  • And none would find
  • A trace behind.
  • "And why not?" demanded Media, "why could no trace be found?"
  • Said Braid-Beard, "Perhaps owing, my lord, to the flatness of the
  • mermaid's foot. But no; that can not be; for mermaids are all
  • vertebrae below the waist."
  • "Your fragment is pretty good, I dare say, Yoomy," observed Media,
  • "but as Braid-Beard hints, rather flat."
  • "Flat as the foot of a man with his mind made up," cried Braid-Beard.
  • "Yoomy, did you sup on flounders last night?"
  • But Yoomy vouchsafed no reply, he was ten thousand leagues off in a
  • reverie: somewhere in the Hyades perhaps.
  • Conversation proceeding, Braid-Beard happened to make allusion to one
  • Rotato, a portly personage, who, though a sagacious philosopher, and
  • very ambitious to be celebrated as such, was only famous in Mardi as
  • the fattest man of his tribe.
  • Said Media, "Then, Mohi, Rotato could not pick a quarrel with Fame,
  • since she did not belie him. Fat he was, and fat she published him."
  • "Right, my lord," said Babbalanja, "for Fame is not always so honest.
  • Not seldom to be famous, is to be widely known for what you are not,
  • says Alla-Malolla. Whence it comes, as old Bardianna has it, that for
  • years a man may move unnoticed among his fellows; but all at once, by
  • some chance attitude, foreign to his habit, become a trumpet-full for
  • fools; though, in himself, the same as ever. Nor has he shown himself
  • yet; for the entire merit of a man can never be made known; nor the
  • sum of his demerits, if he have them. We are only known by our names;
  • as letters sealed up, we but read each other's superscriptions.
  • "So with the commonalty of us Mardians. How then with those beings who
  • every way are but too apt to be riddles. In many points the works of
  • our great poet Vavona, now dead a thousand moons, still remain a
  • mystery. Some call him a mystic; but wherein he seems obscure, it is,
  • perhaps, we that are in fault; not by premeditation spoke he those
  • archangel thoughts, which made many declare, that Vavona, after all,
  • was but a crack-pated god, not a mortal of sound mind. But had he been
  • less, my lord, he had seemed more. Saith Fulvi, 'Of the highest order
  • of genius, it may be truly asserted, that to gain the reputation of
  • superior power, it must partially disguise itself; it must come down,
  • and then it will be applauded for soaring.' And furthermore, that
  • there are those who falter in the common tongue, because they think in
  • another; and these are accounted stutterers and stammerers.'"
  • "Ah! how true!" cried the Warbler.
  • "And what says the archangel Vavona, Yoomy, in that wonderful drama of
  • his, 'The Souls of the Sages?'--'Beyond most barren hills, there are
  • landscapes ravishing; with but one eye to behold; which no pencil can
  • portray.' What wonder then, my lord, that Mardi itself is so blind.
  • 'Mardi is a monster,' says old Bardianna, 'whose eyes are fixed in its
  • head, like a whale's; it can see but two ways, and those comprising
  • but a small arc of a perfect vision. Poets, heroes, and men of might,
  • are all around this monster Mardi. But stand before me on stilts, or I
  • will behold you not, says the monster; brush back your hair; inhale
  • the wind largely; lucky are all men with dome-like foreheads; luckless
  • those with pippin-heads; loud lungs are a blessing; a lion is no lion
  • that can not roar.' Says Aldina, 'There are those looking on, who know
  • themselves to be swifter of foot than the racers, but are confounded
  • with the simpletons that stare.'"
  • "The mere carping of a disappointed cripple," cried Mold. His
  • biographer states, that Aldina had only one leg."
  • "Braid-Beard, you are witty," said Babbbalanja, adjusting his robe.
  • "My lord, there are heroes without armies, who hear martial music in
  • their souls."
  • "Why not blow their trumpets louder, then," cried Media, that all
  • Mardi may hear?"
  • "My lord Media, too, is witty, Babbalanja," said Mohi.
  • Breathed Yoomy, "There are birds of divinest plumage, and most
  • glorious song, yet singing their lyrics to themselves."
  • Said Media, "The lark soars high, cares for no auditor, yet its sweet
  • notes are heard here below. It sings, too, in company with myriads of
  • mates. Your soliloquists, Yoomy, are mostly herons and owls."
  • Said Babbalanja, "Very clever, my lord; but think you not, there are
  • men eloquent, who never babble in the marketplace?"
  • "Ay, and arrant babblers at home. In few words, Babbalanja, you
  • espouse a bad cause. Most of you mortals are peacocks; some having
  • tails, and some not; those who have them will be sure to thrust their
  • plumes in your face; for the rest, they will display their bald
  • cruppers, and still screech for admiration. But when a great genius is
  • born into Mardi, he nods, and is known."
  • "More wit, but, with deference, perhaps less truth, my lord. Say what
  • you will, Fame is an accident; merit a thing absolute. But what
  • matter? Of what available value reputation, unless wedded to power,
  • dentals, or place? To those who render him applause, a poet's may seem
  • a thing tangible; but to the recipient, 'tis a fantasy; the poet never
  • so stretches his imagination, as when striving to comprehend what it
  • is; often, he is famous without knowing it."
  • "At the sacred games of Lazella," said Yoomy, "slyly crowned from
  • behind with a laurel fillet, for many hours, the minstrel Jarmi
  • wandered about ignorant of the honors he bore. But enlightened at
  • last, he doffed the wreath; then, holding it at arm's length, sighed
  • forth--Oh, ye laurels! to be visible to me, ye must be removed from my
  • brow!"
  • "And what said Botargo," cried Babbalanja, "hearing that his poems had
  • been translated into the language of the remote island of Bertranda?--
  • 'It stirs me little; already, in merry fancies, have I dreamed of
  • their being trilled by the blessed houris in paradise; I can only
  • imagine the same of the damsels of Bertranda.' Says Boldo, the
  • Materialist,--'Substances alone are satisfactory.'"
  • "And so thought the mercenary poet, Zenzi," said Yoomy. "Upon
  • receiving fourteen ripe yams for a sonnet, one for every line, he said
  • to me, Yoomy, I shall make a better meal upon these, than upon so many
  • compliments."
  • "Ay," cried Babbalanja, "'Bravos,' saith old Bardianna, but induce
  • flatulency.'"
  • Said Media, "And do you famous mortals, then, take no pleasure in
  • hearing your bravos?"
  • "Much, my good lord; at least such famous mortals, so enamored of a
  • clamorous notoriety, as to bravo for themselves, when none else will
  • huzza; whose whole existence is an unintermitting consciousness of
  • self; whose very persons stand erect and self-sufficient as their
  • infallible index, the capital letter I; who relish and comprehend no
  • reputation but what attaches to the carcass; who would as lief be
  • renowned for a splendid mustache, as for a splendid drama: who know
  • not how it was that a personage, to posterity so universally
  • celebrated as the poet Vavona, ever passed through the crowd
  • unobserved; who deride the very thunder for making such a noise in
  • Mardi, and yet disdain to manifest itself to the eye."
  • "Wax not so warm, Babbalanja; but tell us, if to his contemporaries
  • Vavona's person was almost unknown, what satisfaction did he derive
  • from his genius?"
  • "Had he not its consciousness?--an empire boundless as the West. What
  • to him were huzzas? Why, my lord, from his privacy, the great and good
  • Logodora sent liniment to the hoarse throats without. But what said
  • Bardianna, when they dunned him for autographs?--'Who keeps the
  • register of great men? who decides upon noble actions? and how long
  • may ink last? Alas! Fame has dropped more rolls than she displays; and
  • there are more lost chronicles, than the perished books of the
  • historian Livella.' But what is lost forever, my lord, is nothing to
  • what is now unseen. There are more treasures in the bowels of the
  • earth, than on its surface."
  • "Ah! no gold," cried Yoomy, "but that comes from dark mines."
  • Said Babbalanja, "Bear witness, ye gods! cries fervent old Bardianna,
  • that besides disclosures of good and evil undreamed of now, there will
  • be other, and more astounding revelations hereafter, of what has
  • passed in Mardi unbeheld."
  • "A truce to your everlasting pratings of old Bardianna," said King
  • Media; why not speak your own thoughts, Babbalanja? then would your
  • discourse possess more completeness; whereas, its warp and woof are of
  • all sorts,--Bardianna, Alla-Malolla, Vavona, and all the writers that
  • ever have written. Speak for yourself, mortal!"
  • "May you not possibly mistake, my lord? for I do not so much quote
  • Bardianna, as Bardianna quoted me, though he flourished before me; and
  • no vanity, but honesty to say so. The catalogue of true thoughts is
  • but small; they are ubiquitous; no man's property; and unspoken, or
  • bruited, are the same. When we hear them, why seem they so natural,
  • receiving our spontaneous approval? why do we think we have heard them
  • before? Because they but reiterate ourselves; they were in us, before
  • we were born. The truest poets are but mouth-pieces; and some men are
  • duplicates of each other; I see myself in Bardianna."
  • "And there, for Oro's sake, let it rest, Babbalanja; Bardianna in you,
  • and you in Bardianna forever!"
  • CHAPTER XXIII
  • What Manner Of Men The Tapparians Were
  • The canoes sailed on. But we leave them awhile. For our visit to Jiji,
  • the last visit we made, suggests some further revelations concerning
  • the dental money of Mardi.
  • Ere this, it should have been mentioned, that throughout the
  • Archipelago, there was a restriction concerning incisors and molars,
  • as ornaments for the person; none but great chiefs, brave warriors,
  • and men distinguished by rare intellectual endowments, orators,
  • romancers, philosophers, and poets, being permitted to sport them as
  • jewels. Though, as it happened, among the poets there were many who
  • had never a tooth, save those employed at their repasts; which, coming
  • but seldom, their teeth almost corroded in their mouths. Hence, in
  • commerce, poets' teeth were at a discount.
  • For these reasons, then, many mortals blent with the promiscuous mob
  • of Mardians, who, by any means, accumulated teeth, were fain to assert
  • their dental claims to distinction, by clumsily carrying their
  • treasures in pelican pouches slung over their shoulders; which pouches
  • were a huge burden to carry about, and defend. Though, in good truth,
  • from any of these porters, it was harder to wrench his pouches, than
  • his limbs. It was also a curious circumstance that at the slightest
  • casual touch, these bags seemed to convey a simultaneous thrill to the
  • owners.
  • Besides these porters, there were others, who exchanged their teeth
  • for richly stained calabashes, elaborately carved canoes, and more
  • especially, for costly robes, and turbans; in which last, many
  • outshone the noblest-born nobles. Nevertheless, this answered not the
  • end they had in view; some of the crowd only admiring what they wore,
  • and not them; breaking out into laudation of the inimitable handiwork
  • of the artisans of Mardi.
  • And strange to relate, these artisans themselves often came to be men
  • of teeth and turbans, sporting their bravery with the best. A
  • circumstance, which accounted for the fact, that many of the class
  • above alluded to, were considered capital judges of tappa and tailoring.
  • Hence, as a general designation, the whole tribe went by the name of
  • Tapparians; otherwise, Men of Tappa.
  • Now, many moons ago, according to Braid-Beard, the Tapparians of a
  • certain cluster of islands, seeing themselves hopelessly confounded
  • with the plebeian race of mortals; such as artificers, honest men,
  • bread-fruit bakers, and the like; seeing, in short, that nature had
  • denied them every inborn mark of distinction; and furthermore, that
  • their external assumptions were derided by so many in Mardi, these
  • selfsame Tapparians, poor devils, resolved to secede from the rabble;
  • form themselves into a community of their own; and conventionally pay
  • that homage to each other, which universal Mardi could not be
  • prevailed upon to render to them.
  • Jointly, they purchased an island, called Pimminee, toward the extreme
  • west of the lagoon; and thither they went; and framing a code of laws-
  • -amazingly arbitrary, considering they themselves were the framers--
  • solemnly took the oath of allegiance to the commonwealth thus
  • established. Regarded section by section, this code of laws seemed
  • exceedingly trivial; but taken together, made a somewhat imposing
  • aggregation of particles.
  • By this code, the minutest things in life were all ordered after a
  • specific fashion. More especially one's dress was legislated upon, to
  • the last warp and woof. All girdles must be so many inches in length,
  • and with such a number of tassels in front. For a violation of this
  • ordinance, before the face of all Mardi, the most dutiful of sons
  • would cut the most affectionate of fathers.
  • Now, though like all Mardi, kings and slaves included, the people of
  • Pimminee had dead dust for grandsires, they seldom reverted to that
  • fact; for, like all founders of families, they had no family vaults.
  • Nor were they much encumbered by living connections; connections, some
  • of them appeared to have none. Like poor Logan the last of his tribe,
  • they seemed to have monopolized the blood of their race, having never
  • a cousin to own.
  • Wherefore it was, that many ignorant Mardians, who had not pushed
  • their investigations into the science of physiology, sagely divined,
  • that the Tapparians must have podded into life like peas, instead of
  • being otherwise indebted for their existence. Certain it is, they had
  • a comical way of backing up their social pretensions. When the
  • respectability of his clan was mooted, Paivai, one of their bucks,
  • disdained all reference to the Dooms-day Book, and the ancients. More
  • reliable evidence was had. He referred the anxious world to a witness,
  • still alive and hearty,--his contemporary tailor; the varlet who cut
  • out his tappa doublets, and rejoiced his soul with good fits.
  • "Ah!" sighed Babbalanja, "how it quenches in one the thought of
  • immortality, to think that these Tapparians too, will hereafter claim
  • each a niche!"
  • But we rove. Our visit to Pimminee itself, will best make known the
  • ways of its denizens.
  • CHAPTER XXIV
  • Their Adventures Upon Landing At Pimminee
  • A long sail over, the island of Pimminee came in sight; one dead fiat,
  • wreathed in a thin, insipid vapor.
  • "My lord, why land?" said Babbalanja; "no Yillah is here."
  • "'Tis my humor, Babbalanja."
  • Said Yoomy, "Taji would leave no isle unexplored."
  • As we neared the beach, the atmosphere became still closer and more
  • languid. Much did we miss the refreshing balm which breathed in the
  • fine breezy air of the open lagoon. Of a slender and sickly growth
  • seemed the trees; in the meadows, the grass grew small and mincing.
  • Said Media, "Taji, from the accounts which Braid-Beard gives, there
  • must be much to amuse, in the ways of these Tapparians."
  • "Yes," said Babbalanja, "their lives are a continual farce,
  • gratuitously performed for the diversion of Mardi. My lord, perhaps we
  • had best doff our dignity, and land among them as persons of lowly
  • condition; for then, we shall receive more diversion, though less
  • hospitality."
  • "A good proposition," said Media.
  • And so saying, he put off his robe for one less pretentious.
  • All followed suit; Yoomy doffing turban and sash; and, at last,
  • completely metamorphosed, we looked like Hungarian gipsies.
  • Voyaging on, we entered a bay, where numbers of menials were standing
  • in the water, engaged in washing the carved work of certain fantastic
  • canoes, belonging to the Tapparians, their masters.
  • Landing at some distance, we followed a path that soon conducted us to
  • a betwisted dwelling of bamboos, where, gently, we knocked for
  • admittance. So doing, we were accosted by a servitor, his portliness
  • all in his calves. Marking our appearance, he monopolized the
  • threshold, and gruffly demanded what was wanted.
  • "Strangers, kind sir, fatigued with travel, and in need of refreshment
  • and repose."
  • "Then hence with ye, vagabonds!" and with an emphasis, he closed the
  • portal in our face.
  • Said Babbalanja, turning, "You perceive, my lord Media, that these
  • varlets take after their masters; who feed none but the well-fed, and
  • house none but the well-housed."
  • "Faith! but they furnish most rare entertainment, nevertheless," cried
  • Media. "Ha! ha! Taji, we had missed much, had we missed Pimminee."
  • As this was said, we observed, at a distance, three menials running
  • from seaward, as if conveying important intelligence.
  • Halting here and there, vainly seeking admittance at other
  • habitations, and receiving nothing but taunts for our pains, we still
  • wandered on; and at last came upon a village, toward which, those from
  • the sea-side had been running.
  • And now, to our surprise, we were accosted by an eager and servile
  • throng.
  • "Obsequious varlets," said Media, "where tarry your masters?"
  • "Right royal, and thrice worshipful Lord of Odo, do you take us for
  • our domestics? We are Tapparians, may it please your illustrious
  • Highness; your most humble and obedient servants. We beseech you,
  • supereminent Sir, condescend to visit our habitations, and partake of
  • our cheer."
  • Then turning upon their attendants, "Away with ye, hounds! and set our
  • dwellings in order."
  • "How know ye me to be king?" asked Media.
  • "Is it not in your serene Highness's regal port, and eye?"
  • "'Twas their menials," muttered Mohi, "who from the paddlers in charge
  • of our canoes must have learned who my lord was, and published the
  • tidings."
  • After some further speech, Media made a social surrender of himself to
  • the foremost of the Tapparians, one Nimni; who, conducting us to his
  • abode, with much deference introduced us to a portly old Begum, and
  • three slender damsels; his wife and daughters.
  • Soon, refreshments appeared:--green and yellow compounds, and divers
  • enigmatical dainties; besides vegetable liqueurs of a strange and
  • alarming flavor served in fragile little leaves, folded into cups, and
  • very troublesome to handle.
  • Excessively thirsty, Babbalanja made bold to inquire for water; which
  • called forth a burst of horror from the old Begum, and minor shrieks
  • from her daughters; who declared, that the beverage to which remote
  • reference had been made, was far too widely diffused in Mardi, to be
  • at all esteemed in Pimminee.
  • "But though we seldom imbibe it," said the old Begum, ceremoniously
  • adjusting her necklace of cowrie-shells, "we occasionally employ it
  • for medicinal purposes."
  • "Ah, indeed?" said Babbalanja.
  • "But oh! believe me; even then, we imbibe not the ordinary fluid of
  • the springs and streams; but that which in afternoon showers softly
  • drains from our palm-trees into the little hollow or miniature
  • reservoir beneath its compacted roots."
  • A goblet of this beverage was now handed Babbalanja; but having a
  • curious, gummy flavor, it proved any thing but palatable.
  • Presently, in came a company of young men, relatives of Nimni. They
  • were slender as sky-sail-poles; standing in a row, resembled a picket-
  • fence; and were surmounted by enormous heads of hair, combed out all
  • round, variously dyed, and evened by being singed with a lighted wisp
  • of straw. Like milliners' parcels, they were very neatly done up;
  • wearing redolent robes.
  • "How like the woodlands they smell," whispered Yoomy. "Ay, marvelously
  • like sap," said Mohi.
  • One part of their garniture consisted of numerous tasseled cords, like
  • those of an aigulette, depending from the neck, and attached here and
  • there about the person. A separate one, at a distance, united their
  • ankles. These served to measure and graduate their movements; keeping
  • their gestures, paces, and attitudes, within the prescribed standard
  • of Tapparian gentility. When they went abroad, they were preceded by
  • certain footmen; who placed before them small, carved boards, whereon
  • their masters stepped; thus avoiding contact with the earth. The
  • simple device of a shoe, as a fixture for the foot, was unknown in
  • Pimminee.
  • Being told, that Taji was lately from the sun, they manifested not the
  • slightest surprise; one of them incidentally observing, however, that
  • the eclipses there, must be a sad bore to endure.
  • CHAPTER XXV
  • A, I, AND O
  • The old Begum went by the euphonious appellation of Ohiro-Moldona-
  • Fivona; a name, from its length, deemed highly genteel; though scandal
  • averred, that it was nothing more than her real name transposed; the
  • appellation by which she had been formerly known, signifying a
  • "Getterup-of-Fine-Tappa." But as this would have let out an ancient
  • secret, it was thought wise to disguise it.
  • Her daughters respectively reveled in the pretty diminutives of A, I,
  • and O; which, from their brevity, comical to tell, were considered
  • equally genteel with the dame's.
  • The habiliments of the three Vowels must not be omitted. Each damsel
  • garrisoned an ample, circular farthingale of canes, serving as the
  • frame-work, whereon to display a gayly dyed robe. Perhaps their charms
  • intrenched themselves in these impregnable petticoats, as feeble
  • armies fly to fortresses, to hide their weakness, and better resist an
  • onset.
  • But polite and politic it is, to propitiate your hostess. So seating
  • himself by the Begum, Taji led off with earnest inquiries after her
  • welfare. But the Begum was one of those, who relieve the diffident
  • from the embarrassment of talking; all by themselves carrying on
  • conversation for two. Hence, no wonder that my Lady was esteemed
  • invaluable at all assemblies in the groves of Pimminee; contributing
  • so largely to that incessant din, which is held the best test of the
  • enjoyment of the company, as making them deaf to the general nonsense,
  • otherwise audible.
  • Learning that Taji had been making the tour of certain islands in
  • Mardi, the Begum was surprised that he could have thus hazarded his
  • life among the barbarians of the East. She desired to know whether his
  • constitution was not impaired by inhaling the unrefined atmosphere of
  • those remote and barbarous regions. For her part, the mere thought of
  • it made her faint in her innermost citadel; nor went she ever abroad
  • with the wind at East, dreading the contagion which might lurk in the
  • air.
  • Upon accosting the three damsels, Taji very soon discovered that the
  • tongue which had languished in the presence of the Begum, was now
  • called into active requisition, to entertain the Polysyllables, her
  • daughters. So assiduously were they occupied in silent endeavors to
  • look sentimental and pretty, that it proved no easy task to sustain
  • with them an ordinary chat. In this dilemma, Taji diffused not his
  • remarks among all three; but discreetly centered them upon O. Thinking
  • she might be curious concerning the sun, he made some remote allusion
  • to that luminary as the place of his nativity. Upon which, O inquired
  • where that country was, of which mention was made.
  • "Some distance from here; in the air above; the sun that gives light
  • to Pimminee, and Mardi at large."
  • She replied, that if that were the case, she had never beheld it; for
  • such was the construction of her farthingale, that her head could not
  • be thrown back, without impairing its set. Wherefore, she had always
  • abstained from astronomical investigations.
  • Hereupon, rude Mohi laughed out. And that lucky laugh happily relieved
  • Taji from all further necessity of entertaining the Vowels. For at so
  • vulgar, and in Pimminee, so unwonted a sound, as a genuine laugh, the
  • three startled nymphs fainted away in a row, their round farthingales
  • falling over upon each other, like a file of empty tierces. But they
  • presently revived.
  • Meanwhile, without stirring from their mats, the polite young bucks in
  • the aigulettes did nothing but hold semi-transparent leaves to their
  • eyes, by the stems; which leaves they directed downward, toward the
  • disordered hems of the farthingales; in wait, perhaps, for the
  • revelation of an ankle, and its accompaniments. What the precise use
  • of these leaves could have been, it would be hard to say, especially
  • as the observers invariably peeped over and under them.
  • The calamity of the Vowels was soon followed by the breaking up of the
  • party; when, evening coming on, and feeling much wearied with the
  • labor of seeing company in Pimminee, we retired to our mats; there
  • finding that repose which ever awaits the fatigued.
  • CHAPTER XXVI
  • A Reception Day At Pimminee
  • Next morning, Nimni apprized us, that throughout the day he proposed
  • keeping open house, for the purpose of enabling us to behold whatever
  • of beauty, rank, and fashion, Pimminee could boast; including certain
  • strangers of note from various quarters of the lagoon, who doubtless
  • would honor themselves with a call.
  • As inmates of the mansion, we unexpectedly had a rare opportunity of
  • witnessing the final toilets of the Begum and her daughters,
  • preparatory to receiving their guests.
  • Their four farthingales were placed standing in the middle of the
  • dwelling; when their future inmates, arrayed in rudimental vestments,
  • went round and round them, attaching various articles of finery, dyed
  • scarfs, ivory trinkets, and other decorations. Upon the propriety of
  • this or that adornment, the three Vowels now and then pondered apart,
  • or together consulted. They talked and they laughed; they were silent
  • and sad; now merry at their bravery; now pensive at the thought of the
  • charms to be hidden.
  • It was O who presently suggested the expediency of an artful fold in
  • their draperies, by the merest accident in Mardi, to reveal a
  • tantalizing glimpse of their ankles, which were thought to be pretty.
  • But the old Begum was more active than any; by far the most
  • disinterested in the matter of advice. Her great object seemed to be
  • to pile on the finery at all hazards; and she pointed out many as yet
  • vacant and unappropriated spaces, highly susceptible of adornment.
  • At last, all was in readiness; when, taking a valedictory glance, at
  • their intrenchments, the Begum and damsels simultaneously dipped their
  • heads, directly after emerging from the summit, all ready for execution.
  • And now to describe the general reception that followed. In came the
  • Roes, the Fees, the Lol-Lols, the Hummee-Hums, the Bidi-Bidies, and
  • the Dedidums; the Peenees, the Yamoyamees, the Karkies, the Fanfums,
  • the Diddledees, and the Fiddlefies; in a word, all the aristocracy of
  • Pimminee; people with exceedingly short names; and some all name, and
  • nothing else. It was an imposing array of sounds; a circulation of
  • ciphers; a marshaling of tappas; a getting together of grimaces and
  • furbelows; a masquerade of vapidities.
  • Among the crowd was a bustling somebody, one Gaddi, arrayed in much
  • apparel to little purpose; who, singling out Babbalanja, for some time
  • adhered to his side, and with excessive complaisance, enlightened him
  • as to the people assembled.
  • "_That_ is rich Marmonora, accounted a mighty man in Pimminee; his
  • bags of teeth included, he is said to weigh upwards of fourteen stone;
  • and is much sought after by tailors for his measure, being but slender
  • in the region of the heart. His riches are great. And that old vrow is
  • the widow Roo; very rich; plenty of teeth; but has none in her head.
  • And _this_ is Finfi; said to be not very rich, and a maid. Who would
  • suppose she had ever beat tappa for a living?"
  • And so saying, Gaddi sauntered off; his place by Babbalanja's side
  • being immediately supplied by the damsel Finfi. That vivacious and
  • amiable nymph at once proceeded to point out the company, where Gaddi
  • had left off; beginning with Gaddi himself, who, she insinuated, was a
  • mere parvenu, a terrible infliction upon society, and not near so rich
  • as he was imagined to be.
  • Soon we were accosted by one Nonno, a sour, saturnine personage. "I
  • know nobody here; not a soul have I seen before; I wonder who they all
  • are." And just then he was familiarly nodded to by nine worthies
  • abreast. Whereupon Nonno vanished. But after going the rounds of the
  • company, and paying court to many, he again sauntered by Babbalanja,
  • saying, "Nobody, nobody; nobody but nobodies; I see nobody I know."
  • Advancing, Nimni now introduced many strangers of distinction,
  • parading their titles after a fashion, plainly signifying that he was
  • bent upon convincing us, that there were people present at this little
  • affair of his, who were men of vast reputation; and that we erred, if
  • we deemed him unaccustomed to the society of the illustrious.
  • But not a few of his magnates seemed shy of Media and their laurels.
  • Especially a tall robustuous fellow, with a terrible javelin in his
  • hand, much notched and splintered, as if it had dealt many a thrust.
  • His left arm was gallanted in a sling, and there was a patch upon his
  • sinister eye. Him Nimni made known as a famous captain, from King
  • Piko's island (of which anon) who had been all but mortally wounded
  • somewhere, in a late desperate though nameless encounter.
  • "Ah," said Media as this redoubtable withdrew, Fofi is a cunning
  • knave; a braggart, driven forth, by King Piko for his cowardice. He
  • has blent his tattooing into one mass of blue, and thus disguised,
  • must have palmed himself off here in Pimminee, for the man he is not.
  • But I see many more like him."
  • "Oh ye Tapparians," said Babbalanja, "none so easily humbugged as
  • humbugs. Taji: to behold this folly makes one wise. Look, look; it is
  • all round us. Oh Pimminee, Pimminee!"
  • CHAPTER XXVII
  • Babbalanja Falleth Upon Pimminee Tooth And Nail
  • The levee over, waiving further civilities, we took courteus leave of
  • the Begum and Nimni, and proceeding to the beach, very soon were
  • embarked.
  • When all were pleasantly seated beneath the canopy, pipes in full
  • blast, calabashes revolving, and the paddlers quietly urging us along,
  • Media proposed that, for the benefit of the company, some one present,
  • in a pithy, whiffy sentence or two, should sum up the character of the
  • Tapparians; and ended by nominating Babbalanja to that office.
  • "Come, philosopher: let us see in how few syllables you can put the
  • brand on those Tapparians."
  • "Pardon me, my lord, but you must permit me to ponder awhile; nothing
  • requires more time, than to be brief. An example: they say that in
  • conversation old Bardianna dealt in nothing but trisyllabic sentences.
  • His talk was thunder peals: sounding reports, but long intervals."
  • "The devil take old Bardianna. And would that the grave-digger had
  • buried his Ponderings, along with his other remains. Can none be in
  • your company, Babbalanja, but you must perforce make them hob-a-nob
  • with that old prater? A brand for the Tapparians! that is what we seek."
  • "You shall have it, my lord. Full to the brim of themselves, for that
  • reason, the Tapparians are the emptiest of mortals."
  • "A good blow and well planted, Babbalanja."
  • "In sooth, a most excellent saying; it should be carved upon his
  • tombstone," said Mohi, slowly withdrawing his pipe.
  • "What! would you have my epitaph read thus:--'Here lies the emptiest
  • of mortals, who was full of himself?' At best, your words are
  • exceedingly ambiguous, Mohi."
  • "Now have I the philosopher," cried Yoomy, with glee. "What did some
  • one say to me, not long since, Babbalanja, when in the matter of that
  • sleepy song of mine, Braid-Beard bestowed upon me an equivocal
  • compliment? Was I not told to wrest commendation from it, though I
  • tortured it to the quick?"
  • "Take thy own pills, philosopher," said Mohi.
  • "Then would he be a great original," said Media.
  • "Tell me, Yoomy," said Babbalanja, "are you not in fault? Because I
  • sometimes speak wisely, you must not imagine that I should always act
  • so."
  • "I never imagined that," said Yoomy, "and, if I did, the truth would
  • belie me. It is you who are in fault, Babbalanja; not I, craving your
  • pardon."
  • "The minstrel's sides are all edges to-day," said Media.
  • "This, then, thrice gentle Yoomy, is what I would say;" resumed
  • Babbalanja, "that since we philosophers bestow so much wisdom upon
  • others, it is not to be wondered at, if now and then we find what is
  • left in us too small for our necessities. It is from our very
  • abundance that we want."
  • "And from the fool's poverty," said Media, "that he is opulent; for
  • his very simplicity, is sometimes of more account than the wisdom of
  • the sage. But we were discoursing of the Tapparians. Babbalanja:
  • sententiously you have acquitted yourself to admiration; now amplify,
  • and tell us more of the people of Pimminee."
  • "My lord, I might amplify forever."
  • "Then, my worshipful lord, let him not begin," interposed Braid-Beard.
  • "I mean," said Babbalanja, "that all subjects are inexhaustible,
  • however trivial; as the mathematical point, put in motion, is capable
  • of being produced into an infinite line."
  • "But forever extending into nothing," said Media. "A very bad example
  • to follow. Do you, Babbalanja, come to the point, and not travel off
  • with it, which is too much your wont."
  • "Since my lord insists upon it then, thus much for the Tapparians,
  • though but a thought or two of many in reserve. They ignore the rest
  • of Mardi, while they themselves are but a rumor in the isles of the
  • East; where the business of living and dying goes on with the same
  • uniformity, as if there were no Tapparians in existence. They think
  • themselves Mardi in full; whereas, by the mass, they are stared at as
  • prodigies; exceptions to the law, ordaining that no Mardian shall
  • undertake to live, unless he set out with at least the average
  • quantity of brains. For these Tapparians have no brains. In lieu, they
  • carry in one corner of their craniums, a drop or two of attar of
  • roses; charily used, the supply being small. They are the victims of
  • two incurable maladies: stone in the heart, and ossification of the
  • head. They are full of fripperies, fopperies, and finesses; knowing
  • not, that nature should be the model of art. Yet, they might appear
  • less silly than they do, were they content to be the plain idiots
  • which at bottom they are. For there be grains of sense in a simpleton,
  • so long as he be natural. But what can be expected from them? They are
  • irreclaimable Tapparians; not so much fools by contrivance of their
  • own, as by an express, though inscrutable decree of Oro's. For one, my
  • lord, I can not abide them."
  • Nor could Taji.
  • In Pimminee were no hilarious running and shouting: none of the royal
  • good cheer of old Borabolla; none of the mysteries of Maramma; none of
  • the sentiment and romance of Donjalolo; no rehearsing of old legends:
  • no singing of old songs; no life; no jolly commotion: in short, no men
  • and women; nothing but their integuments; stiff trains and
  • farthingales.
  • CHAPTER XXVIII
  • Babbalanja Regales The Company With Some Sandwiches
  • It was night. But the moon was brilliant, far and near illuminating
  • the lagoon.
  • Over silvery billows we glided.
  • "Come Yoomy," said Media, "moonlight and music for aye--a song! a
  • song! my bird of paradise."
  • And folding his arms, and watching the sparkling waters, thus Yoomy
  • sang:--
  • A ray of the moon on the dancing waves
  • Is the step, light step of that beautiful maid:
  • Mardi, with music, her footfall paves,
  • And her voice, no voice, but a song in the glade.
  • "Hold!" cried Media, "yonder is a curious rock. It looks black as a
  • whale's hump in blue water, when the sun shines."
  • "That must be the Isle of Fossils," said Mohi. "Ay, my lord, it is."
  • "Let us land, then," said Babbalanja.
  • And none dissenting, the canoes were put about, and presently we
  • debarked.
  • It was a dome-like surface, here and there fringed with ferns,
  • sprouting from clefts. But at every tide the thin soil seemed
  • gradually washing into the lagoon.
  • Like antique tablets, the smoother parts were molded in strange
  • devices:--Luxor marks, Tadmor ciphers, Palenque inscriptions. In long
  • lines, as on Denderah's architraves, were bas-reliefs of beetles,
  • turtles, ant-eaters, armadilloes, guanos, serpents, tongueless
  • crocodiles:--a long procession, frosted and crystalized in stone, and
  • silvered by the moon.
  • "Strange sight!" cried Media. "Speak, antiquarian Mohi."
  • But the chronicler was twitching his antiquarian beard, nonplussed by
  • these wondrous records. The cowled old father, Piaggi, bending over
  • his calcined Herculanean manuscripts, looked not more at fault than
  • he.
  • Said Media, "Expound you, then, sage Babbalanja." Muffling his face in
  • his mantle, and his voice in sepulchral tones, Babbalanja thus:--
  • "These are the leaves of the book of Oro. Here we read how worlds are
  • made; here read the rise and fall of Nature's kingdoms. From where
  • this old man's furthest histories start, these unbeginning records
  • end. These are the secret memoirs of times past; whose evidence, at
  • last divulged, gives the grim lie to Mohi's gossipings, and makes a
  • rattling among the dry-bone relics of old Maramma."
  • Braid-Beard's old eyes flashed fire. With bristling beard, he cried,
  • "Take back the lie you send!"
  • "Peace! everlasting foes," cried Media, interposing, with both arms
  • outstretched. "Philosopher, probe not too deep. All you say is very
  • fine, but very dark. I would know something more precise. But,
  • prithee, ghost, unmuffle! chatter no more! wait till you're buried for
  • that."
  • "Ay, death's cold ague will set us all shivering, my lord. We'll swear
  • our teeth are icicles."
  • "Will you quit driving your sleet upon us? have done expound these
  • rocks."
  • "My lord, if you desire, I'll turn over these stone tablets till
  • they're dog-eared."
  • "Heaven and Mardi!--Go on, Babbalanja."
  • "'Twas thus. These were tombs burst open by volcanic throes; and
  • hither hurled from the lowermost vaults of the lagoon. All Mardi's
  • rocks are one wide resurrection. But look. Here, now, a pretty story's
  • told. Ah, little thought these grand old lords, that lived and roared
  • before the flood, that they would come to this. Here, King Media, look
  • and learn."
  • He looked; and saw a picture petrified, and plain as any on the
  • pediments of Petra.
  • It seemed a stately banquet of the dead, where lords in skeletons were
  • ranged around a board heaped up with fossil fruits, and flanked with
  • vitreous vases, grinning like empty skulls. There they sat, exchanging
  • rigid courtesies. One's hand was on his stony heart; his other pledged
  • a lord who held a hollow beaker. Another sat, with earnest face
  • beneath a mitred brow. He seemed to whisper in the ear of one who
  • listened trustingly. But on the chest of him who wore the miter, an
  • adder lay, close-coiled in flint.
  • At the further end, was raised a throne, its canopy surmounted by a
  • crown, in which now rested the likeness of a raven on an egg.
  • The throne was void. But half-concealed by drapery, behind the
  • goodliest lord, sideway leaned a figure diademed, a lifted poniard in
  • its hand:--a monarch fossilized in very act of murdering his guest.
  • "Most high and sacred majesty!" cried Babbalanja, bowing to his feet.
  • While all stood gazing on this sight, there came two servitors of
  • Media's, who besought of Babbalanja to settle a dispute, concerning
  • certain tracings upon the islet's other side.
  • Thither we followed them.
  • Upon a long layer of the slaty stone were marks of ripplings of some
  • now waveless sea; mid which were tri-toed footprints of some huge
  • heron, or wading fowl.
  • Pointing to one of which, the foremost disputant thus spoke:--"I
  • maintain that these are three toes."
  • "And I, that it is one foot," said the other.
  • "And now decide between us," joined the twain.
  • Said Babbalanja, starting, "Is not this the very question concerning
  • which they made such dire contention in Maramma, whose tertiary rocks
  • are chisseled all over with these marks? Yes; this it is, concerning
  • which they once shed blood. This it is, concerning which they still
  • divide."
  • "Which of us is right?" again demanded the impatient twain.
  • "Unite, and both are right; divide, and both are wrong. Every unit is
  • made up of parts, as well as every plurality. Nine is three threes; a
  • unit is as many thirds; or, if you please, a thousand thousandths; no
  • special need to stop at thirds."
  • "Away, ye foolish disputants!" cried Media. "Full before you is the
  • thing disputed."
  • Strolling on, many marvels did we mark; and Media said:--"Babbalanja,
  • you love all mysteries; here's a fitting theme. You have given us the
  • history of the rock; can your sapience tell the origin of all the
  • isles? how Mardi came to be?"
  • "Ah, that once mooted point is settled. Though hard at first, it
  • proved a bagatelle. Start not my lord; there are those who have
  • measured Mardi by perch and pole, and with their wonted lead sounded
  • its utmost depths. Listen: it is a pleasant story. The coral wall
  • which circumscribes the isles but continues upward the deep buried
  • crater of the primal chaos. In the first times this crucible was
  • charged with vapors nebulous, boiling over fires volcanic. Age by age,
  • the fluid thickened; dropping, at long intervals, heavy sediment to
  • the bottom; which layer on layer concreted, and at length, in crusts,
  • rose toward the surface. Then, the vast volcano burst; rent the whole
  • mass; upthrew the ancient rocks; which now in divers mountain tops
  • tell tales of what existed ere Mardi was completely fashioned. Hence
  • many fossils on the hills, whose kith and kin still lurk beneath the
  • vales. Thus Nature works, at random warring, chaos a crater, and this
  • world a shell."
  • Mohi stroked his beard.
  • Yoomy yawned.
  • Media cried, "Preposterous!"
  • "My lord, then take another theory--which you will--the celebrated
  • sandwich System. Nature's first condition was a soup, wherein the
  • agglomerating solids formed granitic dumplings, which, wearing down,
  • deposited the primal stratum made up of series, sandwiching strange
  • shapes of mollusks, and zoophytes; then snails, and periwinkles:--
  • marmalade to sip, and nuts to crack, ere the substantials came.
  • "And next, my lord, we have the fine old time of the Old Red Sandstone
  • sandwich, clapped on the underlying layer, and among other dainties,
  • imbedding the first course of fish,--all quite in rule,--sturgeon-
  • forms, cephalaspis, glyptolepis, pterichthys; and other finny things,
  • of flavor rare, but hard to mouth for bones. Served up with these,
  • were sundry greens,--lichens, mosses, ferns, and fungi.
  • "Now comes the New Red Sandstone sandwich: marly and magnesious,
  • spread over with old patriarchs of crocodiles and alligators,--hard
  • carving these,--and prodigious lizards, spine-skewered, tails tied in
  • bows, and swimming in saffron saucers."
  • "What next?" cried Media.
  • "The Ool, or Oily sandwich:--rare gormandizing then; for oily it was
  • called, because of fat old joints, and hams, and rounds, and barons of
  • sea-beeves and walrusses, which then crowned the stratum-board. All
  • piled together, glorious profusion!--fillets and briskets, rumps, and
  • saddles, and haunches; shoulder to shoulder, loin 'gainst sirloin,
  • ribs rapping knuckles, and quarter to none. And all these sandwiched
  • right over all that went before. Course after course, and course on
  • course, my lord; no time to clear the wreck; no stop nor let; lay on
  • and slash; cut, thrust, and come.
  • "Next the Chalk, or Coral sandwich; but no dry fare for that; made up
  • of rich side-courses,--eocene, miocene, and pliocene. The first was
  • wild game for the delicate,--bantam larks, curlews, quails, and flying
  • weazels; with a slight sprinkling of pilaus,--capons, pullets,
  • plovers, and garnished with petrels' eggs. Very savory, that, my lord.
  • The second side-course--miocene--was out of course, flesh after fowl:
  • marine mammalia,--seals, grampuses, and whales, served up with sea-
  • weed on their flanks, hearts and kidneys deviled, and fins and
  • flippers friccasied. All very thee, my lord. The third side-course,
  • the pliocene, was goodliest of all:--whole-roasted elephants,
  • rhinoceroses, and hippopotamuses, stuffed with boiled ostriches,
  • condors, cassowaries, turkeys. Also barbacued mastodons and
  • megatheriums, gallantly served up with fir-trees in their mouths, and
  • tails cock-billed.
  • "Thus fared the old diluvians: arrant gormandizers and beef-bolters.
  • We Mardians famish on the superficial strata of deposits; cracking our
  • jaws on walnuts, filberts, cocoa-nuts, and clams. My lord, I've done."
  • "And bravely done it is. Mohi tells us, that Mardi was made in six
  • days; but you, Babbalanja, have built it up from the bottom in less
  • than six minutes."
  • "Nothing for us geologists, my lord. At a word we turn you out whole
  • systems, suns, satellites, and asteroids included. Why, my good lord,
  • my friend Annonimo is laying out a new Milky Way, to intersect with
  • the old one, and facilitate cross-cuts among the comets."
  • And so saying, Babbalanja turned aside.
  • CHAPTER XXIX
  • They Still Remain Upon The Rock
  • "Gogle-goggle, fugle-fi, fugle-fogle-orum," so hummed to himself
  • Babbalanja, slowly pacing over the fossils. "Is he crazy again?"
  • whispered Yoomy.
  • "Are you crazy, Babbalanja?" asked Media.
  • "From my very birth have I been so, my lord; am I not possessed by a
  • devil?"
  • "Then I'll e'en interrogate him," cried Media. "--Hark ye, sirrah;--
  • why rave you thus in this poor mortal?"
  • "'Tis he, not I. I am the mildest devil that ever entered man; in
  • propria persona, no antlers do I wear; my tail has lost its barb, as
  • at last your Mardian lions lose their caudal horns."
  • "A very sing-song devil this. But, prithee, who are you, sirrah?"
  • "The mildest devil that ever entered man; in propria persona, no
  • antlers do I wear; my tail has lost its barb, as at last your Mardian
  • lions lose their caudal horns."
  • "A very iterating devil this. Sirrah! mock me not. Know you aught yet
  • unrevealed by Babbalanja?"
  • "Many things I know, not good to tell; whence they call me Azzageddi."
  • "A very confidential devil, this; that tells no secrets. Azzageddi,
  • can I drive thee out?"
  • "Only with this mortal's ghost:--together we came in, together we
  • depart."
  • "A very terse, and ready devil, this. Whence come you, Azzageddi?"
  • "Whither my catechist must go--a torrid clime, cut by a hot equator."
  • "A very keen, and witty devil, this. Azzageddi, whom have you there?"
  • "A right down merry, jolly set, that at a roaring furnace sit and
  • toast their hoofs for aye; so used to flames, they poke the fire with
  • their horns, and light their tails for torches."
  • "A very funny devil, this. Azzageddi, is not Mardi a place far
  • pleasanter, than that from whence you came?"
  • "Ah, home! sweet, sweet, home! would, would that I were home again!"
  • "A very sentimental devil, this. Azzageddi, would you had a hand, I'd
  • shake it."
  • "Not so with us; who, rear to rear, shake each other's tails, and
  • courteously inquire, 'Pray, worthy sir, how now stands the great
  • thermometer?'"
  • "The very prince of devils, this."
  • "How mad our Babbalanja is," cried Mohi. My lord, take heed; he'll
  • bite."
  • "Alas! alas!" sighed Yoomy.
  • "Hark ye, Babbalanja," cried Media, "enough of this: doff your devil,
  • and be a man."
  • "My lord, I can not doff him; but I'll down him for a time: Azzageddi!
  • down, imp; down, down, down! so: now, my lord, I'm only Babbalanja."
  • "Shall I test his sanity, my lord?" cried Mohi.
  • "Do, old man."
  • "Philosopher, our great reef is surrounded by an ocean; what think you
  • lies beyond?"
  • "Alas!" sighed Yoomy, "the very subject to renew his madness."
  • "Peace, minstrel!" said Media. "Answer, Babbalanja."
  • "I will, my lord. Fear not, sweet Yoomy; you see how calm I am. Braid-
  • Beard, those strangers, that came to Mondoldo prove isles afar, as a
  • philosopher of old surmised, but was hooted at for his surmisings. Nor
  • is it at all impossible, Braid-Beard, that beyond their land may exist
  • other regions, of which those strangers know not; peopled with races
  • something like us Mardians; but perhaps with more exalted faculties,
  • and organs that we lack. They may have some better seeing sense than
  • ours; perhaps, have fins or wings for arms."
  • "This seems not like sanity," muttered Mohi.
  • "A most crazy hypothesis, truly," said Media.
  • "And are all inductions vain?" cried Babbalanja. "Have we mortals
  • naught to rest on, but what we see with eyes? Is no faith to be
  • reposed in that inner microcosm, wherein we see the charted universe
  • in little, as the whole horizon is mirrored in the iris of a gnat?
  • Alas! alas! my lord, is there no blest Odonphi? no Astrazzi?"
  • "His devil's uppermost again, my lord," cried Braid-Beard.
  • "He's stark, stark mad!" sighed Yoomy.
  • "Ay, the moon's at full," said Media. "Ho, paddlers! we depart."
  • CHAPTER XXX
  • Behind And Before
  • It was yet moonlight when we pushed from the islet. But soon, the sky
  • grew dun; the moon went into a cavern among the clouds; and by that
  • secret sympathy between our hearts and the elements, the thoughts of
  • all but Media became overcast.
  • Again discourse was had of that dark intelligence from Mondoldo,--the
  • fell murder of Taji's follower.
  • Said Mohi, "Those specter sons of Aleema must have been the assassins."
  • "They harbored deadly malice," said Babbalanja.
  • "Which poor Jarl's death must now have sated," sighed Yoomy.
  • "Then all the happier for Taji," said Media. "But away with gloom!
  • because the sky is clouded, why cloud your brows? Babbalanja, I grieve
  • the moon is gone. Yet start some paradox, that we may laugh. Say a
  • woman is a man, or you yourself a stork."
  • At this they smiled. When hurtling came an arrow, which struck our
  • stern, and quivered. Another! and another! Grazing the canopy, they
  • darted by, and hissing, dived like red-hot bars beneath the waves.
  • Starting, we beheld a corruscating wake, tracking the course of a low
  • canoe, far flying for a neighboring mountain. The next moment it was
  • lost within the mountain's shadow and pursuit was useless.
  • "Let us fly!" cried Yoomy
  • "Peace! What murderers these?" said Media, calmly; "whom can they
  • seek?--you, Taji?"
  • "The three avengers fly three bolts," said Babbalanja. "See if the
  • arrow yet remain astern," cried Media.
  • They brought it to him.
  • "By Oro! Taji on the barb!"
  • "Then it missed its aim. But I will not mine. And whatever arrows
  • follow, still will I hunt on. Nor does the ghost, that these pale
  • specters would avenge, at all disquiet me. The priest I slew, but to
  • gain her, now lost; and I would slay again, to bring her back. Ah,
  • Yillah! Yillah."
  • All started.
  • Then said Babbalanja, "Aleema's sons raved not; 'tis true, then, Taji,
  • that an evil deed gained you your Yillah: no wonder she is lost."
  • Said Media, unconcernedly, "Perhaps better, Taji, to have kept your
  • secret; but tell no more; I care not to be your foe."
  • "Ah, Taji! I had shrank from you," cried Yoomy, "but for the mark upon
  • your brow. That undoes the tenor of your words. But look, the stars
  • come forth, and who are these? A waving Iris! ay, again they come:--
  • Hautia's heralds!"
  • They brought a black thorn, buried in withered rose-balm blossoms, red
  • and blue.
  • Said Yoomy, "For that which stings, there is no cure,"
  • "Who, who is Hautia, that she stabs me thus?"
  • "And this wild sardony mocks your misery."
  • "Away! ye fiends."
  • "Again a Venus car; and lo! a wreath of strawberries!--Yet fly to me,
  • and be garlanded with joys."
  • "Let the wild witch laugh. She moves me not. Neither hurtling arrows
  • nor Circe flowers appall."
  • Said Yoomy, "They wait reply."
  • "Tell your Hautia, that I know her not; nor care to know. I defy her
  • incantations; she lures in vain. Yillah! Yillah! still I hope!"
  • Slowly they departed; heeding not my cries no more to follow.
  • Silence, and darkness fell.
  • CHAPTER XXXI
  • Babbalanja Discourses In The Dark
  • Next day came and went; and still we onward sailed. At last, by night,
  • there fell a calm, becalming the water of the wide lagoon, and
  • becalming all the clouds in heaven, wailing the constellations. But
  • though our sails were useless, our paddlers plied their broad stout
  • blades. Thus sweeping by a rent and hoar old rock, Vee-Vee, impatient
  • of the calm, sprang to his crow's nest in the shark's mouth, and
  • seizing his conch, sounded a blast which ran in and out among the
  • hollows, reverberating with the echoes.
  • Be sure, it was startling. But more so with respect to one of our
  • paddlers, upon whose shoulders, elevated Vee-Vee, his balance lost,
  • all at once came down by the run. But the heedless little bugler
  • himself was most injured by the fall; his arm nearly being broken.
  • Some remedies applied, and the company grown composed, Babbalanja
  • thus:--"My lord Media, was there any human necessity for that
  • accident?"
  • "None that I know, or care to tell, Babbalanja."
  • "Vee-Vee," said Babbalanja, "did you fall on purpose?"
  • "Not I," sobbed little Vee-Vee, slinging his ailing arm in its mate.
  • "Woe! woe to us all, then," cried Babbalanja; "for what direful events
  • may be in store for us which we can not avoid."
  • "How now, mortal?" cried Media; "what now?"
  • "My lord, think of it. Minus human inducement from without, and minus
  • volition from within, Vee-Vee has met with an accident, which has
  • almost maimed him for life. Is it not terrifying to think of? Are not
  • all mortals exposed to similar, nay, worse calamities, ineffably
  • unavoidable? Woe, woe, I say, to us Mardians! Here, take my last
  • breath; let me give up this beggarly ghost!"
  • "Nay," said Media; "pause, Babbalanja. Turn it not adrift prematurely.
  • Let it house till midnight; the proper time for you mortals to
  • dissolve. But, philosopher, if you harp upon Vee-Vee's mishap, know
  • that it was owing to nothing but his carelessness."
  • "And what was that owing to, my lord?"
  • "To Vee-Vee himself."
  • "Then, my lord, what brought such a careless being into Mardi?"
  • "A long course of generations. He's some one's great-great-grandson,
  • doubtless; who was great-great-grandson to some one else; who also had
  • grandsires."
  • "Many thanks then to your highness; for you establish the doctrine of
  • Philosophical Necessity."
  • "No. I establish nothing; I but answer your questions."
  • "All one, my lord: you are a Necessitarian; in other words, you hold
  • that every thing takes place through absolute necessity."
  • "Do you take me, then, for a fool, and a Fatalist? Pardie! a bad creed
  • for a monarch, the distributor of rewards and punishments."
  • "Right there, my lord. But, for all that, your highness is a
  • Necessitarian, yet no Fatalist. Confound not the distinct. Fatalism
  • presumes express and irrevocable edicts of heaven concerning
  • particular events. Whereas, Necessity holds that all events are
  • naturally linked, and inevitably follow each other, without
  • providential interposition, though by the eternal letting of
  • Providence."
  • "Well, well, Babbalanja, I grant it all. Go on."
  • "On high authority, we are told that in times past the fall of certain
  • nations in Mardi was prophesied of seers."
  • "Most true, my lord," said Mohi; "it is all down in the chronicles."
  • "Ha! ha!" cried Media. "Go on, philosopher."
  • Continued Babbalanja, "Previous to the time assigned to their
  • fulfillment, those prophecies were bruited through Mardi; hence,
  • previous to the time assigned to their fulfillment, full knowledge of
  • them may have come to the nations concerned. Now, my lord, was it
  • possible for those nations, thus forwarned, so to conduct their
  • affairs, as at, the prophesied time, to prove false the events
  • revealed to be in store for them?"
  • "However that may be," said Mohi, "certain it is, those events did
  • assuredly come to pass:--Compare the ruins of Babbelona with book
  • ninth, chapter tenth, of the chronicles. Yea, yea, the owl inhabits
  • where the seers predicted; the jackals yell in the tombs of the
  • kings."
  • "Go on, Babbalanja," said Media. "Of course those nations could not
  • have resisted their doom. Go on, then: vault over your premises."
  • "If it be, then, my lord, that--"
  • "My very worshipful lord," interposed Mohi, "is not our philosopher
  • getting off soundings; and may it not be impious to meddle with these
  • things?"
  • "Were it so, old man, he should have known it. The king of Odo is
  • something more than you mortals."
  • "But are we the great gods themselves," cried Yoomy, "that we
  • discourse of these things."
  • "No, minstrel," said Babbalanja; "and no need have the great gods to
  • discourse of things perfectly comprehended by them, and by themselves
  • ordained. But you and I, Yoomy, are men, and not gods; hence is it for
  • us, and not for them, to take these things for our themes. Nor is
  • there any impiety in the right use of our reason, whatever the issue.
  • Smote with superstition, shall we let it wither and die out, a dead,
  • limb to a live trunk, as the mad devotee's arm held up motionless for
  • years? Or shall we employ it but for a paw, to help us to our bodily
  • needs, as the brutes use their instinct? Is not reason subtile as
  • quicksilver--live as lightning--a neighing charger to advance, but a
  • snail to recede? Can we starve that noble instinct in us, and hope
  • that it will survive? Better slay the body than the soul; and if it be
  • the direst of sins to be the murderers of our own bodies, how much
  • more to be a soul-suicide. Yoomy, we are men, we are angels. And in
  • his faculties, high Oro is but what a man would be, infinitely
  • magnified. Let us aspire to all things. Are we babes in the woods, to
  • be scared by the shadows of the trees? What shall appall us? If eagles
  • gaze at the sun, may not men at the gods?"
  • "For one," said Media, "you may gaze at me freely. Gaze on. But talk
  • not of my kinsmen so fluently, Babbalanja. Return to your argument."
  • "I go back then, my lord. By implication, you have granted, that in
  • times past the future was foreknown of Oro; hence, in times past, the
  • future must have been foreordained. But in all things Oro is
  • immutable. Wherefore our own future is foreknown and foreordained.
  • Now, if things foreordained concerning nations have in times past been
  • revealed to them previous to their taking place, then something
  • similar may be presumable concerning individual men now living. That
  • is to say, out of all the events destined to befall any one man, it is
  • not impossible that previous knowledge of some one of these events
  • might supernaturally come to him. Say, then, it is revealed to me,
  • that ten days hence I shall, of my own choice, fall upon my javelin;
  • when the time comes round, could I refrain from suicide? Grant the
  • strongest presumable motives to the act; grant that, unforewarned, I
  • would slay myself outright at the time appointed: yet, foretold of it,
  • and resolved to test the decree to the uttermost, under such
  • circumstances, I say, would it be possible for me not to kill myself?
  • If possible, then predestination is not a thing absolute; and Heaven
  • is wise to keep secret from us those decrees, whose virtue consists in
  • secrecy. But if not possible, then that suicide would not be mine, but
  • Oro's. And, by consequence, not only that act, but all my acts, are
  • Oro's. In sum, my lord, he who believes that in times past, prophets
  • have prophesied, and their prophecies have been fulfilled; when put to
  • it, inevitably must allow that every man now living is an
  • irresponsible being."
  • "In sooth, a very fine argument very finely argued," said Media. "You
  • have done marvels, Babbalanja. But hark ye, were I so disposed, I
  • could deny you all over, premises and conclusions alike. And
  • furthermore, my cogent philosopher, had you published that anarchical
  • dogma among my subjects in Oro, I had silenced you by my spear-headed
  • scepter, instead of my uplifted finger."
  • "Then, all thanks and all honor to your generosity, my lord, in
  • granting us the immunities you did at the outset of this voyage. But,
  • my lord, permit me one word more. Is not Oro omnipresent--absolutely
  • every where?"
  • "So you mortals teach, Babbalanja."
  • "But so do they _mean_, my lord. Often do we Mardians stick to terms
  • for ages, yet truly apply not their meanings."
  • "Well, Oro is every where. What now?"
  • "Then, if that be absolutely so, Oro is not merely a universal on-
  • looker, but occupies and fills all space; and no vacancy is left for
  • any being, or any thing but Oro. Hence, Oro is _in_ all things, and
  • himself _is_ all things--the time-old creed. But since evil abounds,
  • and Oro is all things, then he can not be perfectly good; wherefore,
  • Oro's omnipresence and moral perfection seem incompatible.
  • Furthermore, my lord those orthodox systems which ascribe to Oro
  • almighty and universal attributes every way, those systems, I say,
  • destroy all intellectual individualities but Oro, and resolve the
  • universe into him. But this is a heresy; wherefore, orthodoxy and
  • heresy are one. And thus is it, my lord, that upon these matters we
  • Mardians all agree and disagree together, and kill each other with
  • weapons that burst in our hands. Ah, my lord, with what mind must
  • blessed Oro look down upon this scene! Think you he discriminates
  • between the deist and atheist? Nay; for the Searcher of the cores of
  • all hearts well knoweth that atheists there are none. For in things
  • abstract, men but differ in the sounds that come from their mouths,
  • and not in the wordless thoughts lying at the bottom of their beings.
  • The universe is all of one mind. Though my twin-brother sware to me,
  • by the blazing sun in heaven at noon-day, that Oro is not; yet would
  • he belie the thing he intended to express. And who lives that
  • blasphemes? What jargon of human sounds so puissant as to insult the
  • unutterable majesty divine? Is Oro's honor in the keeping of Mardi?--
  • Oro's conscience in man's hands? Where our warrant, with Oro's sign-
  • manual, to justify the killing, burning, and destroying, or far worse,
  • the social persecutions we institute in his behalf? Ah! how shall
  • these self-assumed attorneys and vicegerents be astounded, when they
  • shall see all heaven peopled with heretics and heathens, and all hell
  • nodding over with miters! Ah! let us Mardians quit this insanity. Let
  • us be content with the theology in the grass and the flower, in seed-
  • time and harvest. Be it enough for us to know that Oro indubitably is.
  • My lord! my lord! sick with the spectacle of the madness of men, and
  • broken with spontaneous doubts, I sometimes see but two things in all
  • Mardi to believe:--that I myself exist, and that I can most happily,
  • or least miserably exist, by the practice of righteousness. All else
  • is in the clouds; and naught else may I learn, till the firmament be
  • split from horizon to horizon. Yet, alas! too often do I swing from
  • these moorings."
  • "Alas! his fit is coming upon him again," whispered Yoomy.
  • "Why, Babbalanja," said Media, "I almost pity you. You are too warm,
  • too warm. Why fever your soul with these things? To no use you mortals
  • wax earnest. No thanks, but curses, will you get for your earnestness.
  • You yourself you harm most. Why not take creeds as they come? It is
  • not so hard to be persuaded; never mind about believing."
  • "True, my lord; not very hard; no act is required; only passiveness.
  • Stand still and receive. Faith is to the thoughtless, doubts to the
  • thinker."
  • "Then, why think at all? Is it not better for you mortals to clutch
  • error as in a vice, than have your fingers meet in your hand? And to
  • what end your eternal inquisitions? You have nothing to substitute.
  • You say all is a lie; then out with the truth. Philosopher, your devil
  • is but a foolish one, after all. I, a demi-god, never say nay to these
  • things."
  • "Yea, my lord, it would hardly answer for Oro himself, were he to come
  • down to Mardi, to deny men's theories concerning him. Did they not
  • strike at the rash deity in Alma?"
  • "Then, why deny those theories yourself? Babbalanja, you almost affect
  • my immortal serenity. Must you forever be a sieve for good grain to
  • run through, while you retain but the chaff? Your tongue is forked.
  • You speak two languages: flat folly for yourself, and wisdom for
  • others. Babbalanja, if you have any belief of your own, keep it; but,
  • in Oro's name, keep it secret."
  • "Ay, my lord, in these things wise men are spectators, not actors;
  • wise men look on, and say 'ay.'"
  • "Why not say so yourself, then?"
  • "My lord, because I have often told you, that I am a fool, and not wise."
  • "Your Highness," said Mohi, "this whole discourse seems to have grown
  • out of the subject of Necessity and Free Will. Now, when a boy, I
  • recollect hearing a sage say, that these things were reconcilable."
  • "Ay?" said Media, "what say you to that, now, Babbalanja?"
  • "It may be even so, my lord. Shall I tell you a story?"
  • "Azzageddi's stirring now," muttered Mohi.
  • "Proceed," said Media.
  • "King Normo had a fool, called Willi, whom he loved to humor. Now,
  • though Willi ever obeyed his lord, by the very instinct of his
  • servitude, he flattered himself that he was free; and this conceit it
  • was, that made the fool so entertaining to the king. One day, said
  • Normo to his fool,--'Go, Willi, to yonder tree, and wait there till I
  • come,' 'Your Majesty, I will,' said Willi, bowing beneath his jingling
  • bells; 'but I presume your Majesty has no objections to my walking on
  • my hands:--I am free, I hope.' 'Perfectly,' said Normo, 'hands or
  • feet, it's all the same to me; only do my bidding.' 'I thought as
  • much,' said Willi; so, swinging his limber legs into the air, Willi,
  • thumb after thumb, essayed progression. But soon, his bottled blood so
  • rushed downward through his neck, that he was fain to turn a somerset
  • and regain his feet. Said he, 'Though I am free to do it, it's not so
  • easy turning digits into toes; I'll walk, by gad! which is my other
  • option.' So he went straight forward, and did King Normo's bidding in
  • the natural way."
  • "A curious story that," said Media; "whence came it?"
  • "My lord, where every thing, but one, is to be had:--within."
  • "You are charged to the muzzle, then," said Braid-Beard. "Yes, Mohi;
  • and my talk is my overflowing, not my fullness."
  • "And what may you be so full of?"
  • "Of myself."
  • "So it seems," said Mohi, whisking away a fly with his beard.
  • "Babbalanja," said Media, "you did right in selecting this ebon night
  • for discussing the theme you did; and truly, you mortals are but too
  • apt to talk in the dark."
  • "Ay, my lord, and we mortals may prate still more in the dark, when we
  • are dead; for methinks, that if we then prate at all, 'twill be in our
  • sleep. Ah! my lord, think not that in aught I've said this night, I
  • would assert any wisdom of my own. I but fight against the armed and
  • crested Lies of Mardi, that like a host, assail me. I am stuck full of
  • darts; but, tearing them from out me, gasping, I discharge them whence
  • they come."
  • So saying, Babbalanja slowly drooped, and fell reclining; then lay
  • motionless as the marble Gladiator, that for centuries has been dying.
  • CHAPTER XXXII
  • My Lord Media Summons Mohi To The Stand
  • While slowly the night wore on, and the now scudding clouds flown
  • past, revealed again the hosts in heaven, few words were uttered save
  • by Media; who, when all others were most sad and silent, seemed but
  • little moved, or not stirred a jot.
  • But that night, he filled his flagon fuller than his wont, and drank,
  • and drank, and pledged the stars.
  • "Here's to thee, old Arcturus! To thee, old Aldebaran! who ever poise
  • your wine-red, fiery spheres on high. A health to _thee_, my regal
  • friend, Alphacca, in the constellation of the Crown: Lo! crown to
  • crown, I pledge thee! I drink to _ye_, too, Alphard! Markab! Denebola!
  • Capella!--to _ye_, too, sailing Cygnus! Aquila soaring!--All round, a
  • health to all your diadems! May they never fade! nor mine!"
  • At last, in the shadowy east, the Dawn, like a gray, distant sail
  • before the wind, was descried; drawing nearer and nearer, till her
  • gilded prow was perceived.
  • And as in tropic gales, the winds blow fierce, and more fierce, with
  • the advent of the sun; so with King Media; whose mirth now breezed up
  • afresh. But, as at sunrise, the sea-storm only blows harder, to settle
  • down at last into a steady wind; even so, in good time, my lord Media
  • came to be more decorous of mood. And Babbalanja abated his reveries.
  • For who might withstand such a morn!
  • As on the night-banks of the far-rolling Ganges, the royal bridegroom
  • sets forth for his bride, preceded by nymphs, now this side, now that,
  • lighting up all the flowery flambeaux held on high as they pass; so
  • came the Sun, to his nuptials with Mardi:--the Hours going on before,
  • touching all the peaks, till they glowed rosy-red.
  • By reflex, the lagoon, here and there, seemed on fire; each curling
  • wave-crest a flame.
  • Noon came as we sailed.
  • And now, citrons and bananas, cups and calabashes, calumets and
  • tobacco, were passed round; and we were all very merry and mellow
  • indeed. Smacking our lips, chatting, smoking, and sipping. Now a
  • mouthful of citron to season a repartee; now a swallow of wine to wash
  • down a precept; now a fragrant whiff to puff away care. Many things
  • did beguile. From side to side, we turned and grazed, like Juno's
  • white oxen in clover meads.
  • Soon, we drew nigh to a charming cliff, overrun with woodbines, on
  • high suspended from flowering Tamarisk and Tamarind-trees. The
  • blossoms of the Tamarisks, in spikes of small, red bells; the
  • Tamarinds, wide-spreading their golden petals, red-streaked as with
  • streaks of the dawn. Down sweeping to the water, the vines trailed
  • over to the crisp, curling waves,--little pages, all eager to hold up
  • their trains.
  • Within, was a bower; going behind it, like standing inside the sheet
  • of the falls of the Genesee.
  • In this arbor we anchored. And with their shaded prows thrust in among
  • the flowers, our three canoes seemed baiting by the way, like wearied
  • steeds in a hawthorn lane.
  • High midsummer noon is more silent than night. Most sweet a siesta
  • then. And noon dreams are day-dreams indeed; born under the meridian
  • sun. Pale Cynthia begets pale specter shapes; and her frigid rays best
  • illuminate white nuns, marble monuments, icy glaciers, and cold tombs.
  • The sun rolled on. And starting to his feet, arms clasped, and wildly
  • staring, Yoomy exclaimed--"Nay, nay, thou shalt not depart, thou
  • maid!--here, here I fold thee for aye!--Flown?--A dream! Then siestas
  • henceforth while I live. And at noon, every day will I meet thee,
  • sweet maid! And, oh Sun! set not; and poppies bend over us, when next
  • we embrace!"
  • "What ails that somnambulist?" cried Media, rising. "Yoomy, I say!
  • what ails thee?"
  • "He must have indulged over freely in those citrons," said Mohi,
  • sympathetically rubbing his fruitery. "Ho, Yoomy! a swallow of brine
  • will help thee."
  • "Alas," cried Babbalanja, "do the fairies then wait on repletion? Do
  • our dreams come from below, and not from the skies? Are we angels, or
  • dogs? Oh, Man, Man, Man! thou art harder to solve, than the Integral
  • Calculus--yet plain as a primer; harder to find than the
  • philosopher's-stone--yet ever at hand; a more cunning compound, than
  • an alchemist's--yet a hundred weight of flesh, to a penny weight of
  • spirit; soul and body glued together, firm as atom to atom, seamless
  • as the vestment without joint, warp or woof--yet divided as by a
  • river, spirit from flesh; growing both ways, like a tree, and dropping
  • thy topmost branches to earth, like thy beard or a banian!--I give
  • thee up, oh Man! thou art twain--yet indivisible; all things--yet a
  • poor unit at best."
  • "Philosopher you seem puzzled to account for the riddles of your
  • race," cried Media, sideways reclining at his ease. "Now, do thou, old
  • Mohi, stand up before a demi-god, and answer for all.--Draw nigh, so I
  • can eye thee. What art thou, mortal?"
  • "My worshipful lord, a man."
  • "And what are men?"
  • "My lord, before thee is a specimen."
  • "I fear me, my lord will get nothing out of that witness," said
  • Babbalanja. "Pray you, King Media, let another inquisitor cross-
  • question."
  • "Proceed; take the divan."
  • "A pace or two farther off, there, Mohi; so I can garner thee all in
  • at a glance.--Attention! Rememberest thou, fellow-being, when thou
  • wast born?"
  • "Not I. Old Braid-Beard had no memory then."
  • "When, then, wast thou first conscious of being?"
  • "What time I was teething: my first sensation was an ache."
  • "What dost thou, fellow-being, here in Mardi?"
  • "What doth Mardi here, fellow-being, under me?"
  • "Philosopher, thou gainest but little by thy questions," cried Yoomy
  • advancing. "Let a poet endeavor."
  • "I abdicate in your favor, then, gentle Yoomy; let me smooth the divan
  • for you;--there: be seated."
  • "Now, Mohi, who art thou?" said Yoomy, nodding his bird-of-paradise
  • plume.
  • "The sole witness, it seems, in this case."
  • "Try again minstrel," cried Babbalanja.
  • "Then, what art thou, Mohi?"
  • "Even what thou art, Yoomy."
  • "He is too sharp or too blunt for us all," cried King Media. "His
  • devil is even more subtle than yours, Babbalanja. Let him go."
  • "Shall I adjourn the court then, my lord?" said Babbalanja.
  • "Ay."
  • "Oyez! Oyez! Oyez! All mortals having business at this court, know ye,
  • that it is adjourned till sundown of the day, which hath no to-
  • morrow."
  • CHAPTER XXXIII
  • Wherein Babbalanja And Yoomy Embrace
  • "How the isles grow and multiply around us!" cried Babbalanja, as
  • turning the bold promontory of an uninhabited shore, many distant
  • lands bluely loomed into view. "Surely, our brief voyage, may not
  • embrace all Mardi like its reef?"
  • "No," said Media, "much must be left unseen. Nor every where can
  • Yillah be sought, noble Taji."
  • Said Yoomy, "We are as birds, with pinions clipped, that in
  • unfathomable and endless woods, but flit from twig to twig of one poor
  • tree."
  • "More isles! more isles!" cried Babbalanja, erect, and gazing abroad.
  • "And lo! round all is heaving that infinite ocean. Ah! gods! what
  • regions lie beyond?"
  • "But whither now?" he cried, as in obedience to Media, the paddlers
  • suddenly altered our course.
  • "To the bold shores of Diranda," said Media.
  • "Ay; the land of clubs and javelins, where the lord seigniors Hello
  • and Piko celebrate their famous games," cried Mohi.
  • "Your clubs and javelins," said Media, "remind me of the great battle-
  • chant of Narvi--Yoomy!"--turning to the minstrel, gazing abstractedly
  • into the water;--"awake, Yoomy, and give us the lines."
  • "My lord Media, 'tis but a rude, clanging thing; dissonant as if the
  • north wind blew through it. Methinks the company will not fancy lines
  • so inharmonious. Better sing you, perhaps, one of my sonnets."
  • "Better sit and sob in our ears, silly Yoomy that thou art!--no! no!
  • none of your sentiment now; my soul is martially inclined; I want
  • clarion peals, not lute warblings. So throw out your chest, Yoomy:
  • lift high your voice; and blow me the old battle-blast.--Begin, sir
  • minstrel."
  • And warning all, that he himself had not composed the odious chant,
  • Yoomy thus:--
  • Our clubs! our clubs!
  • The thousand clubs of Narvi!
  • Of the living trunk of the Palm-tree made;
  • Skull breakers! Brain spatterers!
  • Wielded right, and wielded left;
  • Life quenchers! Death dealers!
  • Causing live bodies to run headless!
  • Our bows! our bows!
  • The thousand bows of Narvi!
  • Ribs of Tara, god of War!
  • Fashioned from the light Tola their arrows;
  • Swift messengers! Heart piercers!
  • Barbed with sharp pearl shells;
  • Winged with white tail-plumes;
  • To wild death-chants, strung with the hair of wild maidens!
  • Our spears! our spears!
  • The thousand spears of Narvi!
  • Of the thunder-riven Moo-tree made
  • Tall tree, couched on the long mountain Lana!
  • No staves for gray-beards! no rods for fishermen!
  • Tempered by fierce sea-winds,
  • Splintered into lances by lightnings,
  • Long arrows! Heart seekers!
  • Toughened by fire their sharp black points!
  • Our slings! our slings!
  • The thousand slings of Narvi!
  • All tasseled, and braided, and gayly bedecked.
  • In peace, our girdles; in war, our war-nets;
  • Wherewith catch we heads as fish from the deep!
  • The pebbles they hurl, have been hurled before,--
  • Hurled up on the beach by the stormy sea!
  • Pebbles, buried erewhile in the head of the shark:
  • To be buried erelong in the heads of our foes!
  • Home of hard blows, our pouches!
  • Nest of death-eggs! How quickly they hatch!
  • Uplift, and couch we our spears, men!
  • Ring hollow on the rocks our war clubs!
  • Bend we our bows, feel the points of our arrows:
  • Aloft, whirl in eddies our sling-nets;
  • To the fight, men of Narvi!
  • Sons of battle! Hunters of men!
  • Raise high your war-wood!
  • Shout Narvi! her groves in the storm!
  • "By Oro!" cried Media, "but Yoomy has well nigh stirred up all
  • Babbalanja's devils in me. Were I a mortal, I could fight now on a
  • pretense. And did any man say me nay, I would charge upon him like a
  • spear-point. Ah, Yoomy, thou and thy tribe have much to answer for; ye
  • stir up all Mardi with your lays. Your war chants make men fight; your
  • drinking songs, drunkards; your love ditties, fools. Yet there thou
  • sittest, Yoomy, gentle as a dove.--What art thou, minstrel, that thy
  • soft, singing soul should so master all mortals? Yoomy, like me, you
  • sway a scepter."
  • "Thou honorest my calling overmuch," said Yoomy, we minstrels but sing
  • our lays carelessly, my lord Media."
  • "Ay: and the more mischief they make."
  • "But sometimes we poets are didactic."
  • "Didactic and dull; many of ye are but too apt to be prosy unless
  • mischievous."
  • "Yet in our verses, my lord Media, but few of us purpose harm."
  • "But when all harmless to yourselves, ye may be otherwise to Mardi."
  • "And are not foul streams often traced to pure fountains, my lord?"
  • said Babbalanja. "The essence of all good and all evil is in us, not
  • out of us. Neither poison nor honey lodgeth in the flowers on which,
  • side by side, bees and wasps oft alight. My lord, nature is an
  • immaculate virgin, forever standing unrobed before us. True poets but
  • paint the charms which all eyes behold. The vicious would be vicious
  • without them."
  • "My lord Media," impetuously resumed Yoomy, "I am sensible of a
  • thousand sweet, merry fancies, limpid with innocence; yet my enemies
  • account them all lewd conceits."
  • "There be those in Mardi," said Babbalanja, "who would never ascribe
  • evil to others, did they not find it in their own hearts; believing
  • none can be different from themselves."
  • "My lord, my lord!" cried Yoomy. "The air that breathes my music from
  • me is a mountain air! Purer than others am I; for though not a woman,
  • I feel in me a woman's soul."
  • "Ah, have done, silly Yoomy," said Media. "Thou art becoming flighty,
  • even as Babbalanja, when Azzageddi is uppermost."
  • "Thus ever: ever thus!" sighed Yoomy. "They comprehend us not."
  • "Nor me," said Babbalanja. "Yoomy: poets both, we differ but in
  • seeming; thy airiest conceits are as the shadows of my deepest
  • ponderings; though Yoomy soars, and Babbalanja dives, both meet at
  • last. Not a song you sing, but I have thought its thought; and where
  • dull Mardi sees but your rose, I unfold its petals, and disclose a
  • pearl. Poets are we, Yoomy, in that we dwell without us; we live in
  • grottoes, palms, and brooks; we ride the sea, we ride the sky; poets
  • are omnipresent."
  • CHAPTER XXXIV
  • Of The Isle Of Diranda
  • In good time the shores of Diranda were in sight. And, introductory to
  • landing, Braid-Beard proceeded to give us some little account of the
  • island, and its rulers.
  • As previously hinted, those very magnificent and illustrious lord
  • seigniors, the lord seigniors Hello and Piko, who between them divided
  • Diranda, delighted in all manner of public games, especially warlike
  • ones; which last were celebrated so frequently, and were so fatal in
  • their results, that, not-withstanding the multiplicity of nuptials
  • taking place in the isle, its population remained in equilibrio. But,
  • strange to relate, this was the very object which the lord seigniors
  • had in view; the very object they sought to compass, by instituting
  • their games. Though, for the most part, they wisely kept the secret
  • locked up.
  • But to tell how the lord seigniors Hello and Piko came to join hands
  • in this matter.
  • Diranda had been amicably divided between them ever since the day they
  • were crowned; one reigning king in the East, the other in the West.
  • But King Piko had been long harassed with the thought, that the
  • unobstructed and indefinite increase of his browsing subjects might
  • eventually denude of herbage his portion of the island. Posterity,
  • thought he, is marshaling her generations in squadrons, brigades, and
  • battalions, and ere long will be down upon my devoted empire. Lo! her
  • locust cavalry darken the skies; her light-troop pismires cover the
  • earth. Alas! my son and successor, thou wilt inhale choke-damp for
  • air, and have not a private corner to say thy prayers.
  • By a sort of arithmetical progression, the probability, nay, the
  • certainty of these results, if not in some way averted, was proved to
  • King Piko; and he was furthermore admonished, that war--war to the
  • haft with King Hello--was the only cure for so menacing an evil.
  • But so it was, that King Piko, at peace with King Hello, and well
  • content with, the tranquillity of the times, little relished the idea
  • of picking a quarrel with his neighbor, and running its risks, in
  • order to phlebotomize his redundant population.
  • "Patience, most illustrious seignior," said another of his sagacious
  • Ahithophels, "and haply a pestilence may decimate the people."
  • But no pestilence came. And in every direction the young men and
  • maidens were recklessly rushing into wedlock; and so salubrious the
  • climate, that the old men stuck to the outside of the turf, and
  • refused to go under.
  • At last some Machiavel of a philosopher suggested, that peradventure
  • the object of war might be answered without going to war; that
  • peradventure King Hello might be brought to acquiesce in an
  • arrangement, whereby the men of Diranda might be induced to kill off
  • one another voluntarily, in a peaceable manner, without troubling
  • their rulers. And to this end, the games before mentioned were
  • proposed.
  • "Egad! my wise ones, you have hit it," cried Piko; "but will Hello say
  • ay?"
  • "Try him, most illustrious seignior," said Machiavel.
  • So to Hello went embassadors ordinary and extraordinary, and ministers
  • plenipotentiary and peculiar; and anxiously King Piko awaited their
  • return.
  • The mission was crowned with success.
  • Said King Hello to the ministers, in confidence:--"The very thing,
  • Dons, the very thing I have wanted. My people are increasing too fast.
  • They keep up the succession too well. Tell your illustrious master
  • it's a bargain. The games! the games! by all means."
  • So, throughout the island, by proclamation, they were forthwith
  • established; succeeding to a charm.
  • And the lord seigniors, Hello and Piko, finding their interests the
  • same, came together like bride and bridegroom; lived in the same
  • palace; dined off the same cloth; cut from the same bread-fruit; drank
  • from the same calabash; wore each other's crowns; and often locking
  • arms with a charming frankness, paced up and down in their dominions,
  • discussing the prospect of the next harvest of heads.
  • In his old-fashioned way, having related all this, with many other
  • particulars, Mohi was interrupted by Babbalanja, who inquired how the
  • people of Diranda relished the games, and how they fancied being
  • coolly thinned out in that manner.
  • To which in substance the chronicler replied, that of the true object
  • of the games, they had not the faintest conception; but hammered away
  • at each other, and fought and died together, like jolly good fellows.
  • "Right again, immortal old Bardianna!" cried Babbalanja.
  • "And what has the sage to the point this time?" asked Media.
  • "Why, my lord, in his chapter on "Cracked Crowns," Bardianna, after
  • many profound ponderings, thus concludes: In this cracked sphere we
  • live in, then, cracked skulls would seem the inevitable allotments of
  • many. Nor will the splintering thereof cease, till this pugnacious
  • animal we treat of be deprived of his natural maces: videlicet, his
  • arms. And right well doth man love to bruise and batter all occiputs
  • in his vicinity."
  • "Seems to me, our old friend must have been on his stilts that time,"
  • interrupted Mohi.
  • "No, Braid-Beard. But by way of apologizing for the unusual rigidity
  • of his style in that chapter, he says in a note, that it was written
  • upon a straight-backed settle, when he was ill of a lumbago, and a
  • crick in the neck."
  • "That incorrigible Azzageddi again," said Media, "Proceed with your
  • quotation, Babbalanja."
  • "Where was I, Braid-Beard?"
  • "Battering occiputs at the last accounts," said Mohi.
  • "Ah, yes. And right well doth man love to bruise and batter all
  • occiputs in his vicinity; he but follows his instincts; he is but one
  • member of a fighting world. Spiders, vixens, and tigers all war with a
  • relish; and on every side is heard the howls of hyenas, the
  • throttlings of mastiffs, the din of belligerant beetles, the buzzing
  • warfare of the insect battalions: and the shrill cries of lady Tartars
  • rending their lords. And all this existeth of necessity. To war it is,
  • and other depopulators, that we are beholden for elbow-room in Mardi
  • and for all our parks an gardens, wherein we are wont to expatiate.
  • Come on, then, plague, war, famine and viragos! Come on, I say, for
  • who shall stay ye? Come on, and healthfulize the census! And more
  • especially, oh War! do thou march forth with thy bludgeon! Cracked
  • are, our crowns by nature, and henceforth forever, cracked shall they
  • be by hard raps."
  • "And hopelessly cracked the skull, that hatched such a tirade of
  • nonsense," said Mohi.
  • "And think you not, old Bardianna knew that?" asked Babbalanja. "He
  • wrote an excellent chapter on that very subject."
  • "What, on the cracks in his own pate?"
  • "Precisely. And expressly asserts, that to those identical cracks, was
  • he indebted for what little light he had in his brain."
  • "I yield, Babbalanja; your old Ponderer is older than I."
  • "Ay, ay, Braid-Beard; his crest was a tortoise; and this was the
  • motto:--'I bite, but am not to be bitten.'"
  • CHAPTER XXXV
  • They Visit The Lords Piko And Hello
  • In good time, we landed at Diranda. And that landing was like landing
  • at Greenwich among the Waterloo pensioners. The people were docked
  • right and left; some without arms; some without legs; not one with a
  • tail; but to a man, all had heads, though rather the worse for wear;
  • covered with lumps and contusions.
  • Now, those very magnificent and illustrious lord seigniors, the lord
  • seigniors Hello and Piko, lived in a palace, round which was a fence
  • of the cane called Malacca, each picket helmed with a skull, of which
  • there were fifty, one to each cane. Over the door was the blended arms
  • of the high and mighty houses of Hello and Piko: a Clavicle crossed
  • over an Ulna.
  • Escorted to the sign of the Skull-and-Cross-Bones, we received the
  • very best entertainment which that royal inn could afford. We found
  • our hosts Hello and Piko seated together on a dais or throne, and now
  • and then drinking some claret-red wine from an ivory bowl, too large
  • to have been wrought from an elephant's tusk. They were in glorious
  • good spirits, shaking ivory coins in a skull.
  • "What says your majesty?" said Piko. "Heads or tails?"
  • "Oh, heads, your majesty," said Hello.
  • "And heads say I," said Piko.
  • And heads it was. But it was heads on both sides, so both were sure
  • to win.
  • And thus they were used to play merrily all day long; beheading the
  • gourds of claret by one slicing blow with their sickle-shaped
  • scepters. Wide round them lay empty calabashes, all feathered, red
  • dyed, and betasseled, trickling red wine from their necks, like the
  • decapitated pullets in the old baronial barn yard at Kenilworth, the
  • night before Queen Bess dined with my lord Leicester.
  • The first compliments over; and Media and Taji having met with a
  • reception suitable to their rank, the kings inquired, whether there
  • were any good javelin-flingers among us: for if that were the case,
  • they could furnish them plenty of sport. Informed, however, that none
  • of the party were professional warriors, their majesties looked rather
  • glum, and by way of chasing away the blues, called for some good old
  • stuff, that was red.
  • It seems, this soliciting guests, to keep their spears from decaying,
  • by cut and thrust play with their subjects, was a very common thing
  • with their illustrious majesties.
  • But if their visitors could not be prevailed upon to spear a subject
  • or so, our hospitable hosts resolved to have a few speared, and
  • otherwise served up for our special entertainment. In a word, our
  • arrival furnished a fine pretext for renewing their games; though, we
  • learned, that only ten days previous, upward of fifty combatants had
  • been slain at one of these festivals.
  • Be that as it might, their joint majesties determined upon another
  • one; and also upon our tarrying to behold it. We objected, saying we
  • must depart.
  • But we were kindly assured, that our canoes had been dragged out of
  • the water, and buried in a wood; there to remain till the games were
  • over.
  • The day fixed upon, was the third subsequent to our arrival; the
  • interval being devoted to preparations; summoning from their villages
  • and valleys the warriors of the land; and publishing the royal
  • proclamations, whereby the unbounded hospitality of the kings'
  • household was freely offered to all heroes whatsoever, who for the
  • love of arms, and the honor of broken heads, desired to cross battle-
  • clubs, hurl spears, or die game in the royal valley of Deddo.
  • Meantime, the whole island was in a state of uproarious commotion, and
  • strangers were daily arriving.
  • The spot set apart for the festival, was a spacious down, mantled with
  • white asters; which, waving in windrows, lay upon the land, like the
  • cream-surf surging the milk of young heifers. But that whiteness, here
  • and there, was spotted with strawberries; tracking the plain, as if
  • wounded creatures had been dragging themselves bleeding from some
  • deadly encounter. All round the down, waved scarlet thickets of
  • sumach, moaning in the wind, like the gory ghosts environing Pharsalia
  • the night after the battle; scaring away the peasants, who with
  • bushel-baskets came to the jewel-harvest of the rings of Pompey's
  • knights.
  • Beneath the heaped turf of this down, lay thousands of glorious
  • corpses of anonymous heroes, who here had died glorious deaths.
  • Whence, in the florid language of Diranda, they called this field "The
  • Field of Glory."
  • CHAPTER XXXVI
  • They Attend The Games
  • At last the third day dawned; and facing us upon entering the plain,
  • was a throne of red log-wood, canopied by the foliage of a red-dyed
  • Pandannus. Upon this throne, purple-robed, reclined those very
  • magnificent and illustrious lords seigniors, the lord seigniors Hello
  • and Piko. Before them, were many gourds of wine; and crosswise, staked
  • in the sod, their own royal spears.
  • In the middle of the down, as if by a furrow, a long, oval space was
  • margined of about which, a crowd of spectators were seated. Opposite
  • the throne, was reserved a clear passage to the arena, defined by air-
  • lines, indefinitely produced from the leveled points of two spears, so
  • poised by a brace of warriors.
  • Drawing near, our party was courteously received, and assigned a
  • commodious lounge.
  • The first encounter was a club-fight between two warriors. Nor casque
  • of steel, nor skull of Congo could have resisted their blows, had they
  • fallen upon the mark; for they seemed bent upon driving each other, as
  • stakes, into the earth. Presently, one of them faltered; but his
  • adversary rushing in to cleave him down, slipped against a guavarind;
  • when the falterer, with one lucky blow, high into the air sent the
  • stumbler's club, which descended upon the crown of a spectator, who
  • was borne from the plain.
  • "All one," muttered Pike.
  • "As good dead as another," muttered Hello.
  • The second encounter was a hugging-match; wherein two warriors, masked
  • in Grisly-bear skins, hugged each other to death.
  • The third encounter was a bumping-match between a fat warrior and a
  • dwarf. Standing erect, his paunch like a bass-drum before a drummer,
  • the fat man was run at, head-a-tilt by the dwarf, and sent spinning
  • round on his axis.
  • The fourth encounter was a tussle between two-score warriors, who all
  • in a mass, writhed like the limbs in Sebastioni's painting of Hades.
  • After obscuring themselves in a cloud of dust, these combatants,
  • uninjured, but hugely blowing, drew off; and separately going among
  • the spectators, rehearsed their experience of the fray.
  • "Braggarts!" mumbled Piko.
  • "Poltroons!" growled Hello.
  • While the crowd were applauding, a sober-sided observer, trying to rub
  • the dust out of his eyes, inquired of an enthusiastic neighbor, "Pray,
  • what was all that about?"
  • "Fool! saw you not the dust?"
  • "That I did," said Sober-Sides, again rubbing his eyes, "But I can
  • raise a dust myself."
  • The fifth encounter was a fight of single sticks between one hundred
  • warriors, fifty on a side.
  • In a line, the first fifty emerged from the sumachs, their weapons
  • interlocked in a sort of wicker-work. In advance marched a priest,
  • bearing an idol with a cracked cocoanut for a head,--Krako, the god of
  • Trepans. Preceded by damsels flinging flowers, now came on the second
  • fifty, gayly appareled, weapons poised, and their feet nimbly moving
  • in a martial measure.
  • Midway meeting, both parties touched poles, then retreated. Very
  • courteous, this; but tantamount to bowing each other out of Mardi; for
  • upon Pike's tossing a javelin, they rushed in, and each striking his
  • man, all fell to the ground.
  • "Well done!" cried Piko.
  • "Brave fellows!" cried Hello.
  • "But up and at it again, my heroes!" joined both. "Lo! we kings look
  • on, and there stand the bards!"
  • These bards were a row of lean, sallow, old men, in thread-bare robes,
  • and chaplets of dead leaves.
  • "Strike up!" cried Piko.
  • "A stave!" cried Hello.
  • Whereupon, the old croakers, each with a quinsy, sang thus in cracked
  • strains:--
  • Quack! Quack! Quack!
  • With a toorooloo whack;
  • Hack away, merry men, hack away.
  • Who would not die brave,
  • His ear smote by a stave?
  • Thwack away, merry men, thwack away!
  • 'Tis glory that calls,
  • To each hero that falls,
  • Hack away, merry men, hack away!
  • Quack! Quack! Quack!
  • Quack! Quack!
  • Quack!
  • Thus it tapered away.
  • "Ha, ha!" cried Piko, "how they prick their ears at that!"
  • "Hark ye, my invincibles!" cried Hello. "That pean is for the slain.
  • So all ye who have lives left, spring to it! Die and be glorified!
  • Now's the time!--Strike up again, my ducklings!"
  • Thus incited, the survivors staggered to their feet; and hammering
  • away at each others' sconces, till they rung like a chime of bells
  • going off with a triple-bob-major, they finally succeeded in
  • immortalizing themselves by quenching their mortalities all round; the
  • bards still singing.
  • "Never mind your music now," cried Piko.
  • "It's all over," said Hello.
  • "What valiant fellows we have for subjects," cried Piko.
  • "Ho! grave-diggers, clear the field," cried Hello.
  • "Who else is for glory?" cried Piko.
  • "There stand the bards!" cried Hello.
  • But now there rushed among the crowd a haggard figure, trickling with
  • blood, and wearing a robe, whose edges were burned and blacked by
  • fire. Wielding a club, it ran to and fro, with loud yells menacing
  • all.
  • A noted warrior this; who, distracted at the death of five sons slain
  • in recent games, wandered from valley to valley, wrestling and
  • fighting.
  • With wild cries of "The Despairer! The Despairer!" the appalled
  • multitude fled; leaving the two kings frozen on their throne, quaking
  • and quailing, their teeth rattling like dice.
  • The Despairer strode toward them; when, recovering their senses, they
  • ran; for a time pursued through the woods by the phantom.
  • CHAPTER XXXVII
  • Taji Still Hunted, And Beckoned
  • Previous to the kings' flight, we had plunged into the neighboring
  • woods; and from thence emerging, entered brakes of cane, sprouting
  • from morasses. Soon we heard a whirring, as if three startled
  • partridges had taken wing; it proved three feathered arrows, from
  • three unseen hands.
  • Gracing us, two buried in the ground, but from Taji's arm, the third
  • drew blood.
  • On all sides round we turned; but none were seen. "Still the avengers
  • follow," said Babbalanja.
  • "Lo! the damsels three!" cried Yoomy. "Look where they come!"
  • We joined them by the sumach-wood's red skirts; and there, they waved
  • their cherry stalks, and heavy bloated cactus leaves, their crimson
  • blossoms armed with nettles; and before us flung shining, yellow,
  • tiger-flowers spotted red.
  • "Blood!" cried Yoomy, starting, "and leopards on your track!"
  • And now the syrens blew through long reeds, tasseled with their
  • panicles, and waving verdant scarfs of vines, came dancing toward us,
  • proffering clustering grapes.
  • "For all now yours, Taji; and all that yet may come," cried Yoomy,
  • "fly to me! I will dance away your gloom, and drown it in inebriation."
  • "Away! woe is its own wine. What may be mine, that will I endure, in
  • its own essence to the quick. Let me feel the poniard if it stabs."
  • They vanished in the wood; and hurrying on, we soon gained sun-light,
  • and the open glade.
  • CHAPTER XXXVIII
  • They Embark From Diranda
  • Arrived at the Sign of the Skulls, we found the illustrious lord
  • seigniors at rest from their flight, and once more, quaffing their
  • claret, all thoughts of the specter departed. Instead of rattling
  • their own ivory iii the heads on their shoulders, they were rattling
  • their dice in the skulls in their hands. And still "Heads," was the
  • cry, and "Heads," was the throw.
  • That evening they made known to my lord Media that an interval of two
  • days must elapse ere the games were renewed, in order to reward the
  • victors, bury their dead, and provide for the execution of an
  • Islander, who under the provocation of a blow, had killed a stranger.
  • As this suspension of the festivities had been wholly unforeseen, our
  • hosts were induced to withdraw the embargo laid upon our canoes.
  • Nevertheless, they pressed us to remain; saying, that what was to come
  • would far exceed in interest, what had already taken place. The games
  • in prospect being of a naval description, embracing certain hand-to-
  • hand contests in the water between shoals of web-footed warriors.
  • However, we decided to embark on the morrow.
  • It was in the cool of the early morning, at that hour when a man's
  • face can be known, that we set sail from Diranda; and in the ghostly
  • twilight, our thoughts reverted to the phantom that so suddenly had
  • cleared the plain. With interest we hearkened to the recitals of Mohi;
  • who discoursing of the sad end of many brave chieftains in Mardi, made
  • allusion to the youthful Adondo, one of the most famous of the chiefs
  • of the chronicles. In a canoe-fight, after performing prodigies of
  • valor; he was wounded in the head, and sunk to the bottom of the lagoon.
  • "There is a noble monody upon the death of Adondo," said Yoomy. "Shall
  • I sing it, my lord? It. is very beautiful; nor could I ever repeat it
  • without a tear."
  • "We will dispense with your tears, minstrel," said Media, "but sing
  • it, if you will."
  • And Yoomy sang:--
  • Departed the pride and the glory of Mardi:
  • The vaunt of her isles sleeps deep in the sea,
  • That rolls o'er his corpse with a hush.
  • His warriors bend over their spears,
  • His sisters gaze upward and mourn.
  • Weep, weep, for Adondo, is dead!
  • The sun has gone down in a shower;
  • Buried in clouds in the face of the moon;
  • Tears stand in the eyes of the starry skies,
  • And stand in the eyes of the flowers;
  • And streams of tears are the trickling brooks,
  • Coursing adown the mountains.--
  • Departed the pride, and the glory of Mardi:
  • The vaunt of her isles sleeps deep in the sea.
  • Fast falls the small rain on its bosom that sobs.--
  • Not showers of rain, but the tears of Oro.
  • "A dismal time it must have been," yawned Media, "not a dry brook then
  • in Mardi, not a lake that was not moist. Lachrymose rivulets, and
  • inconsolable lagoons! Call you this poetry, minstrel?"
  • "Mohi has something like a tear in his eye," said Yoomy.
  • "False!" cried Mohi, brushing it aside.
  • "Who composed that monody?" said Babbalanja. "I have often heard it
  • before."
  • "None know, Babbalanja but the poet must be still singing to himself;
  • his songs bursting through the turf in the flowers over his grave."
  • "But gentle Yoomy, Adondo is a legendary hero, indefinitely dating
  • back. May not his monody, then, be a spontaneous melody, that has been
  • with us since Mardi began? What bard composed the soft verses that our
  • palm boughs sing at even? Nay, Yoomy, that monody was not written by
  • man."
  • "Ah! Would that I had been the poet, Babbalanja; for then had I been
  • famous indeed; those lines are chanted through all the isles, by
  • prince and peasant. Yes, Adondo's monody will pervade the ages, like
  • the low under-tone you hear, when many singers do sing."
  • "My lord, my lord," cried Babbalanja, "but this were to be truly
  • immortal;--to be perpetuated in our works, and not in our names. Let
  • me, oh Oro! be anonymously known!"
  • CHAPTER XXXIX
  • Wherein Babbalanja Discourses Of Himself
  • An interval of silence was at last broken by Babbalanja.
  • Pointing to the sun, just gaining the horizon, he exclaimed, "As old
  • Bardianna says--shut your eyes, and believe."
  • "And what may Bardianna have to do with yonder orb?" said Media.
  • This much, my lord, the astronomers maintain that Mardi moves round
  • the sun; which I, who never formally investigated the matter for
  • myself, can by no means credit; unless, plainly seeing one thing, I
  • blindly believe another. Yet even thus blindly does all Mardi
  • subscribe to an astronomical system, which not one in fifty thousand
  • can astronomically prove. And not many centuries back, my lord, all
  • Mardi did equally subscribe to an astronomical system, precisely the
  • reverse of that which they now believe. But the mass of Mardians have
  • not as much reason to believe the first system, as the exploded one;
  • for all who have eyes must assuredly see, that the sun seems to move,
  • and that Mardi seems a fixture, eternally _here_. But doubtless there
  • are theories which may be true, though the face of things belie them.
  • Hence, in such cases, to the ignorant, disbelief would seem more
  • natural than faith; though they too often reject the testimony of
  • their own senses, for what to them, is a mere hypothesis. And thus, my
  • lord, is it, that the mass of Mardians do not believe because they
  • know, but because they know not. And they are as ready to receive one
  • thing as another, if it comes from a canonical source. My lord, Mardi
  • is as an ostrich, which will swallow augh you offer, even a bar of
  • iron, if placed endwise. And though the iron be indigestible, yet it
  • serves to fill: in feeding, the end proposed. For Mardi must have
  • something to exercise its digestion, though that something be forever
  • indigestible. And as fishermen for sport, throw two lumps of bait,
  • united by a cord, to albatrosses floating on the sea; which are
  • greedily attempted to be swallowed, one lump by this fowl, the other
  • by that; but forever are kept reciprocally going up and down in them,
  • by means of the cord; even so, my lord, do I sometimes fancy, that our
  • theorists divert them-selves with the greediness of Mardians to
  • believe."
  • "Ha, ha," cried Media, "methinks this must be Azzageddi who speaks."
  • "No, my lord; not long since, Azzageddi received a furlough to go home
  • and warm himself for a while. But this leaves me not alone."
  • "How?"
  • "My lord,--for the present putting Azzageddi entirely aside,--though I
  • have now been upon terms of close companionship with myself for nigh
  • five hundred moons, I have not yet been able to decide who or what I
  • am. To you, perhaps, I seem Babbalanja; but to myself, I seem not
  • myself. All I am sure of, is a sort of prickly sensation all over me,
  • which they call life; and, occasionally, a headache or a queer conceit
  • admonishes me, that there is something astir in my attic. But how know
  • I, that these sensations are identical with myself? For aught I know,
  • I may be somebody else. At any rate, I keep an eye on myself, as I
  • would on a stranger. There is something going on in me, that is
  • independent of me. Many a time, have I willed to do one thing, and
  • another has been done. I will not say by myself, for I was not
  • consulted about it; it was done instinctively. My most virtuous
  • thoughts are not born of my musings, but spring up in me, like bright
  • fancies to the poet; unsought, spontaneous. Whence they come I know
  • not. I am a blind man pushed from behind; in vain, I turn about to see
  • what propels me. As vanity, I regard the praises of my friends; for
  • what they commend pertains not to me, Babbalanja; but to this unknown
  • something that forces me to it. But why am I, a middle aged Mardian,
  • less prone to excesses than when a youth? The same inducements and
  • allurements are around me. But no; my more ardent passions are burned
  • out; those which are strongest when we are least able to resist them.
  • Thus, then, my lord, it is not so much outer temptations that prevail
  • over us mortals; but inward instincts."
  • "A very curious speculation," said Media. But Babbalanja, have you
  • mortals no moral sense, as they call it?"
  • "We have. But the thing you speak of is but an after-birth; we eat and
  • drink many months before we are conscious of thoughts. And though some
  • adults would seem to refer all their actions to this moral sense, yet,
  • in reality, it is not so; for, dominant in them, their moral sense
  • bridles their instinctive passions; wherefore, they do not govern
  • themselves, but are governed by their very natures. Thus, some men in
  • youth are constitutionally as staid as I am now. But shall we
  • pronounce them pious and worthy youths for this? Does he abstain, who
  • is not incited? And on the other hand, if the instinctive passions
  • through life naturally have the supremacy over the moral sense, as in
  • extreme cases we see it developed in irreclaimable malefactors,--shall
  • we pronounce such, criminal and detestable wretches? My lord, it is
  • easier for some men to be saints, than for others not to be sinners."
  • "That will do, Babbalanja; you are on the verge, take not the leap! Go
  • back whence you set out, and tell us of that other, and still more
  • mysterious Azzageddi; him whom you hinted to have palmed himself off
  • on you for you yourself."
  • "Well, then, my lord,--Azzageddi still set aside,--upon that self-same
  • inscrutable stranger, I charge all those past actions of mine, which
  • in the retrospect appear to me such eminent folly, that I am
  • confident, it was not I, Babbalanja, now speaking, that committed
  • them. Nevertheless, my lord, this very day I may do some act, which at
  • a future period may seem equally senseless; for in one lifetime we
  • live a hundred lives. By the incomprehensible stranger in me, I say,
  • this body of mine has been rented out scores of times, though always
  • one dark chamber in me is retained by the old mystery."
  • "Will you never come to the mark, Babbalanja? Tell me something direct
  • of the stranger. Who, what is he? Introduce him."
  • "My lord, I can not. He is locked up in me. In a mask, he dodges me.
  • He prowls about in me, hither and thither; he peers, and I stare. This
  • is he who talks in my sleep, revealing my secrets; and takes me to
  • unheard of realms, beyond the skies of Mardi. So present is he always,
  • that I seem not so much to live of myself, as to be a mere
  • apprehension of the unaccountable being that is in me. Yet all the
  • time, this being is I, myself."
  • "Babbalanja," said Media, "you have fairly turned yourself inside out."
  • "Yes, my lord," said Mohi, "and he has so unsettled me, that I begin
  • to think all Mardi a square circle."
  • "How is that, Babbalanja," said Media, "is a circle square?"
  • "No, my lord, but ever since Mardi began, we Mardians have been
  • essaying our best to square it."
  • "Cleverly retorted. Now, Babbalanja, do you not imagine, that you may
  • do harm by disseminating these sophisms of yours; which like your
  • devil theory, would seem to relieve all Mardi from moral
  • accountability?"
  • "My lord, at bottom, men wear no bonds that other men can strike off;
  • and have no immunities, of which other men can deprive them. Tell a
  • good man that he is free to commit murder,--will he murder? Tell a
  • murderer that at the peril of his soul he indulges in murderous
  • thoughts,--will that make him a saint?"
  • "Again on the verge, Babbalanja? Take not the leap, I say."
  • "I can leap no more, my lord. Already I am down, down, down."
  • "Philosopher," said Media, "what with Azzageddi, and the mysterious
  • indweller you darkly hint of, I marvel not that you are puzzled to
  • decide upon your identity. But when do you seem most yourself?"
  • "When I sleep, and dream not, my lord."
  • "Indeed?"
  • "Why then, a fool's cap might be put on you, and you would not know it."
  • "The very turban he ought to wear," muttered Mohi.
  • "Yet, my lord, I live while consciousness is not mine, while to all
  • appearances I am a clod. And may not this same state of being, though
  • but alternate with me, be continually that of many dumb, passive
  • objects we so carelessly regard? Trust me, there are more things alive
  • than those that crawl, or fly, or swim. Think you, my lord, there is
  • no sensation in being a tree? feeling the sap in one's boughs, the
  • breeze in one's foliage? think you it is nothing to be a world? one of
  • a herd, bison-like, wending its way across boundless meadows of ether?
  • In the sight of a fowl, that sees not our souls, what are our own
  • tokens of animation? That we move, make a noise, have organs, pulses,
  • and are compounded of fluids and solids. And all these are in this
  • Mardi as a unit. Daily the slow, majestic throbbings of its heart are
  • perceptible on the surface in the tides of the la-goon. Its rivers are
  • its veins; when agonized, earthquakes are its throes; it shouts in the
  • thunder, and weeps in the shower; and as the body of a bison is
  • covered with hair, so Mardi is covered with grasses and vegetation,
  • among which, we parasitical things do but crawl, vexing and tormenting
  • the patient creature to which we cling. Nor yet, hath it recovered
  • from the pain of the first foundation that was laid. Mardi is alive to
  • its axis. When you pour water, does it not gurgle? When you strike a
  • pearl shell, does it not ring? Think you there is no sensation in
  • being a rock?--To exist, is to be; to be, is to be something: to be
  • something, is--"
  • "Go on," said Media.
  • "And what is it, to be something?" said Yoomy artlessly. "Bethink
  • yourself of what went before," said Media.
  • "Lose not the thread," said Mohi.
  • "It has snapped," said Babbalanja.
  • "I breathe again," said Mohi.
  • "But what a stepping-off place you came to then, philosopher," said
  • Media. "By the way, is it not old Bardianna who says, that no Mardian
  • should undertake to walk, without keeping one foot foremost?"
  • "To return to the vagueness of the notion I have of myself," said
  • Babbalanja.
  • "An appropriate theme," said Media, "proceed."
  • "My lord," murmured Mohi, "Is not this philosopher like a centipede?
  • Cut off his head, and still he crawls."
  • "There are times when I fancy myself a lunatic," resumed Babbalanja.
  • "Ah, now he's beginning to talk sense," whispered Mohi.
  • "Surely you forget, Babbalanja," said Media. "How many more theories
  • have you? First, you are possessed by a devil; then rent yourself out
  • to the indweller; and now turn yourself into a mad-house. You are
  • inconsistent."
  • "And for that very reason, my lord, not inconsistent; for the sum of
  • my inconsistencies makes up my consistency. And to be consistent to
  • one's self, is often to be inconsistent to Mardi. Common consistency
  • implies unchangeableness; but much of the wisdom here below lives in a
  • state of transition."
  • "Ah!" murmured Mold, "my head goes round again."
  • "Azzageddi aside, then, my lord, and also, for the nonce, the
  • mysterious indweller, I come now to treat of myself as a lunatic. But
  • this last conceit is not so much based upon the madness of particular
  • actions, as upon the whole drift of my ordinary and hourly ones;
  • those, in which I most resemble all other Mardians. It seems like
  • going through with some nonsensical whim-whams, destitute of fixed
  • purpose. For though many of my actions seem to have objects, and all
  • of them somehow run into each other; yet, where is the grand result?
  • To what final purpose, do I walk about, eat, think, dream? To what
  • great end, does Mohi there, now stroke his beard?"
  • "But I was doing it unconsciously," said Mohi, dropping his hand, and
  • lifting his head.
  • "Just what I would be at, old man. 'What we do, we do blindly,' says
  • old Bardianna. Many things we do, we do without knowing,--as with you
  • and your beard, Mohi. And many others we know not, in their true
  • bearing at least, till they are past. Are not half our lives spent in
  • reproaches for foregone actions, of the true nature and consequences
  • of which, we were wholly ignorant at the time? Says old Bardianna,
  • 'Did I not so often feel an appetite for my yams, I should think every
  • thing a dream;'--so puzzling to him, seemed the things of this Mardi.
  • But Alla-Malolla goes further. Says he, 'Let us club together, fellow-
  • riddles:--Kings, clowns, and intermediates. We are bundles of comical
  • sensations; we bejuggle ourselves into strange phantasies: we are air,
  • wind, breath, bubbles; our being is told in a tick.'"
  • "Now, then, Babbalanja," said Media, "what have you come to in all
  • this rhapsody? You everlastingly travel in a circle."
  • "And so does the sun in heaven, my lord; like me, it goes round, and
  • gives light as it goes. Old Bardianna, too, revolved. He says so
  • himself. In his roundabout chapter on Cycles and Epicycles, with Notes
  • on the Ecliptic, he thus discourseth:--'All things revolve upon some
  • center, to them, fixed; for the centripetal is ever too much for the
  • centrifugal. Wherefore, it is a perpetual cycling with us, without
  • progression; and we fly round, whether we will or no. To stop, were to
  • sink into space. So, over and over we go, and round and round; double-
  • shuffle, on our axis, and round the sun.' In an another place, he
  • says:--'There is neither apogee nor perigee, north nor south, right
  • nor left; what to-night is our zenith, to-morrow is our nadir; stand
  • as we will, we stand on our heads; essay to spring into the air, and
  • down we come; here we stick; our very bones make glue.'"
  • "Enough, enough, Babbalanja," cried Media. "You are a very wise
  • Mardian; but the wisest Mardians make the most consummate fools."
  • "So they do, my lord; but I was interrupted. I was about to say, that
  • there is no place but the universe; no limit but the limitless; no
  • bottom but the bottomless."
  • CHAPTER XL
  • Of The Sorcerers In The Isle Of Minda
  • "Tiffin! tiffin!" cried Media; "time for tiffin! Up, comrades! and
  • while the mat is being spread, walk we to the bow, and inhale the
  • breeze for an appetite. Hark ye, Vee-Vee! forget not that calabash
  • with the sea-blue seal, and a round ring for a brand. Rare old stuff,
  • that, Mohi; older than you: the circumnavigator, I call it. My sire
  • had a canoe launched for the express purpose of carrying it thrice
  • round Mardi for a flavor. It was many moons on the voyage; the
  • mariners never sailed faster than three knots. Ten would spoil the
  • best wine ever floated."
  • Tiffin over, and the blue-sealed calabash all but hid in the great
  • cloud raised by our pipes, Media proposed to board it in the smoke.
  • So, goblet in hand, we all gallantly charged, and came off victorious
  • from the fray.
  • Then seated again, and serenely puffing in a circle, the
  • circumnavigator meanwhile pleasantly going the rounds, Media called
  • upon Mohi for something entertaining.
  • Now, of all the old gossips in Mardi, surely our delightful old
  • Diodorus was furnished with the greatest possible variety of
  • histories, chronicles, anecdotes, memoirs, legends, traditions, and
  • biographies. There was no end to the library he carried. In himself,
  • he was the whole history of Mardi, amplified, not abridged, in one
  • volume.
  • In obedience, then, to King Media's command, Mohi regaled the company
  • with a narrative, in substance as follows:--
  • In a certain quarter of the Archipelago was an island called Minda;
  • and in Minda were many sorcerers, employed in the social differences
  • and animosities of the people of that unfortunate land. If a Mindarian
  • deemed himself aggrieved or insulted by a countryman, he forthwith
  • repaired to one of these sorcerers; who, for an adequate
  • consideration, set to work with his spells, keeping himself in the
  • dark, and directing them against the obnoxious individual. And full
  • soon, by certain peculiar sensations, this individual, discovering
  • what was going on, would straightway hie to his own professor of the
  • sable art, who, being well feed, in due time brought about certain
  • counter-charms, so that in the end it sometimes fell out that neither
  • party was gainer or loser, save by the sum of his fees.
  • But the worst of it was, that in some cases all knowledge of these
  • spells were at the outset hidden from the victim; who, hearing too
  • late of the mischief brewing, almost always fell a prey to his foe;
  • which calamity was held the height of the art. But as the great body
  • of sorcerers were about matched in point of skill, it followed that
  • the parties employing them were so likewise. Hence arose those
  • interminable contests, in which many moons were spent, both parties
  • toiling after their common destruction.
  • Indeed, to say nothing of the obstinacy evinced by their employers, it
  • was marvelous, the pertinacity of the sorcerers themselves. To the
  • very last tooth in their employer's pouches, they would stick to their
  • spells; never giving over till he was financially or physically
  • defunct.
  • But much as they were vilified, no people in Minda were half so
  • disinterested as they. Certain indispensable conditions secured, some
  • of them were as ready to undertake the perdition of one man as
  • another; good, bad, or indifferent, it made little matter.
  • What wonder, then, that such abominable mercenaries should cause a
  • mighty deal of mischief in Minda; privately going about, inciting
  • peaceable folks to enmities with their neighbors; and with marvelous
  • alacrity, proposing themselves as the very sorcerers to rid them of
  • the annoyances suggested as existing.
  • Indeed, it even happened that a sorcerer would be secretly retained to
  • work spells upon a victim, who, from his bodily sensations, suspecting
  • something wrong, but knowing not what, would repair to that self-same
  • sorcerer, engaging him to counteract any mischief that might be
  • brewing. And this worthy would at once undertake the business; when,
  • having both parties in his hands, he kept them forever in suspense;
  • meanwhile seeing to it well, that they failed not in handsomely
  • remunerating him for his pains.
  • At one time, there was a prodigious excitement about these sorcerers,
  • growing out of some alarming revelations concerning their practices.
  • In several villages of Minda, they were sought to be put down. But
  • fruitless the attempt; it was soon discovered that already their
  • spells were so spread abroad, and they themselves so mixed up with the
  • everyday affairs of the isle, that it was better to let their vocation
  • alone, than, by endeavoring to suppress it, breed additional troubles.
  • Ah! they were a knowing and a cunning set, those sorcerers; very hard
  • to overcome, cajole, or circumvent.
  • But in the name of the Magi, what were these spells of theirs, so
  • potent and occult? On all hands it was agreed, that they derived their
  • greatest virtue from the fumes of certain compounds, whose
  • ingredients--horrible to tell--were mostly obtained from the human
  • heart; and that by variously mixing these ingredients, they adapted
  • their multifarious enchantments.
  • They were a vain and arrogant race. Upon the strength of their dealing
  • in the dark, they affected even more mystery than belonged to them;
  • when interrogated concerning their science, would confound the
  • inquirer by answers couched in an extraordinary jargon, employing
  • words almost as long as anacondas. But all this greatly prevailed with
  • the common people.
  • Nor was it one of the least remarkable things, that oftentimes two
  • sorcerers, contrarily employed upon a Mindarian,--one to attack, the
  • other to defend,--would nevertheless be upon the most friendly terms
  • with each other; which curious circumstance never begat the slightest
  • suspicions in the mind of the victim.
  • Another phenomenon: If from any cause, two sorcerers fell out, they
  • seldom exercised their spells upon each other; ascribable to this,
  • perhaps,--that both being versed in the art, neither could hope to get
  • the advantage.
  • But for all the opprobrium cast upon these sorcerers, part of which
  • they deserved, the evils imputed to them were mainly, though
  • indirectly, ascribable to the very persons who abused them; nay, to
  • the very persons who employed them; the latter being by far the
  • loudest in their vilifyings; for which, indeed, they had excellent
  • reason.
  • Nor was it to be denied, that in certain respects, the sorcerers were
  • productive of considerable good. The nature of their pursuits leading
  • them deep into the arcana of mind, they often lighted upon important
  • discoveries; along with much that was cumbersome, accumulated valuable
  • examples concerning the inner working of the hearts of the Mindarians;
  • and often waxed eloquent in elucidating the mysteries of iniquity.
  • Yet was all this their lore graven upon so uncouth, outlandish, and
  • antiquated tablets, that it was all but lost to the mass of their
  • countrymen; and some old sachem of a wise man is quoted as having
  • said, that their treasures were locked up after such a fashion, that
  • for old iron, the key was worth more than the chest and its contents.
  • CHAPTER XLI
  • Chiefly Of Sing Bello
  • "Now Taji," said Media, "with old Bello of the Hump whose island of
  • Dominora is before us, I am at variance."
  • "Ah! How so?"
  • "A dull recital, but you shall have it."
  • And forthwith his Highness began.
  • This princely quarrel originated, it seems, in a slight jostling
  • concerning the proprietorship of a barren islet in a very remote
  • quarter of the lagoon. At the outset the matter might have been easily
  • adjusted, had the parties but exchanged a few amicable words. But each
  • disdaining to visit the other, to discuss so trivial an affair, the
  • business of negotiating an understanding was committed to certain
  • plenipos, men with lengthy tongues, who scorned to utter a word short
  • of a polysyllable.
  • Now, the more these worthies penetrated into the difficulty, the wider
  • became the breach; till what was at first a mere gap, became a yawning
  • gulf.
  • But that which had perhaps tended more than any thing else to deepen
  • the variance of the kings, was hump-backed Bello's dispatching to Odo,
  • as his thirtieth plenipo, a diminutive little negotiator, who all by
  • himself, in a solitary canoe, sailed over to have audience of Media;
  • into whose presence he was immediately ushered.
  • Darting one glance at him, the king turned to his chieftains, and
  • said:--"By much straining of your eyes, my lords, can you perceive
  • this insignificant manikin? What! are there no tall men in Dominora,
  • that King Bello must needs send this dwarf hither?"
  • And charging his attendents to feed the embassador extraordinary with
  • the soft pap of the cocoanut, and provide nurses during his stay, the
  • monarch retired from the arbor of audience.
  • "As I am a man," shouted the despised plenipo, raising himself on his
  • toes, "my royal master will resent this affront!--A dwarf, forsooth!--
  • Thank Oro, I am no long-drawn giant! There is as much stuff in me, as
  • in others; what is spread out in their clumsy carcasses, in me is
  • condensed. I am much in little! And that much, thou shalt know full
  • soon, disdainful King of Odo!"
  • "Speak not against our lord the king," cried the attendants.
  • "And speak not ye to me, ye headless spear poles!"
  • And so saying, under sufferance of being small, the plenipo was
  • permitted to depart unmolested; for all his bravadoes, fobbing his
  • credentials and affronts.
  • Apprized of his servant's ignoble reception, the choleric Bello burst
  • forth in a storm of passion; issuing orders for, one thousand conch
  • shells to be blown, and his warriors to assemble by land and by sea.
  • But bethinking him of the hostilities that might ensue, the sagacious
  • Media hit upon an honorable expedient to ward off an event for which
  • he was then unprepared. With all haste he dispatched to the hump-
  • backed king a little dwarf of his own; who voyaging over to Dominora
  • in a canoe, sorry and solitary as that of Bello's plenipo, in like
  • manner, received the same insults. The effect whereof, was, to strike
  • a balance of affronts; upon the principle, that a blow given, heals
  • one received.
  • Nevertheless, these proceedings but amounted to a postponement of
  • hostilities; for soon after, nothing prevented the two kings from
  • plunging into war, but the following judicious considerations. First:
  • Media was almost afraid of being beaten. Second: Bello was almost
  • afraid to conquer. Media, because he was inferior in men and arms;
  • Bello, because, his aggrandizement was already a subject of warlike
  • comment among the neighboring kings.
  • Indeed, did the old chronicler Braid-Beard speak truth, there were
  • some tribes in Mardi, that accounted this king of Dominora a testy,
  • quarrelsome, rapacious old monarch; the indefatigable breeder of
  • contentions and wars; the elder brother of this household of nations,
  • perpetually essaying to lord it over the juveniles; and though his
  • patrimonial dominions were situated to the north of the lagoon, not
  • the slightest misunderstanding took place between the rulers of the
  • most distant islands, than this doughty old cavalier on a throne,
  • forthwith thrust his insolent spear into the matter, though it in no
  • wise concerned him, and fell to irritating all parties by his
  • gratuitous interference.
  • Especially was he officious in the concerns of Porpheero, a
  • neighboring island, very large and famous, whose numerous broad
  • valleys were divided among many rival kings:--the king of Franko, a
  • small-framed, poodle-haired, fine, fiery gallant; finical in his
  • tatooing; much given to the dance and glory;--the king of Ibeereea, a
  • tall and stately cavalier, proud, generous, punctilious, temperate in
  • wine; one hand forever on his javelin, the other, in superstitious
  • homage, lifted to his gods; his limbs all over marks of stakes and
  • crosses;--the king of Luzianna; a slender, dark-browed thief; at times
  • wrapped in a moody robe, beneath which he fumbled something, as if it
  • were a dagger; but otherwise a sprightly troubadour, given to
  • serenades and moonlight;---the many chiefs of sunny Latianna; minstrel
  • monarchs, full of song and sentiment; fiercer in love than war;
  • glorious bards of freedom; but rendering tribute while they sang;--the
  • priest-king of Vatikanna; his chest marked over with antique
  • tatooings; his crown, a cowl; his rusted scepter swaying over falling
  • towers, and crumbling mounds; full of the superstitious past; askance,
  • eyeing the suspicious time to come;--the king of Hapzaboro; portly,
  • pleasant; a lover of wild boar's meat; a frequent quaffer from the
  • can; in his better moods, much fancying solid comfort;--the eight-and-
  • thirty banded kings, chieftains, seigniors, and oligarchies of the
  • broad hill and dale of Tutoni; clubbing together their domains, that
  • none might wrest his neighbor's; an earnest race; deep thinkers,
  • deeper drinkers; long pipes, long heads; their wise ones given to
  • mystic cogitations, and consultations with the devil;--the twin kings
  • of Zandinavia; hardy, frugal mountaineers; upright of spine and heart;
  • clad in skins of bears;--the king of Jutlanda; much like their
  • Highnesses of Zandinavia; a seal-skin cap his crown; a fearless sailor
  • of his frigid seas;--the king of Muzkovi; a shaggy, icicled White-bear
  • of a despot in the north; said to reign over millions of acres of
  • glaciers; had vast provinces of snow-drifts, and many flourishing
  • colonies among the floating icebergs. Absolute in his rule as
  • Predestination in metaphysics, did he command all his people to give
  • up the ghost, it would be held treason to die last. Very precise and
  • foppish in his imperial tastes was this monarch. Disgusted with the
  • want of uniformity in the stature of his subjects, he was said to
  • nourish thoughts of killing off all those below his prescribed
  • standard--six feet, long measure. Immortal souls were of no account in
  • his fatal wars; since, in some of his serf-breeding estates, they were
  • daily manufactured to order.
  • Now, to all the above-mentioned monarchs, old Bello would frequently
  • dispatch heralds; announcing, for example, his unalterable resolution,
  • to espouse the cause of this king, against that; at the very time,
  • perhaps, that their Serene Superfluities, instead of crossing spears,
  • were touching flagons. And upon these occasions, the kings would often
  • send back word to old Bello, that instead of troubling himself with
  • their concerns, he might far better attend to his own; which, they
  • hinted, were in a sad way, and much needed reform.
  • The royal old warrior's pretext for these and all similar proceedings,
  • was the proper adjustment in Porpheero, of what he facetiously styled
  • the "Equipoise of Calabashes;" which he stoutly swore was essential to
  • the security of the various tribes in that country.
  • "But who put the balance into thy hands, King Bello?" cried the
  • indignant nations.
  • "Oro!" shouted the hump-backed king, shaking his javelin.
  • Superadded to the paternal interest which Bello betrayed in the
  • concerns of the kings of Porpheero, according to our chronicler, he
  • also manifested no less interest in those of the remotest islands.
  • Indeed, where he found a rich country, inhabited by a people, deemed
  • by him barbarous and incapable of wise legislation, he sometimes
  • relieved them from their political anxieties, by assuming the
  • dictatorship over them. And if incensed at his conduct, they flew to
  • their spears, they were accounted rebels, and treated accordingly. But
  • as old Mohi very truly observed,--herein, Bello was not alone; for
  • throughout Mardi, all strong nations, as well as all strong men, loved
  • to govern the weak. And those who most taunted King Bello for his
  • political rapacity, were open to the very same charge. So with
  • Vivenza, a distant island, at times very loud in denunciations of
  • Bello, as a great national brigand. Not yet wholly extinct in Vivenza,
  • were its aboriginal people, a race of wild Nimrods and hunters, who
  • year by year were driven further and further into remoteness, till as
  • one of their sad warriors said, after continual removes along the log,
  • his race was on the point of being remorselessly pushed off the end.
  • Now, Bello was a great geographer, and land surveyor, and gauger of
  • the seas. Terraqueous Mardi, he was continually exploring in quest of
  • strange empires. Much he loved to take the altitude of lofty
  • mountains, the depth of deep rivers, the breadth of broad isles. Upon
  • the highest pinnacles of commanding capes and promontories, he loved
  • to hoist his flag. He circled Mardi with his watch-towers: and the
  • distant voyager passing wild rocks in the remotest waters, was
  • startled by hearing the tattoo, or the reveille, beating from hump-
  • backed Bello's omnipresent drum. Among Antartic glaciers, his shrill
  • bugle calls mingled with the scream of the gulls; and so impressed
  • seemed universal nature with the sense of his dominion, that the very
  • clouds in heaven never sailed over Dominora without rendering the
  • tribute of a shower; whence the air of Dominora was more moist than
  • that of any other clime.
  • In all his grand undertakings, King Bello was marvelously assisted by
  • his numerous fleets of war-canoes; his navy being the largest in
  • Mardi. Hence his logicians swore that the entire Lagoon was his; and
  • that all prowling whales, prowling keels, and prowling sharks were
  • invaders. And with this fine conceit to inspire them, his poets-
  • laureat composed some glorious old saltwater odes, enough to make your
  • very soul sing to hear them.
  • But though the rest of Mardi much delighted to list to such noble
  • minstrelsy, they agreed not with Bello's poets in deeming the lagoon
  • their old monarch's hereditary domain.
  • Once upon a time, the paddlers of the hump-backed king, meeting upon
  • the broad lagoon certain canoes belonging to the before-mentioned
  • island of Vivenza; these paddlers seized upon several of their
  • occupants; and feeling their pulses, declared them born men of
  • Dominora; and therefore, not free to go whithersoever they would; for,
  • unless they could somehow get themselves born over again, they must
  • forever remain subject to Bello. Shed your hair; nay, your skin, if
  • you will, but shed your allegiance you can not; while you have bones,
  • they are Bello's. So, spite of all expostulations and attempts to
  • prove alibis, these luckless paddlers were dragged into the canoes of
  • Dominora, and commanded to paddle home their captors.
  • Whereof hearing, the men of Vivenza were thrown into a great ferment;
  • and after a mighty pow-wow over their council fire, fitting out
  • several double-keeled canoes, they sallied out to sea, in quest of
  • those, whom they styled the wholesale corsairs of Dominora.
  • But lucky perhaps it was, that at this juncture, in all parts of
  • Mardi, the fleets of the hump-backed king, were fighting, gunwale and
  • gunwale, alongside of numerous foes; else there had borne down upon
  • the canoes of the men of Vivenza so tremendous an armada, that the
  • very swell under its thousand prows might have flooded their scattered
  • proas forever out of sight.
  • As it was, Bello dispatched a few of his smaller craft to seek out,
  • and incidentally run down the enemy; and without returning home,
  • straightway proceed upon more important enterprises.
  • But it so chanced, that Bello's crafts, one by one meeting the foe, in
  • most cases found the canoes of Vivenza much larger than their own; and
  • manned by more men, with hearts bold as theirs; whence, in the ship-
  • duels that ensued, they were worsted; and the canoes of Vivenza,
  • locking their yard-arms into those of the vanquished, very courteously
  • gallanted them into their coral harbors.
  • Solely imputing these victories to their superior intrepidity and
  • skill, the people of Vivenza were exceedingly boisterous in their
  • triumph; raising such obstreperous peans, that they gave themselves
  • hoarse throats; insomuch, that according to Mohi, some of the present
  • generation are fain to speak through their noses.
  • CHAPTER XLII
  • Dominora And Vivenza
  • The three canoes still gliding on, some further particulars were
  • narrated concerning Dominora; and incidentally, of other isles.
  • It seems that his love of wide dominion sometimes led the otherwise
  • sagacious Bello into the most extravagant actions. If the chance
  • accumulation of soil and drift-wood about any detached shelf of coral
  • in the lagoon held forth the remotest possibility of the eventual
  • existence of an islet there, with all haste he dispatched canoes to
  • the spot, to take prospective possession of the as yet nearly
  • submarine territory; and if possible, eject the zoophytes.
  • During an unusually low tide, here and there baring the outer reef of
  • the Archipelago, Bello caused his royal spear to be planted upon every
  • place thus exposed, in token of his supreme claim thereto.
  • Another anecdote was this: that to Dominora there came a rumor, that
  • in a distant island dwelt a man with an uncommonly large nose; of most
  • portentous dimensions, indeed; by the soothsayers supposed to
  • foreshadow some dreadful calamity. But disregarding these
  • superstitious conceits, Bello forthwith dispatched an agent, to
  • discover whether this huge promontory of a nose was geographically
  • available; if so, to secure the same, by bringing the proprietor back.
  • Now, by sapient old Mohi, it was esteemed a very happy thing for Mardi
  • at large, that the subjects whom Bello sent to populate his foreign
  • acquisitions, were but too apt to throw off their vassalage, so soon
  • as they deemed themselves able to cope with him.
  • Indeed, a fine country in the western part of Mardi, in this very
  • manner, became a sovereign--nay, a republican state. It was the nation
  • to which Mohi had previously alluded--Vivenza. But in the flush and
  • pride of having recently attained their national majority, the men of
  • Vivenza were perhaps too much inclined to carry a vauntful crest. And
  • because intrenched in their fastnesses, after much protracted
  • fighting, they had eventually succeeded in repelling the warriors
  • dispatched by Bello to crush their insurrection, they were unanimous
  • in the opinion, that the hump-backed king had never before been so
  • signally chastised. Whereas, they had not so much vanquished Bello, as
  • defended their shores; even as a young lion will protect its den
  • against legions of unicorns, though, away from home, he might be torn
  • to pieces. In truth, Braid-Beard declared, that at the time of this
  • war, Dominora couched ten long spears for every short javelin Vivenza
  • could dart; though the javelins were stoutly hurled as the spears.
  • But, superior in men and arms, why, at last, gave over King Bello the
  • hope of reducing those truculent men of Vivenza? One reason was, as
  • Mohi said, that many of his fighting men were abundantly occupied in
  • other quarters of Mardi; nor was he long in discovering that fight he
  • never so valiantly, Vivenza--not yet its inhabitants--was wholly
  • unconquerable. Thought Bello, Mountains are sturdy foes; fate hard to
  • dam.
  • Yet, the men of Vivenza were no dastards; not to lie, coming from
  • lion-like loins, they were a lion-loined race. Did not their bards
  • pronounce them a fresh start in the Mardian species; requiring a new
  • world for their full development? For be it known, that the great land
  • of Kolumbo, no inconsiderable part of which was embraced by Vivenza,
  • was the last island discovered in the Archipelago.
  • In good round truth, and as if an impartialist from Arcturus spoke it,
  • Vivenza was a noble land. Like a young tropic tree she stood, laden
  • down with greenness, myriad blossoms, and the ripened fruit thick-
  • hanging from one bough. She was promising as the morning.
  • Or Vivenza might be likened to St. John, feeding on locusts and wild
  • honey, and with prophetic voice, crying to the nations from the
  • wilderness. Or, child-like, standing among the old robed kings and
  • emperors of the Archipelago, Vivenza seemed a young Messiah, to whose
  • discourse the bearded Rabbis bowed.
  • So seemed Vivenza in its better aspect. Nevertheless, Vivenza was a
  • braggadocio in Mardi; the only brave one ever known. As an army of
  • spurred and crested roosters, her people chanticleered at the
  • resplendent rising of their sun. For shame, Vivenza! Whence thy
  • undoubted valor? Did ye not bring it with ye from the bold old shores
  • of Dominora, where there is a fullness of it left? What isle but
  • Dominora could have supplied thee with that stiff spine of thine?--
  • That heart of boldest beat? Oh, Vivenza! know that true grandeur is
  • too big for a boast; and nations, as well as men, may be too clever to
  • be great.
  • But what more of King Bello? Notwithstanding his territorial
  • acquisitiveness, and aversion to relinquishing stolen nations, he was
  • yet a glorious old king; rather choleric--a word and a blow--but of a
  • right royal heart. Rail at him as they might, at bottom, all the isles
  • were proud of him. And almost in spite of his rapacity, upon the
  • whole, perhaps, they were the better for his deeds. For if sometimes
  • he did evil with no very virtuous intentions, he had fifty, ways of
  • accomplishing good with the best; and a thousand ways of doing good
  • without meaning it. According to an ancient oracle, the hump-backed
  • monarch was but one of the most conspicuous pieces on a board, where
  • the gods played for their own entertainment.
  • But here it must not be omitted, that of late, King Bello had somewhat
  • abated his efforts to extend his dominions. Various causes were
  • assigned. Some thought it arose from the fact that already he found
  • his territories too extensive for one scepter to rule; that his more
  • remote colonies largely contributed to his tribulations, without
  • correspondingly contributing to his revenues. Others affirmed that his
  • hump was getting too mighty for him to carry; others still, that the
  • nations were waving too strong for him. With prophetic solemnity,
  • head-shaking sages averred that he was growing older and older had
  • passed his grand climacteric; and though it was a hale old age with
  • him, yet it was not his lusty youth; that though he was daily getting
  • rounder, and rounder in girth, and more florid of face, that these,
  • howbeit, were rather the symptoms of a morbid obesity, than of a
  • healthful robustness. These wise ones predicted that very soon poor
  • Bello would go off in an apoplexy.
  • But in Vivenza there were certain blusterers, who often thus prated:
  • "The Hump-back's hour is come; at last the old teamster will be gored
  • by the nations he's yoked; his game is done,--let him show his hand
  • and throw up his scepter; he cumbers Mardi,--let him be cut down and
  • burned; he stands in the way of his betters,--let him sheer to one
  • side; he has shut up many eyes, and now himself grows blind; he hath
  • committed horrible atrocities during his long career, the old sinner!
  • --now, let him quickly say his prayers and be beheaded."
  • Howbeit, Bello lived on; enjoying his dinners, and taking his jorums
  • as of yore. Ah, I have yet a jolly long lease of life, thought he over
  • his wine; and like unto some obstinate old uncle, he persisted in
  • flourishing, in spite of the prognostications of the nephew nations,
  • which at his demise, perhaps hoped to fall heir to odd parts of his
  • possessions: Three streaks of fat valleys to one of lean mountains!
  • CHAPTER XLIII
  • They Land At Dominora
  • As erewhile recounted, not being on the best terms in Mardi with the
  • King of Dominora, Media saw fit to draw nigh unto his dominions in
  • haughty state; he (Media) being upon excellent terms with himself. Our
  • sails were set, our paddles paddling, streamers streaming, and Vee-Vee
  • in the shark's mouth, clamorous with his conch. The din was soon
  • heard; and sweeping into a fine broad bay we beheld its margin
  • seemingly pebbled in the distance with heads; so populous the land.
  • Winding through a noble valley, we presently came to Bello's palace,
  • couchant and bristling in a grove. The upright canes composing its
  • front projected above the eaves in a long row of spear-heads
  • fluttering with scarlet pennons; while below, from the intervals of
  • the canes, were slantingly thrust three tiers of decorated lances. A
  • warlike aspect! The entire structure looking like the broadside of the
  • Macedonian phalanx, advancing to the charge, helmeted with a roof.
  • "Ah, Bello," said Media, "thou dwellest among thy quills like the
  • porcupine."
  • "I feel a prickly heat coming over me," cried Mohi, "my lord Media,
  • let us enter."
  • "Ay," said Babbalanja, "safer the center of peril, than the
  • circumference."
  • Passing under an arch, formed by two pikes crossed, we found ourselves
  • targets in prospective, for certain flingers of javelins, with poised
  • weapons, occupying the angles of the palace.
  • Fronting us, stood a portly old warrior, spear in hand, hump on back,
  • and fire in eye.
  • "Is it war?" he cried, pointing his pike, "or peace?" reversing it.
  • "Peace," said Media.
  • Whereupon advancing, King Bello courteously welcomed us.
  • He was an arsenal to behold: Upon his head the hereditary crown of
  • Dominora,--a helmet of the sea-porcupine's hide, bristling all over
  • with spikes, in front displaying a river-horse's horn, leveled to the
  • charge; thrust through his ears were barbed arrows; and from his dyed
  • shark-skin girdle, depended a kilt of strung javelins.
  • The broad chest of Bello was the chart of Mardi. Tattooed in sea-blue
  • were all the groups and clusters of the Archipelago; and every time he
  • breathed, rose and fell the isles, as by a tide: Dominora full upon
  • his heart.
  • His sturdy thighs were his triumphal arch; whereon in numerous
  • medallions, crests, and shields, were blazoned all his victories by
  • sea and land.
  • His strong right arm was Dominora's scroll of Fame, where all her
  • heroes saw their names recorded.--An endless roll!
  • Our chronicler avouched, that on the sole of Bello's dexter foot was
  • stamped the crest of Franko's king, his hereditary foe. "Thus, thus,"
  • cried Bello, stamping, "thus I hourly crush him."
  • In stature, Bello was a mountaineer; but, as over some tall tower
  • impends the hill-side cliff, so Bello's Athos hump hung over him.
  • Could it be, as many of his nobles held, that the old monarch's hump
  • was his sensorium and source of strength; full of nerves, muscles,
  • ganglions and tendons? Yet, year by year it grew, ringed like the bole
  • of his palms. The toils of war increased it. But another skirmish with
  • the isles, said the wiseacres of Porpheero, and Bello's mount will
  • crush him.
  • Against which calamity to guard, his medicos and Sangredos sought the
  • hump's reduction. But down it would not come. Then by divers mystic
  • rites, his magi tried. Making a deep pit, many teeth they dropped
  • therein. But they could not fill it. Hence, they called it the Sinking
  • Pit, for bottom it had none. Nevertheless, the magi said, when this
  • pit is filled, Bello's hump you'll see no more. "Then, hurrah for the
  • hump!" cried the nobles, "for he will never hurl it off. Long life to
  • the hump! By the hump we will rally and die! Cheer up, King Bello!
  • Stand up, old king!"
  • But these were they, who when their sovereign went abroad, with that
  • Athos on his back, followed idly in its shade; while Bello leaned
  • heavily upon his people, staggering as they went.
  • Ay, sorely did Bello's goodly stature lean; but though many swore he
  • soon must fall; nevertheless, like Pisa's Leaning Tower, he may long
  • lean over, yet never nod.
  • Visiting Dominora in a friendly way, in good time, we found King Bello
  • very affable; in hospitality, almost exceeding portly Borabolla:
  • October-plenty reigned throughout his palace borders.
  • Our first reception over, a sumptuous repast was served, at which much
  • lively talk was had.
  • Of Taji, Bello sought to know, whether his solar Majesty had yet made
  • a province of the moon; whether the Astral hosts were of much account
  • as territories, or mere Motoos, as the little tufts of verdure are
  • denominated, here and there clinging to Mardi's circle reef; whether
  • the people in the sun vilified, him (Bello) as they did in Mardi; and
  • what they thought of an event, so ominous to the liberties of the
  • universe, as the addition to his navy of three large canoes.
  • Ere long, so fused in social love we grew, that Bello, filling high
  • his can, and clasping Media's palm, drank everlasting amity with Odo.
  • So over their red cups, the two kings forgot their differences, and
  • concerning the disputed islet nothing more was ever heard; especially,
  • as it so turned out, that while they were most hot about it, it had
  • suddenly gone out of sight, being of volcanic origin.
  • CHAPTER XLIV
  • Through Dominora, They Wander After Yillah
  • At last, withdrawing from the presence of King Bello, we went forth,
  • still intent on our search.
  • Many brave sights we saw. Fair fields; the whole island a garden;
  • green hedges all round; neat lodges, thick as white mice in the
  • landscape; old oak woods, hale and hearty as ever; old temples buried
  • in ivy; old shrines of old heroes, deep buried in broad groves of bay
  • trees; old rivers laden down with heavy-freighted canoes; humped
  • hills, like droves of camels, piled up with harvests; every sign and
  • token of a glorious abundance, every sign and token of generations of
  • renown. Rare sight! fine sight! none rarer, none finer in Mardi.
  • But roving on through this ravishing region, we passed through a corn-
  • field in full beard, where a haggard old reaper laid down his hook,
  • beseeching charity for the sake of the gods.--"Bread, bread! or I die
  • mid these sheaves!"
  • "Thrash out your grain, and want not."
  • "Alas, masters, this grain is not mine; I plough, I sow, I reap, I
  • bind, I stack,--Lord Primo garners."
  • Rambling on, we came to a hamlet, hidden in a hollow; and beneath
  • weeping willows saw many mournful maidens seated on a bank; beside
  • each, a wheel that was broken. "Lo, we starve," they cried, "our
  • distaffs are snapped; no more may we weave and spin!"
  • Then forth issued from vaults clamorous crowds of men, hands tied to
  • their backs.--"Bread! Bread!" they cried. "The magician hath turned us
  • out from our glen, where we labored of yore in the days of the merry
  • Green Queen. He has pinioned us hip and arm that we starve. Like sheep
  • we die off with the rot.--Curse on the magician. A curse on his
  • spell."
  • Bending our steps toward the glen, roaring down the rocks we descried
  • a stream from the mountains. But ere those waters gained the sea,
  • vassal tribute they rendered. Conducted through culverts and moats,
  • they turned great wheels, giving life to ten thousand fangs and
  • fingers, whose gripe no power could withstand, yet whose touch was
  • soft as the velvet paw of a kitten. With brute force, they heaved down
  • great weights, then daintily wove and spun; like the trunk of the
  • elephant, which lays lifeless a river-horse, and counts the pulses of
  • a moth. On all sides, the place seemed alive with its spindles. Round
  • and round, round and round; throwing off wondrous births at every
  • revolving; ceaseless as the cycles that circle in heaven. Loud hummed
  • the loom, flew the shuttle like lightning, red roared the grim forge,
  • rung anvil and sledge; yet no mortal was seen.
  • "What ho, magician! Come forth from thy cave!"
  • But all deaf were the spindles, as the mutes, that mutely wait on the
  • Sultan.
  • "Since we are born, we will live!" so we read on a crimson banner,
  • flouting the crimson clouds, in the van of a riotous red-bonneted mob,
  • racing by us as we came from the glen. Many more followed: black, or
  • blood-stained:--.
  • "Mardi is man's!"
  • "Down with landholders!"
  • "Our turn now!"
  • "Up rights! Down wrongs!"
  • "Bread! Bread!"
  • "Take the tide, ere it turns!"
  • Waving their banners, and flourishing aloft clubs, hammers, and
  • sickles, with fierce yells the crowd ran on toward the palace of
  • Bello. Foremost, and inciting the rest by mad outcries and gestures,
  • were six masks; "This way! This way!" they cried,--"by the wood; by
  • the dark wood!" Whereupon all darted into the groves; when of a
  • sudden, the masks leaped forward, clearing a long covered trench, into
  • which fell many of those they led. But on raced the masks; and gaining
  • Bello's palace, and raising the alarm, there sallied from thence a
  • woodland of spears, which charged upon the disordered ranks in the
  • grove. A crash as of icicles against icebergs round Zembla, and down
  • went the hammers and sickles. The host fled, hotly pursued. Meanwhile
  • brave heralds from Bello advanced, and with chaplets crowned the six
  • masks.--"Welcome, heroes! worthy and valiant!" they cried. "Thus our
  • lord Bello rewards all those, who to do him a service, for hire betray
  • their kith and their kin."
  • Still pursuing our quest, wide we wandered through all the sun and
  • shade of Dominora; but nowhere was Yillah found.
  • CHAPTER XLV
  • They Behold King Bello's State Canoe
  • At last, bidding adieu to King Bello; and in the midst of the lowing
  • of oxen, breaking away from his many hospitalities, we departed for
  • the beach. But ere embarking, we paused to gaze at an object, which
  • long fixed our attention.
  • Now, as all bold cavaliers have ever delighted in special chargers,
  • gayly caparisoned, whereon upon grand occasions to sally forth upon
  • the plains: even so have maritime potentates ever prided themselves
  • upon some holiday galley, splendidly equipped, wherein to sail over
  • the sea.
  • When of old, glory-seeking Jason, attended by his promising young
  • lieutenants, Castor and Pollux, embarked on that hardy adventure to
  • Colchis, the brave planks of the good ship Argos he trod, its model a
  • swan to behold.
  • And when Trojan Aeneas wandered West, and discovered the pleasant land
  • of Latium, it was in the fine craft Bis Taurus that he sailed: its
  • stern gloriously emblazoned, its prow a leveled spear.
  • And to the sound of sackbut and psaltery, gliding down the Nile, in
  • the pleasant shade of its pyramids to welcome mad Mark, Cleopatra was
  • throned on the cedar quarter-deck of a glorious gondola, silk and
  • satin hung; its silver plated oars, musical as flutes. So, too, Queen
  • Bess was wont to disport on old Thames.
  • And tough Torf-Egill, the Danish Sea-king, reckoned in his stud, a
  • slender yacht; its masts young Zetland firs; its prow a seal, dog-like
  • holding a sword-fish blade. He called it the Grayhound, so swift was
  • its keel; the Sea-hawk, so blood-stained its beak.
  • And groping down his palace stairs, the blind old Doge Dandolo, oft
  • embarked in his gilded barge, like the lord mayor setting forth in
  • civic state from Guildhall in his chariot. But from another sort of
  • prow leaped Dandolo, when at Constantinople, he foremost sprang
  • ashore, and with a right arm ninety years old, planted the standard of
  • St. Mark full among the long chin-pennons of the long-bearded Turks.
  • And Kumbo Sama, Emperor of Japan, had a dragon-beaked junk, a floating
  • Juggernaut, wherein he burnt incense to the sea-gods.
  • And Kannakoko, King of New Zealand; and the first Tahitian Pomaree;
  • and the Pelew potentate, each possessed long state canoes; sea-snakes,
  • all; carved over like Chinese card-cases, and manned with such scores
  • of warriors, that dipping their paddles in the sea, they made a
  • commotion like shoals of herring.
  • What wonder then, that Bello of the Hump, the old sea-king of Mardi,
  • should sport a brave ocean-chariot?
  • In a broad arbor by the water-side, it was housed like Alp Arsian's
  • war-horse, or the charger Caligula deified; upon its stern a
  • wilderness of sculpture:--shell-work, medal-lions, masques, griffins,
  • gulls, ogres, finned-lions, winged walruses; all manner of sea-
  • cavalry, crusading centaurs, crocodiles, and sharks; and mermen, and
  • mermaids, and Neptune only knows all.
  • And in this craft, Doge-like, yearly did King Bello stand up and wed
  • with the Lagoon. But the custom originated not in the manner of the
  • Doge's, which was as follows; so, at least, saith Ghibelli, who tells
  • all about it:--
  • When, in a stout sea-fight, Ziani defeated Barbarossa's son Otho,
  • sending his feluccas all flying, like frightened water-fowl from a
  • lake, then did his Holiness, the Pope, present unto him a ring;
  • saying, "Take this, oh Ziani, and with it, the sea for thy bride; and
  • every year wed her again."
  • So the Doge's tradition; thus Bello's:--
  • Ages ago, Dominora was circled by a reef, which expanding in
  • proportion to the extension of the isle's naval dominion, in due time
  • embraced the entire lagoon; and this marriage ring zoned all the world.
  • But if the sea was King Bello's bride, an Adriatic Tartar he wedded;
  • who, in her mad gales of passions, often boxed about his canoes, and
  • led his navies a very boisterous life indeed.
  • And hostile prognosticators opined, that ere long she would desert her
  • old lord, and marry again. Already, they held, she had made advances
  • in the direction of Vivenza.
  • But truly, should she abandon old Bello, he would straight-way after
  • her with all his fleets; and never rest till his queen was regained.
  • Now, old sea-king! look well to thy barge of state: for, peradventure,
  • the dry-rot may be eating into its keel; and the wood-worms exploring
  • into its spars.
  • Without heedful tending, any craft will decay; yet, for ever may its
  • first, fine model be preserved, though its prow be renewed every
  • spring, like the horns of the deer, if, in repairing, plank be put for
  • plank, rib for rib, in exactest similitude. Even so, then, oh Bello!
  • do thou with thy barge.
  • CHAPTER XLVI
  • Wherein Babbalanja Bows Thrice
  • The next morning's twilight found us once more afloat; and yielding to
  • that almost sullen feeling, but too apt to prevail with some mortals
  • at that hour, all but Media long remained silent.
  • But now, a bright mustering is seen among the myriad white Tartar
  • tents in the Orient; like lines of spears defiling upon some upland
  • plain, the sunbeams thwart the sky. And see! amid the blaze of
  • banners, and the pawings of ten thousand thousand golden hoofs, day's
  • mounted Sultan, Xerxes-like, moves on: the Dawn his standard, East and
  • West his cymbals.
  • "Oh, morning life!" cried Yoomy, with a Persian air; "would that all
  • time were a sunrise, and all life a youth."
  • "Ah! but these striplings whimper of youth," said Mohi, caressing his
  • braids, "as if they wore this beard."
  • "But natural, old man," said Babbalanja. "We Mardians never seem young
  • to ourselves; childhood is to youth what manhood is to age:--something
  • to be looked back upon, with sorrow that it is past. But childhood
  • reeks of no future, and knows no past; hence, its present passes in a
  • vapor."
  • "Mohi, how's your appetite this morning?" said Media.
  • "Thus, thus, ye gods," sighed Yoomy, "is feeling ever scouted. Yet,
  • what might seem feeling in me, I can not express."
  • "A good commentary on old Bardianna, Yoomy," said Babbalanja, "who
  • somewhere says, that no Mardian can out with his heart, for his
  • unyielding ribs are in the way. And indeed, pride, or something akin
  • thereto, often holds check on sentiment. My lord, there are
  • those who like not to be detected in the possession of a heart."
  • "Very true, Babbalanja; and I suppose that pride was at the bottom of
  • your old Ponderer's heartless, unsentimental, bald-pated style."
  • "Craving pardon, my lord is deceived. Bardianna was not at all proud;
  • though he had a queer way of showing the absence of pride. In his
  • essay, entitled,--"On the Tendency to curl in Upper Lips," he thus
  • discourses. "We hear much of pride and its sinfulness in this Mardi
  • wherein we dwell: whereas, I glory in being brimmed with it;--my sort
  • of pride. In the presence of kings, lords, palm-trees, and all those
  • who deem themselves taller than myself, I stand stiff as a pike, and
  • will abate not one vertebra of my stature. But accounting no Mardian
  • my superior, I account none my inferior; hence, with the social, I am
  • ever ready to be sociable."
  • "An agrarian!" said Media; "no doubt he would have made the headsman
  • the minister of equality."
  • "At bottom we are already equal, my honored lord," said Babbalanja,
  • profoundly bowing--"One way we all come into Mardi, and one way we
  • withdraw. Wanting his yams a king will starve, quick as a clown; and
  • smote on the hip, saith old Bardianna, he will roar as loud as the
  • next one."
  • "Roughly worded, that, Babbalanja.--Vee-Vee! my crown!--So; now,
  • Babbalanja, try if you can not polish Bardianna's style in that last
  • saying you father upon him."
  • "I will, my ever honorable lord," said Babbalanja, salaming. "Thus
  • we'll word it, then: In their merely Mardian nature, the sublimest
  • demi-gods are subject to infirmities; for struck by some keen shaft,
  • even a king ofttimes dons his crown, fearful of future darts."
  • "Ha, ha!--well done, Babbalanja; but I bade you polish, not sharpen
  • the arrow."
  • "All one, my thrice honored lord;--to polish is not to blunt."
  • CHAPTER XLVII
  • Babbalanja Philosophizes, And My Lord Media Passes Round The
  • Calabashes
  • An interval of silence passed; when Media cried, "Out upon thee,
  • Yoomy! curtail that long face of thine."
  • "How can he, my lord," said Mohi, "when he is thinking of furlongs?"
  • "Fathoms you mean, Mohi; see you not he is musing over the gunwale?
  • And now, minstrel, a banana for thy thoughts. Come, tell me how you
  • poets spend so many hours in meditation."
  • "My lord, it is because, that when we think, we think so little of
  • ourselves."
  • "I thought as much," said Mohi, "for no sooner do I undertake to be
  • sociable with myself, than I am straightway forced to beat a retreat."
  • "Ay, old man," said Babbalanja, "many of us Mardians are but sorry
  • hosts to ourselves. Some hearts are hermits."
  • "If not of yourself, then, Yoomy, of whom else do you think?"
  • asked Media.
  • "My lord, I seldom think," said Yoomy, "I but give ear to the voices
  • in my calm."
  • "Did Babbalanja speak?" said Media. "But no more of your reveries;"
  • and so saying Media gradually sunk into a reverie himself.
  • The rest did likewise; and soon, with eyes enchanted, all reclined:
  • gazing at each other, witless of what we did.
  • It was Media who broke the spell; calling for Vee-Vee our page, his
  • calabashes and cups, and nectarines for all.
  • Eyeing his goblet, Media at length threw himself back, and said:
  • "Babbalanja, not ten minutes since, we were all absent-minded; now,
  • how would you like to step out of your body, in reality; and, as a
  • spirit, haunt some shadowy grove?"
  • "But our lungs are not wholly superfluous, my lord," said Babbalanja,
  • speaking loud.
  • "No, nor our lips," said Mohi, smacking his over his wine.
  • "But could you really be disembodied here in Mardi, Babbalanja, how
  • would you fancy it?" said Media.
  • "My lord," said Babbalanja, speaking through half of a nectarine,
  • "defer putting that question, I beseech, till after my appetite is
  • satisfied; for, trust me, no hungry mortal would forfeit his palate,
  • to be resolved into the impalpable."
  • "Yet pure spirits we must all become at last, Babbalanja," said Yoomy,
  • "even the most ignoble."
  • "Yes, so they say, Yoomy; but if all boors be the immortal sires of
  • endless dynasties of immortals, how little do our pious patricians
  • bear in mind their magnificent destiny, when hourly they scorn their
  • companionship. And if here in Mardi they can not abide an equality
  • with plebeians, even at the altar; how shall they endure them, side by
  • side, throughout eternity? But since the prophet Alma asserts, that
  • Paradise is almost entirely made up of the poor and despised, no
  • wonder that many aristocrats of our isles pursue a career, which,
  • according to some theologies, must forever preserve the social
  • distinctions so sedulously maintained in Mardi. And though some say,
  • that at death every thing earthy is removed from the spirit, so that
  • clowns and lords both stand on a footing; yet, according to the
  • popular legends, it has ever been observed of the ghosts of boors when
  • revisiting Mardi, that invariably they rise in their smocks. And
  • regarding our intellectual equality here, how unjust, my lord, that
  • after whole years of days end nights consecrated to the hard gaining
  • of wisdom, the wisest Mardian of us all should in the end find
  • the whole sum of his attainments, at one leap outstripped by the
  • veriest dunce, suddenly inspired by light divine. And though some
  • hold, that all Mardian lore is vain, and that at death all mysteries
  • will be revealed; yet, none the less, do they toil and ponder now.
  • Thus, their tongues have one mind, and their understanding another."
  • "My lord," said Mohi, "we have come to the lees; your pardon,
  • Babbalanja."
  • "Then, Vee-Vee, another calabash! Fill up, Mohi; wash down wine with
  • wine. Your cup, Babbalanja; any lees?"
  • "Plenty, my lord; we philosophers come to the lees very soon."
  • "Flood them over, then; but cease not discoursing; thanks be to the
  • gods, your mortal palates and tongues can both wag together; fill up,
  • I say, Babbalanja; you are no philosopher, if you stop at the tenth
  • cup; endurance is the test of philosophy all Mardi over; drink, I say,
  • and make us wise by precept and example.--Proceed, Yoomy, you look as
  • if you had something to say."
  • "Thanks, my lord. Just now, Babbalanja, you flew from the subject;--
  • you spoke of boors; but has not the lowliest peasant an eye that can
  • take in the vast horizon at a sweep: mountains, vales, plains, and
  • oceans? Is such a being nothing?"
  • "But can that eye see itself, Yoomy?" said Babbalanja, winking. "Taken
  • out of its socket, will it see at all? Its connection with the body
  • imparts to it its virtue."
  • "He questions every thing," cried Mohi. "Philosopher, have you a head?"
  • "I have," said Babbalanja, feeling for it; "I am finished off at the
  • helm very much as other Mardians, Mohi."
  • "My lord, the first yea that ever came from him."
  • "Ah, Mohi," said Media, "the discourse waxes heavy. I fear me we have
  • again come to the lees. Ho, Vee-Vee, a fresh calabash; and with
  • it we will change the subject. Now, Babbalanja, I have this cup to
  • drink, and then a question to propound. Ah, Mohi, rare old wine this;
  • it smacks of the cork. But attention, Philosopher. Supposing you had a
  • wife--which, by the way, you have not--would you deem it sensible in
  • her to imagine you no more, because you happened to stroll out of her
  • sight?"
  • "However that might be," murmured Yoomy, "young Nina bewailed herself
  • a widow, whenever Arhinoo, her lord, was absent from her side."
  • "My lord Media," said Babbalanja, "During my absence, my wife would
  • have more reason to conclude that I was not living, than that I was.
  • To the former supposition, every thing tangible around her would tend;
  • to the latter, nothing but her own fond fancies. It is this
  • imagination of ours, my lord, that is at the bottom of these things.
  • When I am in one place, there exists no other. Yet am I but too apt to
  • fancy the reverse. Nevertheless, when I am in Odo, talk not to me of
  • Ohonoo. To me it is not, except when I am there. If it be, prove it.
  • To prove it, you carry me thither but you only prove, that to its
  • substantive existence, as cognizant to me, my presence is
  • indispensable. I say that, to me, all Mardi exists by virtue of my
  • sovereign pleasure; and when I die, the universe will perish with me."
  • "Come you of a long-lived race," said Mohi, "one free from apoplexies?
  • I have many little things to accomplish yet, and would not be left in
  • the lurch."
  • "Heed him not, Babbalanja," said Media. "Dip your beak again, my
  • eagle, and soar."
  • "Let us be eagles, then, indeed, my lord: eagle-like, let us look at
  • this red wine without blinking; let us grow solemn, not boisterous,
  • with good cheer."
  • Then, lifting his cup, "My lord, serenely do I pity all who are
  • stirred one jot from their centers by ever so much drinking of this
  • fluid. Ply him hard as you will, through the live-long polar
  • night, a wise man can not be made drunk. Though, toward sunrise, his
  • body may reel, it will reel round its center; and though he make many
  • tacks in going home, he reaches it at last; while scores of over-plied
  • fools are foundering by the way. My lord, when wild with much thought,
  • 'tis to wine I fly, to sober me; its magic fumes breathe over me like
  • the Indian summer, which steeps all nature in repose. To me, wine is
  • no vulgar fire, no fosterer of base passions; my heart, ever open, is
  • opened still wider; and glorious visions are born in my brain; it is
  • then that I have all Mardi under my feet, and the constellations of
  • the firmament in my soul."
  • "Superb!" cried Yoomy.
  • "Pooh, pooh!" said Mohi, "who does not see stars at such times? I see
  • the Great Bear now, and the little one, its cub; and Andromeda, and
  • Perseus' chain-armor, and Cassiopea in her golden chair, and the
  • bright, scaly Dragon, and the glittering Lyre, and all the jewels in
  • Orion's sword-hilt."
  • "Ay," cried Media, "the study of astronomy is wonderfully facilitated
  • by wine. Fill up, old Ptolemy, and tell us should you discover a new
  • planet. Methinks this fluid needs stirring. Ho, Vee-Vee, my scepter!
  • be we sociable. But come, Babbalanja, my gold-headed aquila, return to
  • your theme;--the imagination, if you please."
  • "Well, then, my lord, I was about to say, that the imagination is the
  • Voli-Donzini; or, to speak plainer, the unical, rudimental, and all-
  • comprehending abstracted essence of the infinite remoteness of things.
  • Without it, we were grass-hoppers."
  • "And with it, you mortals are little else; do you not chirp all over,
  • Mohi? By my demi-god soul, were I not what I am, this wine would
  • almost get the better of me."
  • "Without it--" continued Babbalanja.
  • "Without what?" demanded Media, starting to his feet. "This
  • wine? Traitor, I'll stand by this to the last gasp, you are
  • inebriated, Babbalanja."
  • "Perhaps so, my lord; but I was treating of the imagination, may it
  • please you."
  • "My lord," added Mohi, "of the unical, and rudimental fundament of
  • things, you remember."
  • "Ah! there's none of them sober; proceed, proceed, Azzageddi!"
  • "My lord waves his hand like a banner," murmured Yoomy.
  • "Without imagination, I say, an armless man, born, blind, could not be
  • made to believe, that he had a head of hair, since he could neither
  • see it, nor feel it, nor has hair any feeling of itself."
  • "Methinks though," said Mohi, "if the cripple had a Tartar for a wife,
  • he would not remain skeptical long."
  • "You all fly off at tangents," cried Media, "but no wonder: your
  • mortal brains can not endure much quaffing. Return to your subject,
  • Babbalanja. Assume now, Babbalanja,--assume, my dear prince--assume
  • it, assume it, I say!--Why don't you?"
  • "I am willing to assume any thing you please, my lord: what is it?"
  • "Ah! yes!--Assume that--that upon returning home, you should find your
  • wife had newly wedded, under the--the--the metaphysical presumption,
  • that being no longer visible, you--_you_ Azzageddi, had departed this
  • life; in other words, out of sight, out of mind; what then, my dear
  • prince?"
  • "Why then, my lord, I would demolish my rival in a trice."
  • "Would you?--then--then so much for your metaphysics, Bab--Babbalanja."
  • Babbalanja rose to his feet, muttering to himself--"Is this assumed,
  • or real?--Can a demi-god be mastered by wine? Yet, the old mythologies
  • make bacchanals of the gods. But he was wondrous keen! He
  • felled me, ere he fell himself."
  • "Yoomy, my lord Media is in a very merry mood to-day," whispered Mohi,
  • "but his counterfeit was not well done. No, no, a bacchanal is not
  • used to be so logical in his cups."
  • CHAPTER XLVIII
  • They Sail Round An Island Without Landing; And Talk Round A Subject
  • Without Getting At It
  • Purposing a visit to Kaleedoni, a country integrally united to
  • Dominora, our course now lay northward along the western white cliffs
  • of the isle. But finding the wind ahead, and the current too strong
  • for our paddlers, we were fain to forego our destination; Babbalanja
  • observing, that since in Dominora we had not found Yillah, then in
  • Kaleedoni the maiden could not be lurking.
  • And now, some conversation ensued concerning the country we were
  • prevented from visiting. Our chronicler narrated many fine things of
  • its people; extolling their bravery in war, their amiability in peace,
  • their devotion in religion, their penetration in philosophy, their
  • simplicity and sweetness in song, their loving-kindness and frugality
  • in all things domestic:--running over a long catalogue of heroes,
  • meta-physicians, bards, and good men.
  • But as all virtues are convertible into vices, so in some cases did
  • the best traits of these people degenerate. Their frugality too often
  • became parsimony; their devotion grim bigotry; and all this in a
  • greater degree perhaps than could be predicated of the more immediate
  • subjects of King Bello.
  • In Kaleedoni was much to awaken the fervor of its bards. Upland and
  • lowland were full of the picturesque; and many unsung lyrics yet
  • lurked in her glens. Among her blue, heathy hills, lingered many
  • tribes, who in their wild and tattooed attire, still preserved the
  • garb of the mightiest nation of old times. They bared the knee, in
  • token that it was honorable as the face, since it had never been bent.
  • While Braid-Beard was recounting these things, the currents were
  • sweeping us over a strait, toward a deep green island, bewitching to
  • behold.
  • Not greener that midmost terrace of the Andes, which under a torrid
  • meridian steeps fair Quito in the dews of a perpetual spring;--not
  • greener the nine thousand feet of Pirohitee's tall peak, which, rising
  • from out the warm bosom of Tahiti, carries all summer with it into the
  • clouds;--nay, not greener the famed gardens of Cyrus,--than the vernal
  • lawn, the knoll, the dale of beautiful Verdanna.
  • "Alas, sweet isle! Thy desolation is overrun with vines," sighed
  • Yoomy, gazing.
  • "Land of caitiff curs!" cried Media.
  • "Isle, whose future is in its past. Hearth-stone, from which its
  • children run," said Babbalanja.
  • "I can not read thy chronicles for blood, Verdanna," murmured Mohi.
  • Gliding near, we would have landed, but the rolling surf forbade. Then
  • thrice we circumnavigated the isle for a smooth, clear beach; but it
  • was not found.
  • Meanwhile all still conversed.
  • "My lord," said Yoomy, "while we tarried with King Bello, I heard much
  • of the feud between Dominora and this unhappy shore. Yet is not
  • Verdanna as a child of King Bello's?"
  • "Yes, minstrel, a step-child," said Mohi.
  • "By way of enlarging his family circle," said Babbalanja, "an old lion
  • once introduced a deserted young stag to his den; but the stag never
  • became domesticated, and would still charge upon his foster-brothers.
  • --Verdanna is not of the flesh and blood of Dominora, whence, in good
  • part, these dissensions."
  • "But Babbalanja, is there no way of reconciling these foes?"
  • "But one way, Yoomy:--By filling up this strait with dry land; for,
  • divided by water, we Mardians must ever remain more or less
  • divided at heart. Though Kaleedoni was united to Dominora long
  • previous to the union of Verdanna, yet Kaleedoni occasions Bello no
  • disquiet; for, geographically one, the two populations insensibly
  • blend at the point of junction. No hostile strait flows between the
  • arms, that to embrace must touch."
  • "But, Babbalanja," said Yoomy, "what asks Verdanna of Dominora, that
  • Verdanna so clamors at the denial?"
  • "They are arrant cannibals, Yoomy," said Media, "and desire the
  • privilege of eating each other up."
  • "King Bello's idea," said Babbalanja; "but, in these things, my lord,
  • you demi-gods are ever unanimous. But, whatever be Verdanna's demands,
  • Bello persists in rejecting them."
  • "Why not grant every thing she asks, even to renouncing all claim upon
  • the isle," said Mohi; "for thus, Bello would rid himself of many
  • perplexities."
  • "And think you, old man," said Media, "that, bane or blessing, Bello
  • will yield his birthright? Will a tri-crowned king resign his triple
  • diadem? And even did Bello what you propose he would only breed still
  • greater perplexities. For if granted, full soon would Verdanna be glad
  • to surrender many things she demands. And all she now asks, she has
  • had in times past; but without turning it to advantage:--and is she
  • wiser now?"
  • "Does she not demand her harvests, my lord?" said
  • Yoomy, "and has not the reaper a right to his sheaf?"
  • "Cant! cant! Yoomy. If you reap for me, the sheaf is mine."
  • "But if the reaper reaps on his own harvest-field, whose then the
  • sheaf, my lord?" said Babbalanja.
  • "His for whom he reaps--his lord's!"
  • "Then let the reaper go with sickle and with sword," said Yoomy, "with
  • one hand, cut down the bearded grain; and with the other, smite his
  • bearded lords."
  • "Thou growest fierce, in thy lyric moods, my warlike dove,"
  • said 'Media, blandly. "But for thee, philosopher, know thou, that
  • Verdanna's men are of blood and brain inferior to Bello's native race;
  • and the better Mardian must ever rule."
  • "Verdanna inferior to Dominora, my lord!--Has she produced no bards,
  • no orators, no wits, no patriots? Mohi, unroll thy chronicles! Tell
  • me, if Verdanna may not claim full many a star along King Bello's
  • tattooed arm of Fame?
  • "Even so," said Mohi. "Many chapters bear you out."
  • "But my lord," said Babbalanja, "as truth, omnipresent, lurks in all
  • things, even in lies: so, does some germ of it lurk in the calumnies
  • heaped on the people of this land. For though they justly boast of
  • many lustrous names, these jewels gem no splendid robe. And though
  • like a bower of grapes, Verdanna is full of gushing juices, spouting
  • out in bright sallies of wit, yet not all her grapes make wine; and
  • here and there, hang goodly clusters mildewed; or half devoured by
  • worms, bred in their own tendrils."
  • "Drop, drop your grapes and metaphors!" cried Media. "Bring forth your
  • thoughts like men; let them come naked into Mardi.--What do you mean,
  • Babbalanja?"
  • "This, my lord, Verdanna's worst evils are her own, not of another's
  • giving. Her own hand is her own undoer. She stabs herself with
  • bigotry, superstition, divided councils, domestic feuds, ignorance,
  • temerity; she wills, but does not; her East is one black storm-cloud,
  • that never bursts; her utmost fight is a defiance; she showers
  • reproaches, where she should rain down blows. She stands a mastiff
  • baying at the moon."
  • "Tropes on tropes!" said. Media. "Let me tell the tale,--straight-
  • forward like a line. Verdanna is a lunatic--"
  • "A trope! my lord," cried Babbalanja.
  • "My tropes are not tropes," said Media, "but yours are.--Verdanna is a
  • lunatic, that after vainly striving to cut another's throat,
  • grimaces before a standing pool and threatens to cut his own. And is
  • such a madman to be intrusted with himself? No; let another govern
  • him, who is ungovernable to himself Ay, and tight hold the rein; and
  • curb, and rasp the bit. Do I exaggerate?--Mohi, tell me, if, save one
  • lucid interval, Verdanna, while independent of Dominora, ever
  • discreetly conducted her affairs? Was she not always full of fights
  • and factions? And what first brought her under the sway of Bello's
  • scepter? Did not her own Chief Dermoddi fly to Bello's ancestor for
  • protection against his own seditious subjects? And thereby did not her
  • own king unking himself? What wonder, then, and where the wrong, if
  • Henro, Bello's conquering sire, seized the diadem?"
  • "What my lord cites is true," said Mohi, "but cite no more, I pray;
  • lest, you harm your cause."
  • "Yet for all this, Babbalanja," said Media, "Bello but holds lunatic
  • Verdanna's lands in trust."
  • "And may the guardian of an estate also hold custody of the ward, my
  • lord?"
  • "Ay, if he can. What _can_ be done, may be: that's the Greed of demi-
  • gods."
  • "Alas, alas!" cried Yoomy, "why war with words over this poor,
  • suffering land. See! for all her bloom, her people starve; perish her
  • yams, ere taken from the soil; the blight of heaven seems upon them."
  • "Not so," said Media. "Heaven sends no blights. Verdanna will not
  • learn. And if from one season's rottenss, rottenness they sow again,
  • rottenness must they reap. But Yoomy, you seem earnest in this
  • matter;--come: on all hands it is granted that evils exist in
  • Verdanna; now sweet Sympathizer, what must the royal Bello do to mend
  • them?"
  • "I am no sage," said Yoomy, "what would my lord Media do?"
  • "What would _you_ do, Babbalanja," said Media.
  • "Mohi, what you?" asked the philosopher.
  • "And what would the company do?" added Mohi.
  • "Now, though these evils pose us all," said Babbalanja, "there lately
  • died in Verdanna, one, who set about curing them in a humane and
  • peaceable way, waving war and bloodshed. That man was Konno. Under a
  • huge caldron, he kept a roaring fire."
  • "Well, Azzageddi, how could that answer his purpose?" asked Media.
  • "Nothing better, my lord. His fire boiled his bread-fruit; and so
  • convinced were his countrymen, that he was well employed, that they
  • almost stripped their scanty orchards to fill his caldron."
  • "Konno was a knave," said Mohi.
  • "Your pardon, old man, but that is only known to his ghost, not to us.
  • At any rate he was a great man; for even assuming he cajoled his
  • country, no common man could have done it."
  • "Babbalanja," said Mohi, "my lord has been pleased to pronounce
  • Verdanna crazy; now, may not her craziness arise from the irritating,
  • tantalizing practices of Dominora?"
  • "Doubtless, Braid-Beard, many of the extravagances of Verdanna, are in
  • good part to be ascribed to the cause you mention; but, to be
  • impartial, none the less does Verdanna essay to taunt and provoke
  • Dominora; yet not with the like result. Perceive you, Braid-Beard,
  • that the trade-wind blows dead across this strait from Dominora, and
  • not from Verdanna? Hence, when King Bello's men fling gibes and
  • insults, every missile hits; but those of Verdanna are blown back in
  • its teeth: her enemies jeering her again and again."
  • "King Bello's men are dastards for that," cried Yoomy. "It shows
  • neither sense, nor spirit, nor humanity," said Babbalanja.
  • "All wide of the mark," cried Media. "What is to be done for
  • Verdanna?"
  • "What will she do for herself?" said Babbalanja.
  • "Philosopher, you are an extraordinary sage; and since sages should be
  • seers, reveal Verdanna's future."
  • "My lord, you will ever find true prophets, prudent; nor will any
  • prophet risk his reputation upon predicting aught concerning this
  • land. The isles are Oro's. Nevertheless, he who doctors Verdanna
  • aright, will first medicine King Bello; who in some things is, himself
  • a patient, though he would fain be a physician. However, my lord,
  • there is a demon of a doctor in Mardi, who at last deals with these
  • desperate cases. He employs only pills, picked off the Conroupta
  • Quiancensis tree."
  • "And what sort of a vegetable is that?" asked Mohi. "Consult the
  • botanists," said Babbalanja.
  • CHAPTER XLIX
  • They Draw Nigh To Porpheero; Where They Behold A Terrific Eruption
  • Gliding away from Verdanna at the turn of the tide, we cleared the
  • strait, and gaining the more open lagoon, pointed our prows for
  • Porpheero, from whose magnificent monarchs my lord Media promised
  • himself a glorious reception.
  • "They are one and all demi-gods," he cried, "and have the old demi-god
  • feeling. We have seen no great valleys like theirs:--their scepters
  • are long as our spears; to their sumptuous palaces, Donjalolo's are
  • but inns:--their banquetting halls are as vistas; no generations run
  • parallel to theirs:--their pedigrees reach back into chaos.
  • "Babbalanja! here you will find food for philosophy:--the whole land
  • checkered with nations, side by side contrasting in costume, manners,
  • and mind. Here you will find science and sages; manuscripts in miles;
  • bards singing in choirs.
  • "Mohi! here you will flag over your page; in Porpheero the ages have
  • hived all their treasures: like a pyramid, the past shadows over the
  • land.
  • "Yoomy! here you will find stuff for your songs:--blue rivers flowing
  • through forest arches, and vineyards; velvet meads, soft as ottomans:
  • bright maidens braiding the golden locks of the harvest; and a
  • background of mountains, that seem the end of the world. Or if nature
  • will not content you, then turn to the landscapes of art. See! mosaic
  • walls, tattooed like our faces; paintings, vast as horizons;
  • and into which, you feel you could rush: See! statues to which you
  • could off turban; cities of columns standing thick as mankind; and
  • firmanent domes forever shedding their sunsets of gilding: See! spire
  • behind spire, as if the land were the ocean, and all Bello's great
  • navy were riding at anchor.
  • "Noble Taji! you seek for your Yillah;--give over despair! Porpheero's
  • such a scene of enchantment, that there, the lost maiden must lurk."
  • "A glorious picture!" cried Babbalanja, but turn the medal, my lord;--
  • what says the reverse?"
  • "Cynic! have done.--But bravo! we'll ere long be in Franko, the
  • goodliest vale of them all; how I long to take her old king by the
  • hand!"
  • The sun was now setting behind us, lighting up the white cliffs of
  • Dominora, and the green capes of Verdanna; while in deep shade lay
  • before us the long winding shores of Porpheero.
  • It was a sunset serene.
  • "How the winds lowly warble in the dying day's ear," murmured Yoomy.
  • "A mild, bright night, we'll have," said Media.
  • "See you not those clouds over Franko, my lord," said Mohi, shaking
  • his head.
  • "Ah, aged and weather-wise as ever, sir chronicler;--I predict a fair
  • night, and many to follow."
  • "Patience needs no prophet," said Babbalanja. "The night, is at hand."
  • Hitherto the lagoon had been smooth: but anon, it grew black, and
  • stirred; and out of the thick darkness came clamorous sounds. Soon,
  • there shot into the air a vivid meteor, which bursting at the zenith,
  • radiated down the firmament in fiery showers, leaving treble darkness
  • behind.
  • Then as all held their breath, from Franko there spouted an eruption,
  • which seemed to plant all Mardi in the foreground.
  • As when Vesuvius lights her torch, and in the blaze, the storm-swept
  • surges in Naples' bay rear and plunge toward it; so now, showed
  • Franko's multitudes, as they stormed the summit where their monarch's
  • palace blazed, fast by the burning mountain.
  • "By my eternal throne!" cried Media, starting, "the old volcano has
  • burst forth again!"
  • "But a new vent, my lord," said Babbalanja.
  • "More fierce this, than the eruption which happened in my youth," said
  • Mohi--"methinks that Franko's end has come."
  • "You look pale, my lord," said Babbalanja, "while all other faces
  • glow;--Yoomy, doff that halo in the presence of a king."
  • Over the waters came a rumbling sound, mixed with the din of warfare,
  • and thwarted by showers of embers that fell not, for the whirling
  • blasts.
  • "Off shore! off shore!" cried Media; and with all haste we gained a
  • place of safety.
  • Down the valley now poured Rhines and Rhones of lava, a fire-freshet,
  • flooding the forests from their fastnesses, and leaping with them into
  • the seething sea.
  • The shore was lined with multitudes pushing off wildly in canoes.
  • Meantime, the fiery storm from Franko, kindled new flames in the
  • distant valleys of Porpheero; while driven over from Verdanna came
  • frantic shouts, and direful jubilees. Upon Dominora a baleful glare
  • was resting.
  • "Thrice cursed flames!" cried Media. "Is Mardi to be one
  • conflagration? How it crackles, forks, and roars!--Is this our funeral
  • pyre?"
  • "Recline, recline, my lord," said Babbalanja. "Fierce flames are ever
  • brief--a song, sweet Yoomy! Your pipe, old Mohi! Greater fires than
  • this have ere now blazed in Mardi. Let us be calm;--the isles were
  • made to burn;--Braid-Beard! hereafter, in some quiet cell, of this
  • whole scene you will but make one chapter;--come, digest it now."
  • "My face is scorched," cried Media.
  • "The last, last day!" cried Mohi.
  • "Not so, old man," said Babbalanja, "when that day dawns, 'twill dawn
  • serene. Be calm, be calm, my potent lord."
  • "Talk not of calm brows in storm-time!" cried Media fiercely. "See!
  • how the flames blow over upon Dominora!"
  • "Yet the fires they kindle there are soon extinguished," said
  • Babbalanja. "No, no; Dominora ne'er can burn with Franko's fires; only
  • those of her own kindling may consume her."
  • "Away! Away!" cried Media. "We may not touch Porpheero now.--Up sails!
  • and westward be our course."
  • So dead before the blast, we scudded.
  • Morning broke, showing no sign of land.
  • "Hard must it go with Franko's king," said Media, "when his people
  • rise against him with the red volcanoes. Oh, for a foot to crush them!
  • Hard, too, with all who rule in broad Porpheero. And may she we seek,
  • survive this conflagration!"
  • "My lord," said Babbalanja, "where'ere she hide, ne'er yet did Yillah
  • lurk in this Porpheero; nor have we missed the maiden, noble Taji! in
  • not touching at its shores."
  • "This fire must make a desert of the land," said Mohi; "burn up and
  • bury all her tilth."
  • "Yet, Mohi, vineyards flourish over buried villages," murmured Yoomy.
  • "True, minstrel," said Babbalanja, "and prairies are purified by fire.
  • Ashes breed loam. Nor can any skill make the same surface forever
  • fruitful. In all times past, things have been overlaid; and though the
  • first fruits of the marl are wild and poisonous, the palms at last
  • spring forth; and once again the tribes repose in shade. My lord, if
  • calms breed storms, so storms calms; and all this dire commotion must
  • eventuate in peace. It may be, that Perpheero's future has been
  • cheaply won."
  • CHAPTER L
  • Wherein King Media Celebrates The Glories Of Autumn, The Minstrel, The
  • Promise Of Spring
  • "Ho, now!" cried Media, "across the wide waters, for that New Mardi,
  • Vivenza! Let us indeed see, whether she who eludes us elsewhere, he at
  • last found in Vivenza's vales."
  • "There or nowhere, noble Taji," said Yoomy.
  • "Be not too sanguine, gentle Yoomy," said Babbalanja.
  • "Does Yillah choose rather to bower in the wild wilderness of Vivenza,
  • than in the old vineyards of Porpheero?" said Braid-Beard.
  • Sang Yoomy:--
  • Her bower is not of the vine,
  • But the wild, wild eglantine!
  • Not climbing a moldering arch,
  • But upheld by the fir-green larch.
  • Old ruins she flies:
  • To new valleys she hies:--
  • Not the hoar, moss-wood,
  • Ivied trees each a rood--
  • Not in Maramma she dwells,
  • Hollow with hermit cells.
  • 'Tis a new, new isle!
  • An infant's its smile,
  • Soft-rocked by the sea.
  • Its bloom all in bud;
  • No tide at its flood,
  • In that fresh-born sea!
  • Spring! Spring! where she dwells,
  • In her sycamore dells,
  • Where Mardi is young and new:
  • Its verdure all eyes with dew.
  • There, there! in the bright, balmy morns,
  • The young deer sprout their horns,
  • Deep-tangled in new-branching groves,
  • Where the Red-Rover Robin roves,--
  • Stooping his crest,
  • To his molting breast--
  • Rekindling the flambeau there!
  • Spring! Spring! where she dwells,
  • In her sycamore dells:--
  • Where, fulfilling their fates,
  • All creatures seek mates--
  • The thrush, the doe, and the hare!
  • "Thou art most musical, sweet Yoomy," said Media. "concerning this
  • spring-land Vivenza. But are not the old autumnal valleys of Porpheero
  • more glorious than those of vernal Vivenza? Vivenza shows no trophies
  • of the summer time, but Dominora's full-blown rose hangs blushing on
  • her garden walls; her autumn groves are glory-dyed."
  • "My lord, autumn soon merges in winter, but the spring has all the
  • seasons before. The full-blown rose is nearer withering than the bud.
  • The faint morn is a blossom: the crimson sunset the flower."
  • CHAPTER LI
  • In Which Azzageddi Seems To Use Babbalanja For A Mouth-Piece
  • Porpheero far astern, the spirits of the company rose. Once again, old
  • Mohi serenely unbraided, and rebraided his beard; and sitting Turk-
  • wise on his mat, my lord Media smoking his gonfalon, diverted himself
  • with the wild songs of Yoomy, the wild chronicles of Mohi, or the
  • still wilder speculations of Babbalanja; now and then, as from pitcher
  • to pitcher, pouring royal old wine down his soul.
  • Among other things, Media, who at times turned over Babbalanja for an
  • encyclopaedia, however unreliable, demanded information upon the
  • subject of neap tides and their alleged slavish vassalage to the moon.
  • When true to his cyclopaediatic nature, Babbalanja quoted from a still
  • older and better authority than himself; in brief, from no other than
  • eternal Bardianna. It seems that that worthy essayist had discussed
  • the whole matter in a chapter thus headed: "On Seeing into Mysteries
  • through Mill-Stones;" and throughout his disquisitions he evinced such
  • a profundity of research, though delivered in a style somewhat
  • equivocal, that the company were much struck by the erudition
  • displayed.
  • "Babbalanja, that Bardianna of yours must have been a wonderful
  • student," said Media after a pause, "no doubt he consumed whole
  • thickets of rush-lights."
  • "Not so, my lord.--'Patience, patience, philosophers,' said Bardianna;
  • 'blow out your tapers, bolt not your dinners, take time, wisdom will
  • be plenty soon.'"
  • "A notable hint! Why not follow it, Babbalanja?"
  • "Because, my lord, I have overtaken it, and passed on."
  • "True to your nature, Babbalanja; you stay nowhere."
  • "Ay, keep moving is my motto; but speaking of hard students, did my
  • lord ever hear of Midni the ontologist and entomologist?"
  • "No."
  • "Then, my lord, you shall hear of him now. Midni was of opinion that
  • day-light was vulgar; good enough for taro-planting and traveling; but
  • wholly unadapted to the sublime ends of study. He toiled by night;
  • from sunset to sunrise poring over the works of the old logicans. Like
  • most philosophers, Midni was an amiable man; but one thing invariably
  • put him out. He read in the woods by glow-worm light; insect in hand,
  • tracing over his pages, line by line. But glow-worms burn not long:
  • and in the midst of some calm intricate thought, at some imminent
  • comma, the insect often expired, and Midni groped for a meaning. Upon
  • such an occasion, 'Ho, Ho,' he cried; 'but for one instant of sun-
  • light to see my way to a period!' But sun-light there was none; so
  • Midni sprang to his feet, and parchment under arm, raced about among
  • the sloughs and bogs for another glow-worm. Often, making a rapid
  • descent with his turban, he thought he had caged a prize; but nay.
  • Again he tried; yet with no better succcess. Nevertheless, at last he
  • secured one; but hardly had he read three lines by its light, when out
  • it went. Again and again this occurred. And thus he forever went
  • halting and stumbling through his studies, and plunging through his
  • quagmires after a glim."
  • At this ridiculous tale, one of our silliest paddlers burst into
  • uncontrollable mirth. Offended at which breach of decorum, Media
  • sharply rebuked him.
  • But he protested he could not help laughing.
  • Again Media was about to reprimand him, when Babbalanja begged leave
  • to interfere.
  • "My lord, he is not to blame. Mark how earnestly he struggles to
  • suppress his mirth; but he can not. It has often been the same with
  • myself. And many a time have I not only vainly sought to check my
  • laughter, but at some recitals I have both laughed and cried. But can
  • opposite emotions be simultaneous in one being? No. I wanted to weep;
  • but my body wanted to smile, and between us we almost choked. My lord
  • Media, this man's body laughs; not the man himself."
  • "But his body is his own, Babbalanja; and he should have it under
  • better control."
  • "The common error, my lord. Our souls belong to our bodies, not our
  • bodies to our souls. For which has the care of the other? which keeps
  • house? which looks after the replenishing of the aorta and auricles,
  • and stores away the secretions? Which toils and ticks while the other
  • sleeps? Which is ever giving timely hints, and elderly warnings? Which
  • is the most authoritative?--Our bodies, surely. At a hint, you must
  • move; at a notice to quit, you depart. Simpletons show us, that a body
  • can get along almost without a soul; but of a soul getting along
  • without a body, we have no tangible and indisputable proof. My lord,
  • the wisest of us breathe involuntarily. And how many millions there
  • are who live from day to day by the incessant operation of subtle
  • processes in them, of which they know nothing, and care less? Little
  • ween they, of vessels lacteal and lymphatic, of arteries femoral and
  • temporal; of pericranium or pericardium; lymph, chyle, fibrin,
  • albumen, iron in the blood, and pudding in the head; they live by the
  • charity of their bodies, to which they are but butlers. I say, my
  • lord, our bodies are our betters. A soul so simple, that it prefers
  • evil to good, is lodged in a frame, whose minutest action is full of
  • unsearchable wisdom. Knowing this superiority of theirs, our bodies
  • are inclined to be willful: our beards grow in spite of us; and as
  • every one knows, they sometimes grow on dead men."
  • "You mortals are alive, then, when you are dead, Babbalanja."
  • "No, my lord; but our beards survive us."
  • "An ingenious distinction; go on, philosopher."
  • "Without bodies, my lord, we Mardians would be minus our strongest
  • motive-passions, those which, in some way or other, root under our
  • every action. Hence, without bodies, we must be something else than we
  • essentially are. Wherefore, that saying imputed to Alma, and which, by
  • his very followers, is deemed the most hard to believe of all his
  • instructions, and the most at variance with all preconceived notions
  • of immortality, I Babbalanja, account the most reasonable of his
  • doctrinal teachings. It is this;--that at the last day, every man
  • shall rise in the flesh."
  • "Pray, Babbalanja, talk not of resurrections to a demi-god."
  • "Then let me rehearse a story, my lord. You will find it in the 'Very
  • Merry Marvelings' of the Improvisitor Quiddi; and a quaint book it is.
  • Fugle-fi is its finis:--fugle-fi, fugle-fo, fugle-fogle-orum!"
  • "That wild look in his eye again," murmured Yoomy. "Proceed,
  • Azzageddi," said Media.
  • "The philosopher Grando had a sovereign contempt for his carcass.
  • Often he picked a quarrel with it; and always was flying out in its
  • disparagement. 'Out upon you, you beggarly body! you clog, drug, drag!
  • You keep me from flying; I could get along better without you. Out
  • upon you, I say, you vile pantry, cellar, sink, sewer; abominable
  • body! what vile thing are you not? And think you, beggar! to have the
  • upper hand of me? Make a leg to that man if you dare, without my
  • permission. This smell is intolerable; but turn from it, if you can,
  • unless I give the word. Bolt this yam!--it is done. Carry me across
  • yon field!--off we go. Stop!--it's a dead halt. There, I've trained
  • you enough for to-day; now, sirrah, crouch down in the shade, and be
  • quiet.--I'm rested. So, here's for a stroll, and a reverie homeward:--
  • Up, carcass, and march.' So the carcass demurely rose and
  • paced, and the philosopher meditated. He was intent upon squaring the
  • circle; but bump he came against a bough. 'How now, clodhopping
  • bumpkin! you would take advantage of my reveries, would you? But I'll
  • be even with you;' and seizing a cudgel, he laid across his shoulders
  • with right good will. But one of his backhanded thwacks injured his
  • spinal cord; the philosopher dropped; but presently came to. 'Adzooks!
  • I'll bend or break you! Up, up, and I'll run you home for this.' But
  • wonderful to tell, his legs refused to budge; all sensation had left
  • them. But a huge wasp happening to sting his foot, not him, for he
  • felt it not, the leg incontinently sprang into the air, and of itself,
  • cut all manner of capers. Be still! Down with you!' But the leg
  • refused. 'My arms are still loyal,' thought Grando; and with them he
  • at last managed to confine his refractory member. But all commands,
  • volitions, and persuasions, were as naught to induce his limbs to
  • carry him home. It was a solitary place; and five days after, Grando
  • the philosopher was found dead under a tree."
  • "Ha, ha!" laughed Media, "Azzageddi is full as merry as ever."
  • "But, my lord," continued Babbalanja, "some creatures have still more
  • perverse bodies than Grando's. In the fables of Ridendiabola, this is
  • to be found. 'A fresh-water Polyp, despising its marine existence;
  • longed to live upon air. But all it could do, its tentacles or arms
  • still continued to cram its stomach. By a sudden preternatural
  • impulse, however, the Polyp at last turned itself inside out;
  • supposing that after such a proceeding it would have no gastronomic
  • interior. But its body proved ventricle outside as well as in. Again
  • its arms went to work; food was tossed in, and digestion continued.'"
  • "Is the literal part of that a fact?" asked Mohi.
  • "True as truth," said Babbalanja; "the Polyp will live turned inside out."
  • "Somewhat curious, certainly," said Media.--"But me-thinks,
  • Babbalanja, that somewhere I have heard something about organic
  • functions, so called; which may account for the phenomena you mention;
  • and I have heard too, me-thinks, of what are called reflex actions of
  • the nerves, which, duly considered, might deprive of its strangeness
  • that story of yours concerning Grande and his body."
  • "Mere substitutions of sounds for inexplicable meanings, my lord. In
  • some things science cajoles us. Now, what is undeniable of the Polyp
  • some physiologists analogically maintain with regard to us Mardians;
  • that forasmuch, as the lining of our interiors is nothing more than a
  • continuation of the epidermis, or scarf-skin, therefore, that in a
  • remote age, we too must have been turned wrong side out: an
  • hypothesis, which, indirectly might account for our moral
  • perversities: and also, for that otherwise nonsensical term--'the coat
  • of the stomach;' for originally it must have been a surtout, instead
  • of an inner garment."
  • "Pray, Azzageddi," said Media, "are you not a fool?"
  • "One of a jolly company, my lord; but some creatures besides wearing
  • their surtouts within, sport their skeletons without: witness the
  • lobster and turtle, who alive, study their own anatomies."
  • "Azzageddi, you are a zany."
  • "Pardon, my lord," said Mohi, "I think him more of a lobster; it's
  • hard telling his jaws from his claws."
  • "Yes, Braid-Beard, I am a lobster, a mackerel, any thing you please;
  • but my ancestors were kangaroos, not monkeys, as old Boddo erroneously
  • opined. My idea is more susceptible of demonstration than his. Among
  • the deepest discovered land fossils, the relics of kangaroos are
  • discernible, but no relics of men. Hence, there were no giants in
  • those days; but on the contrary, kangaroos; and those kangaroos formed
  • the first edition of mankind, since revised and corrected."
  • "What has become of our finises, or tails, then?" asked Mohi,
  • wriggling in his seat.
  • "The old question, Mohi. But where are the tails of the tadpoles,
  • after their gradual metamorphosis into frogs? Have frogs any tails,
  • old man? Our tails, Mohi, were worn off by the process of
  • civilization; especially at the period when our fathers began to adopt
  • the sitting posture: the fundamental evidence of all civilization, for
  • neither apes, nor savages, can be said to sit; invariably, they squat
  • on their hams. Among barbarous tribes benches and settles are unknown.
  • But, my lord Media, as your liege and loving subject I can not
  • sufficiently deplore the deprivation of your royal tail. That stiff
  • and vertebrated member, as we find it in those rustic kinsmen we have
  • disowned, would have been useful as a supplement to your royal legs;
  • and whereas my good lord is now fain to totter on two stanchions, were
  • he only a kangaroo, like the monarchs of old, the majesty of Odo would
  • be dignified, by standing firm on a tripod."
  • "A very witty conceit! But have a care, Azzageddi; your theory applies
  • not to me."
  • "Babbalanja," said Mohi, "you must be the last of the kangaroos."
  • "I am, Mohi."
  • "But the old fashioned pouch or purse of your grandams?" hinted Media.
  • "My lord, I take it, that must have been transferred; nowadays our sex
  • carries the purse."
  • "Ha, ha!"
  • "My lord, why this mirth? Let us be serious. Although man is no longer
  • a kangaroo, he may be said to be an inferior species of plant. Plants
  • proper are perhaps insensible of the circulation of their sap: we
  • mortals are physically unconscious of the circulation of the blood;
  • and for many ages were not even aware of the fact. Plants know nothing
  • of their interiors:--three score years and ten we trundle about ours,
  • and never get a peep at them; plants stand on their stalks:--we stalk
  • on our legs; no plant flourishes over its dead root:--dead in the
  • grave, man lives no longer above ground; plants die without
  • food:--so we. And now for the difference. Plants elegantly inhale
  • nourishment, without looking it up: like lords, they stand still and
  • are served; and though green, never suffer from the colic:--whereas,
  • we mortals must forage all round for our food: we cram our insides;
  • and are loaded down with odious sacks and intestines. Plants make love
  • and multiply; but excel us in all amorous enticements, wooing and
  • winning by soft pollens and essences. Plants abide in one place, and
  • live: we must travel or die. Plants flourish without us: we must
  • perish without them."
  • "Enough Azzageddi!" cried Media. "Open not thy lips till to-morrow."'
  • CHAPTER LII
  • The Charming Yoomy Sings
  • The morrow came; and three abreast, with snorting prows, we raced
  • along; our mat-sails panting to the breeze. All present partook of the
  • life of the air; and unanimously Yoomy was called upon for a song. The
  • canoes were passing a long, white reef, sparkling with shells, like a
  • jeweler's case: and thus Yoomy sang in the same old strain as of yore;
  • beginning aloud, where he had left off in his soul:--
  • Her sweet, sweet mouth!
  • The peach-pearl shell:--
  • Red edged its lips,
  • That softly swell,
  • Just oped to speak,
  • With blushing cheek,
  • That fisherman
  • With lonely spear
  • On the reef ken,
  • And lift to ear
  • Its voice to hear,--
  • Soft sighing South!
  • Like this, like this,--
  • The rosy kiss!--
  • That maiden's mouth.
  • A shell! a shell!
  • A vocal shell!
  • Song-dreaming,
  • In its inmost dell!
  • Her bosom! Two buds half blown, they tell;
  • A little valley between perfuming;
  • That roves away,
  • Deserting the day,--
  • The day of her eyes illuming;--
  • That roves away, o'er slope and fell,
  • Till a soft, soft meadow becomes the dell.
  • Thus far, old Mohi had been wriggling about in his seat, twitching his
  • beard, and at every couplet looking up expectantly, as if he desired
  • the company to think, that he was counting upon that line as the last;
  • But now, starting to his feet, he exclaimed, "Hold, minstrel! thy
  • muse's drapery is becoming disordered: no more!"
  • "Then no more it shall be," said Yoomy, "But you have lost a glorious
  • sequel."
  • CHAPTER LIII
  • They Draw Nigh Unto Land
  • In good time, after many days sailing, we snuffed the land from afar,
  • and came to a great country, full of inland mountains, north and south
  • stretching far out of sight. "All hail, Kolumbo!" cried Yoomy.
  • Coasting by a portion of it, which Mohi called Kanneeda, a province of
  • King Bello's, we perceived the groves rocking in the wind; their
  • flexible boughs bending like bows; and the leaves flying forth, and
  • darkening the landscape, like flocks of pigeons.
  • "Those groves must soon fall," said Mohi.
  • "Not so," said Babbalanja. "My lord, as these violent gusts are formed
  • by the hostile meeting of two currents, one from over the lagoon, the
  • other from land; they may be taken as significant of the occasional
  • variances between Kanneeda and Dominora."
  • "Ay," said Media, "and as Mohi hints, the breeze from Dominora must
  • soon overthrow the groves of Kanneeda."
  • "Not if the land-breeze holds, my lord;--one breeze oft blows another
  • home.--Stand up, and gaze! From cape to cape, this whole main we see,
  • is young and froward. And far southward, past this Kanneeda and
  • Vivenza, are haughty, overbearing streams, which at their mouths dam
  • back the ocean, and long refuse to mix their freshness with the
  • foreign brine:--so bold, so strong, so bent on hurling off aggression
  • is this brave main, Kolumbo;--last sought, last found, Mardi's estate,
  • so long kept back;--pray Oro, it be not squandered foolishly.
  • Here lie plantations, held in fee by stout hearts and arms; and
  • boundless fields, that may be had for seeing. Here, your foes are
  • forests, struck down with bloodless maces.--Ho! Mardi's Poor, and
  • Mardi's Strong! ye, who starve or beg; seventh-sons who slave for
  • earth's first-born--here is your home; predestinated yours; Come over,
  • Empire-founders! fathers of the wedded tribes to come!--abject now,
  • illustrious evermore:--Ho: Sinew, Brawn, and Thigh!"
  • "A very fine invocation," said Media, "now Babbalanja, be seated; and
  • tell us whether Dominora and the kings of Porpheero do not own some
  • small portion of this great continent, which just now you poetically
  • pronounced as the spoil of any vagabonds who may choose to settle
  • therein? Is not Kanneeda, Dominora's?"
  • "And was not Vivenza once Dominora's also? And what Vivenza now is,
  • Kanneeda soon must be. I speak not, my lord, as wishful of what I say,
  • but simply as foreknowing it. The thing must come. Vain for Dominora
  • to claim allegiance from all the progeny she spawns. As well might the
  • old patriarch of the flood reappear, and claim the right of rule over
  • all mankind, as descended from the loins of his three roving sons.
  • "'Tis the old law:--the East peoples the West, the West the East; flux
  • and reflux. And time may come, after the rise and fall of nations yet
  • unborn, that, risen from its future ashes, Porpheero shall be the
  • promised land, and from her surplus hordes Kolumbo people it."
  • Still coasting on, next day, we came to Vivenza; and as Media desired
  • to land first at a point midway between its extremities, in order to
  • behold the convocation of chiefs supposed to be assembled at this
  • season, we held on our way, till we gained a lofty ridge, jutting out
  • into the lagoon, a bastion to the neighboring land. It terminated in a
  • lofty natural arch of solid trap. Billows beat against its base. But
  • above, waved an inviting copse, wherein was revealed an open
  • temple of canes, containing one only image, that of a helmeted female,
  • the tutelar deity of Vivenza.
  • The canoes drew near.
  • "Lo! what inscription is that?" cried Media, "there, chiseled over the
  • arch?"
  • Studying those immense hieroglyphics awhile, antiquarian Mohi still
  • eyeing them, said slowly:--"In-this-re-publi-can-land-all-men-are-
  • born-free-and-equal."
  • "False!" said Media.
  • "And how long stay they so?" said Babbalanja.
  • "But look lower, old man," cried Media, "methinks there's a small
  • hieroglyphic or two hidden away in yonder angle.--Interpret them, old
  • man."
  • After much screwing of his eyes, for those characters were very
  • minute, Champollion Mohi thus spoke--" Except-the-tribe-of-Hamo."
  • "That nullifies the other," cried Media. "Ah, ye republicans!"
  • "It seems to have been added for a postscript," rejoined Braid-Beard,
  • screwing his eyes again.
  • "Perhaps so," said Babbalanja, "but some wag must have done it."
  • Shooting through the arch, we rapidly gained the beach.
  • CHAPTER LIV
  • They Visit The Great Central Temple Of Vivenza
  • The throng that greeted us upon landing were exceedingly boisterous.
  • "Whence came ye?" they cried. "Whither bound? Saw ye ever such a land
  • as this? Is it not a great and extensive republic? Pray, observe how
  • tall we are; just feel of our thighs; Are we not a glorious people?
  • Here, feel of our beards. Look round; look round; be not afraid;
  • Behold those palms; swear now, that this land surpasses all others.
  • Old Bello's mountains are mole-hills to ours; his rivers, rills; his
  • empires, villages; his palm-trees, shrubs."
  • "True," said Babbalanja. "But great Oro must have had some hand in
  • making your mountains and streams.--Would ye have been as great in a
  • desert?"
  • "Where is your king?" asked Media, drawing himself up in his robe, and
  • cocking his crown.
  • "Ha, ha, my fine fellow! We are all kings here; royalty breathes in
  • the common air. But come on, come on. Let us show you our great Temple
  • of Freedom."
  • And so saying, irreverently grasping his sacred arm, they conducted us
  • toward a lofty structure, planted upon a bold hill, and supported by
  • thirty pillars of palm; four quite green; as if recently added; and
  • beyond these, an almost interminable vacancy, as if all the palms in
  • Mardi, were at some future time, to aid in upholding that fabric.
  • Upon the summit of the temple was a staff; and as we drew nigh, a man
  • with a collar round his neck, and the red marks of stripes upon his
  • back, was just in the act of hoisting a tappa standard--
  • correspondingly striped. Other collared menials were going in and out
  • of the temple.
  • Near the porch, stood an image like that on the top of the arch we had
  • seen. Upon its pedestal, were pasted certain hieroglyphical notices;
  • according to Mohi, offering rewards for missing men, so many hands high.
  • Entering the temple, we beheld an amphitheatrical space, in the middle
  • of which, a great fire was burning. Around it, were many chiefs, robed
  • in long togas, and presenting strange contrasts in their style of
  • tattooing.
  • Some were sociably laughing, and chatting; others diligently making
  • excavations between their teeth with slivers of bamboo; or turning
  • their heads into mills, were grinding up leaves and ejecting their
  • juices. Some were busily inserting the down of a thistle into their
  • ears. Several stood erect, intent upon maintaining striking attitudes;
  • their javelins tragically crossed upon their chests. They would have
  • looked very imposing, were it not, that in rear their vesture was
  • sadly disordered. Others, with swelling fronts, seemed chiefly
  • indebted to their dinners for their dignity. Many were nodding and
  • napping. And, here and there, were sundry indefatigable worthies,
  • making a great show of imperious and indispensable business;
  • sedulously folding banana leaves into scrolls, and recklessly placing
  • them into the hands of little boys, in gay turbans and trim little
  • girdles, who thereupon fled as if with salvation for the dying.
  • It was a crowded scene; the dusky chiefs, here and there, grouped
  • together, and their fantastic tattooings showing like the carved work
  • on quaint old chimney-stacks, seen from afar. But one of their number
  • overtopped all the rest. As when, drawing nigh unto old Rome, amid the
  • crowd of sculptured columns and gables, St. Peter's grand dome soars
  • far aloft, serene in the upper air; so, showed one calm grand forehead
  • among those of this mob of chieftains. That head was Saturnina's. Gall
  • and Spurzheim! saw you ever such a brow?--poised like an avalanche,
  • under the shadow of a forest! woe betide the devoted valleys
  • below! Lavatar! behold those lips,--like mystic scrolls! Those eyes,--
  • like panthers' caves at the base of Popocatepetl!
  • "By my right hand, Saturnina," cried Babbalanja, "but thou wert made
  • in the image of thy Maker! Yet, have I beheld men, to the eye as
  • commanding as thou; and surmounted by heads globe-like as thine, who
  • never had thy caliber. We must measure brains, not heads, my lord; else,
  • the sperm whale, with his tun of an occiput, would transcend us all."
  • Near by, were arched ways, leading to subterranean places, whence
  • issued a savory steam, and an extraordinary clattering of calabashes,
  • and smacking of lips, as if something were being eaten down there by
  • the fattest of fat fellows, with the heartiest of appetites, and the
  • most irresistible of relishes. It was a quaffing, guzzling, gobbling
  • noise. Peeping down, we beheld a company, breasted up against a board,
  • groaning under numerous viands. In the middle of all, was a mighty
  • great gourd, yellow as gold, and jolly round like a pumpkin in
  • October, and so big it must have grown in the sun. Thence flowed a
  • tide of red wine. And before it, stood plenty of paunches being filled
  • therewith like portly stone jars at a fountain. Melancholy to tell,
  • before that fine flood of old wine, and among those portly old topers,
  • was a lean man; who occasionally ducked in his bill. He looked like an
  • ibis standing in the Nile at flood tide, among a tongue-lapping herd
  • of hippopotami.
  • They were jolly as the jolliest; and laughed so uproariously, that
  • their hemispheres all quivered and shook, like vast provinces in an
  • earthquake. Ha! ha! ha! how they laughed, and they roared. A deaf man
  • might have heard them; and no milk could have soured within a forty-
  • two-pounder ball shot of that place.
  • Now, the smell of good things is no very bad thing in itself. It is
  • the savor of good things beyond; proof positive of a glorious good meal.
  • So snuffing up those zephyrs from Araby the blest, those boisterous
  • gales, blowing from out the mouths of baked boars, stuffed with bread-
  • fruit, bananas, and sage, we would fain have gone down and partaken.
  • But this could not be; for we were told that those worthies below,
  • were a club in secret conclave; very busy in settling certain weighty
  • state affairs upon a solid basis, They were all chiefs of immense
  • capacity:--how many gallons, there was no finding out.
  • Be sure, now, a most riotous noise came up from those catacombs, which
  • seemed full of the ghosts of fat Lamberts; and this uproar it was,
  • that heightened the din above-ground.
  • But heedless of all, in the midst of the amphitheater, stood a tall,
  • gaunt warrior, ferociously tattooed, with a beak like a buzzard; long
  • dusty locks; and his hands full of headless arrows. He was laboring
  • under violent paroxysms; three benevolent individuals essaying to hold
  • him. But repeatedly breaking loose, he burst anew into his delirium;
  • while with an absence of sympathy, distressing to behold, the rest of
  • the assembly seemed wholly engrossed with themselves; nor did they
  • appear to care how soon the unfortunate lunatic might demolish himself
  • by his frantic proceedings.
  • Toward one side of the amphitheatrical space, perched high upon an
  • elevated dais, sat a white-headed old man with a tomahawk in his hand:
  • earnestly engaged in overseeing the tumult; though not a word did he
  • say. Occasionally, however, he was regarded by those present with a
  • mysterious sort of deference; and when they chanced to pass between
  • him and the crazy man, they invariably did so in a stooping position;
  • probably to elude the atmospheric grape and cannister, continually
  • flying from the mouth of the lunatic.
  • "What mob is this?" cried Media.
  • "'Tis the grand council of Vivenza," cried a bystander. "Hear ye not
  • Alanno?" and he pointed to the lunatic.
  • Now coming close to Alanno, we found, that with incredible volubility,
  • he was addressing the assembly upon some all-absorbing subject
  • connected with King Bello, and his presumed encroachments toward the
  • northwest of Vivenza.
  • One hand smiting his hip, and the other his head, the lunatic thus
  • proceeded; roaring like a wild beast, and beating the air like a
  • windmill:--
  • "I have said it! the thunder is flashing, the lightning is crashing!
  • already there's an earthquake in Dominora! Full soon will old Bello
  • discover that his diabolical machinations against this ineffable land
  • must soon come to naught. Who dare not declare, that we are not
  • invincible? I repeat it, we are. Ha! ha! Audacious Bello must bite the
  • dust! Hair by hair, we will trail his gory gray beard at the end of
  • our spears! Ha, ha! I grow hoarse; but would mine were a voice like
  • the wild bulls of Bullorom, that I might be heard from one end of this
  • great and gorgeous land to its farthest zenith; ay, to the uttermost
  • diameter of its circumference. Awake! oh Vivenza. The signs of the
  • times are portentous; nay, extraordinary; I hesitate not to add,
  • peculiar! Up! up! Let us not descend to the bathos, when we should
  • soar to the climax! Does not all Mardi wink and look on? Is the great
  • sun itself a frigid spectator? Then let us double up our mandibles to
  • the deadly encounter. Methinks I see it now. Old Bello is crafty, and
  • his oath is recorded to obliterate us! Across this wide lagoon he
  • casts his serpent eyes; whets his insatiate bill; mumbles his
  • barbarous tusks; licks his forked tongues; and who knows when we shall
  • have the shark in our midst? Yet be not deceived; for though as yet,
  • Bello has forborn molesting us openly, his emissaries are at work; his
  • infernal sappers, and miners, and wet-nurses, and midwives, and grave-
  • diggers are busy! His canoe-yards are all in commotion! In navies his
  • forests are being launched upon the wave; and ere long typhoons,
  • zephyrs, white-squalls, balmy breezes, hurricanes, and besoms will be
  • raging round us!"
  • His philippic concluded, Alanno was conducted from the place; and
  • being now quite exhausted, cold cobble-stones were applied to his
  • temples, and he was treated to a bath in a stream.
  • This chieftain, it seems, was from a distant western valley, called
  • Hio-Hio, one of the largest and most fertile in Vivenza, though but
  • recently settled. Its inhabitants, and those of the vales adjoining,--
  • a right sturdy set of fellows,--were accounted the most dogmatically
  • democratic and ultra of all the tribes in Vivenza; ever seeking to
  • push on their brethren to the uttermost; and especially were they
  • bitter against Bello. But they were a fine young tribe, nevertheless.
  • Like strong new wine they worked violently in becoming clear. Time,
  • perhaps, would make them all right.
  • An interval of greater uproar than ever now ensued; during which, with
  • his tomahawk, the white-headed old man repeatedly thumped and pounded
  • the seat where he sat, apparently to augment the din, though he looked
  • anxious to suppress it.
  • At last, tiring of his posture, he whispered in the ear of a chief,
  • his friend; who, approaching a portly warrior present, prevailed upon
  • him to rise and address the assembly. And no sooner did this one do
  • so, than the whole convocation dispersed, as if to their yams; and
  • with a grin, the little old man leaped from his seat, and stretched
  • his legs on a mat.
  • The fire was now extinguished, and the temple deserted.
  • CHAPTER LV
  • Wherein Babbalanja Comments Upon The Speech Of Alanno
  • As we lingered in the precincts of the temple after all others had
  • departed, sundry comments were made upon what we had seen; and having
  • remarked the hostility of the lunatic orator toward Dominora,
  • Babbalanja thus addressed Media:--
  • "My lord, I am constrained to believe, that all Vivenza can not be of
  • the same mind with the grandiloquent chief from Hio-Hio. Nevertheless,
  • I imagine, that between Dominora and this land, there exists at bottom
  • a feeling akin to animosity, which is not yet wholly extinguished;
  • though but the smoldering embers of a once raging fire. My lord, you
  • may call it poetry if you will, but there are nations in Mardi, that
  • to others stand in the relation of sons to sires. Thus with Dominora
  • and Vivenza. And though, its majority attained, Vivenza is now its own
  • master, yet should it not fail in a reverential respect for its
  • parent. In man or nation, old age is honorable; and a boy, however
  • tall, should never take his sire by the beard. And though Dominora did
  • indeed ill merit Vivenza's esteem, yet by abstaining from
  • criminations, Vivenza should ever merit its own. And if in time to
  • come, which Oro forbid, Vivenza must needs go to battle with King
  • Bello, let Vivenza first cross the old veteran's spear with all
  • possible courtesy. On the other hand, my lord, King Bello should never
  • forget, that whatever be glorious in Vivenza, redounds to himself. And
  • as some gallant old lord proudly measures the brawn and stature of his
  • son; and joys to view in his noble young lineaments the
  • likeness of his own; bethinking him, that when at last laid in his
  • tomb, he will yet survive in the long, strong life of his child, the
  • worthy inheritor of his valor and renown; even so, should King Bello
  • regard the generous promise of this young Vivenza of his own lusty
  • begetting. My lord, behold these two states! Of all nations in the
  • Archipelago, they alone are one in blood. Dominora is the last and
  • greatest Anak of Old Times; Vivenza, the foremost and goodliest
  • stripling of the Present. One is full of the past; the other brims
  • with the future. Ah! did this sire's old heart but beat to free
  • thoughts, and back his bold son, all Mardi would go down before them.
  • And high Oro may have ordained for them a career, little divined by
  • the mass. Methinks, that as Vivenza will never cause old Bello to weep
  • for his son; so, Vivenza will not, this many a long year, be called to
  • weep over the grave of its sire. And though King Bello may yet lay
  • aside his old-fashioned cocked hat of a crown, and comply with the
  • plain costume of the times; yet will his, frame remain sturdy as of
  • yore, and equally grace any habiliments he may don. And those who say,
  • Dominora is old and worn out, may very possibly err. For if, as a
  • nation, Dominora be old--her present generation is full as young as
  • the youths in any land under the sun. Then, Ho! worthy twain! Each
  • worthy the other, join hands on the instant, and weld them together.
  • Lo! the past is a prophet. Be the future, its prophecy fulfilled."
  • CHAPTER LVI
  • A Scene In Tee Land Of Warwicks, Or King-Makers
  • Wending our way from the temple, we were accompanied by a fluent,
  • obstreperous wight, one Znobbi, a runaway native of Porpheero, but now
  • an enthusiastic inhabitant of Vivenza.
  • "Here comes our great chief!" he cried. "Behold him! It was _I_ that
  • had a hand in making him what he is!"
  • And so saying, he pointed out a personage, no way distinguished,
  • except by the tattooing on his forehead--stars, thirty in number; and
  • an uncommonly long spear in his hand. Freely he mingled with the
  • crowd.
  • "Behold, how familiar I am with him!" cried Znobbi, approaching, and
  • pitcher-wise taking him by the handle of his face.
  • "Friend," said the dignitary, "thy salute is peculiar, but welcome. I
  • reverence the enlightened people of this land."
  • "Mean-spirited hound!" muttered Media, "were I him, I had impaled that
  • audacious plebeian."
  • "There's a Head-Chief for you, now, my fine fellow!" cried Znobbi.
  • "Hurrah! Three cheers! Ay, ay! All kings here--all equal. Every
  • thing's in common."
  • Here, a bystander, feeling something grazing his side, looked down;
  • and perceived Znobbi's hand in clandestine vicinity to the pouch at
  • his girdle-end.
  • Whereupon the crowd shouted, "A thief! a thief!" And with a loud voice
  • the starred chief cried--"Seize him, people, and tie him to yonder tree."
  • And they seized, and tied him on the spot.
  • "Ah," said Media, "this chief has something to say, after all;
  • he pinions a king at a word, though a plebeian takes him by the nose.
  • Beshrew me, I doubt not, that spear of his, though without a tassel,
  • is longer and sharper than mine."
  • "There's not so much freedom here as these freemen think," said
  • Babbalanja, turning; "I laugh and admire."
  • CHAPTER LVII
  • They Hearken Unto A Voice From The Gods
  • Next day we retraced our voyage northward, to visit that section of
  • Vivenza.
  • In due time we landed.
  • To look round was refreshing. Of all the lands we had seen, none
  • looked more promising. The groves stood tall and green; the fields
  • spread flush and broad; the dew of the first morning seemed hardly
  • vanished from the grass. On all sides was heard the fall of waters,
  • the swarming of bees, and the rejoicing hum of a thriving population.
  • "Ha, ha!" laughed Yoomy, "Labor laughs in this land; and claps his
  • hands in the jubilee groves! methinks that Yillah will yet be found."
  • Generously entertained, we tarried in this land; till at length, from
  • over the Lagoon, came full tidings of the eruption we had witnessed in
  • Franko, with many details. The conflagration had spread through
  • Porpheero and the kings were to and fro hunted, like malefactors by
  • blood-hounds; all that part of Mardi was heaving with throes.
  • With the utmost delight, these tidings were welcomed by many; yet
  • others heard them with boding concern.
  • Those, too, there were, who rejoiced that the kings were cast down;
  • but mourned that the people themselves stood not firmer. A victory,
  • turned to no wise and enduring account, said they, is no victory at
  • all. Some victories revert to the vanquished.
  • But day by day great crowds ran down to the beach, in wait for canoes
  • periodically bringing further intelligence.
  • Every hour new cries startled the air. "Hurrah! another, kingdom is
  • burnt down to the earth's edge; another demigod is unhelmed; another
  • republic is dawning. Shake hands, freemen, shake hands! Soon will we
  • hear of Dominora down in the dust; of hapless Verdanna free as
  • ourselves; all Porpheero's volcanoes are bursting! Who may withstand
  • the people? The times tell terrible tales to tyrants! Ere we die,
  • freemen, all Mardi will be free."
  • Overhearing these shouts, Babbalanja thus addressed Media:--"My lord,
  • I can not but believe, that these men, are far more excited than those
  • with whom they so ardently sympathize. But no wonder. The single
  • discharges which are heard in Porpheero; here come condensed in one
  • tremendous report. Every arrival is a firing off of events by platoons."
  • Now, during this tumultuous interval, King Media very prudently kept
  • himself exceedingly quiet. He doffed his regalia; and in all things
  • carried himself with a dignified discretion. And many hours he
  • absented himself; none knowing whither he went, or what his employment.
  • So also with Babbalanja. But still pursuing our search, at last we all
  • journeyed into a great valley, whose inhabitants were more than
  • commonly inflated with the ardor of the times.
  • Rambling on, we espied a clamorous crowd gathered about a conspicuous
  • palm, against which, a scroll was fixed.
  • The people were violently agitated; storming out maledictions against
  • the insolent knave, who, over night must have fixed there, that
  • scandalous document. But whoever he may have been, certain it was, he
  • had contrived to hood himself effectually.
  • After much vehement discussion, during which sundry inflammatory
  • harangues were made from the stumps of trees near by, it was
  • proposed, that the scroll should be read aloud, so that all might give
  • ear.
  • Seizing it, a fiery youth mounted upon the bowed shoulders of
  • an old man, his sire; and with a shrill voice, ever and anon
  • interrupted by outcries, read as follows:--
  • "Sovereign-kings of Vivenza! it is fit you should hearken to wisdom.
  • But well aware, that you give ear to little wisdom except of your own;
  • and that as freemen, you are free to hunt down him who dissents from
  • your majesties; I deem it proper to address you anonymously.
  • "And if it please you, you may ascribe this voice to the gods: for
  • never will you trace it to man.
  • "It is not unknown, sovereign-kings! that in these boisterous days,
  • the lessons of history are almost discarded, as superseded by present
  • experiences. And that while all Mardi's Present has grown out of its
  • Past, it is becoming obsolete to refer to what has been. Yet,
  • peradventure, the Past is an apostle.
  • "The grand error of this age, sovereign-kings! is the general
  • supposition, that the very special Diabolus is abroad; whereas, the
  • very special Diabolus has been abroad ever since Mardi began.
  • "And the grand error of your nation, sovereign-kings! seems this:--The
  • conceit that Mardi is now in the last scene of the last act of her
  • drama; and that all preceding events were ordained, to bring about the
  • catastrophe you believe to be at hand,--a universal and permanent
  • Republic.
  • "May it please you, those who hold to these things are fools, and not
  • wise.
  • "Time is made up of various ages; and each thinks its own a novelty.
  • But imbedded in the walls of the pyramids, which outrun all
  • chronologies, sculptured stones are found, belonging to yet older
  • fabrics. And as in the mound-building period of yore, so every age
  • thinks its erections will forever endure. But as your forests grow
  • apace, sovereign-kings! overrunning the tumuli in your western vales;
  • so, while deriving their substance from the past, succeeding
  • generations overgrow it; but in time, themselves decay.
  • "Oro decrees these vicissitudes.
  • "In chronicles of old, you read, sovereign kings! that an eagle from
  • the clouds presaged royalty to the fugitive Taquinoo; and a king,
  • Taquinoo reigned; No end to my dynasty, thought he.
  • "But another omen descended, foreshadowing the fall of Zooperbi, his
  • son; and Zooperbi returning from his camp, found his country a
  • fortress against him. No more kings would she have. And for five
  • hundred twelve-moons the Regifugium or King's-flight, was annually
  • celebrated like your own jubilee day. And rampant young orators
  • stormed out detestation of kings; and augurs swore that their birds
  • presaged immortality to freedom.
  • "Then, Romara's free eagles flew over all Mardi, and perched on the
  • topmost diadems of the east.
  • "Ever thus must it be.
  • "For, mostly, monarchs are as gemmed bridles upon the world, checking
  • the plungings of a steed from the Pampas. And republics are as vast
  • reservoirs, draining down all streams to one level; and so, breeding a
  • fullness which can not remain full, without overflowing. And thus,
  • Romara flooded all Mardi, till scarce an Ararat was left of the lofty
  • kingdoms which had been.
  • "Thus, also, did Franko, fifty twelve-moons ago. Thus may she do
  • again. And though not yet, have you, sovereign-kings! in any large
  • degree done likewise, it is because you overflow your redundancies
  • within your own mighty borders; having a wild western waste, which
  • many shepherds with their flocks could not overrun in a day. Yet
  • overrun at last it will be; and then, the recoil must come.
  • "And, may it please you, that thus far your chronicles had narrated a
  • very different story, had your population been pressed and packed,
  • like that of your old sire-land Dominora. Then, your great experiment
  • might have proved an explosion; like the chemist's who, stirring his
  • mixture, was blown by it into the air.
  • "For though crossed, and recrossed by many brave quarterings, and
  • boasting the great Bull in your pedigree; yet, sovereign-kings! you
  • are not meditative philosophers like the people of a small republic of
  • old; nor enduring stoics, like their neighbors. Pent up, like them,
  • may it please you, your thirteen original tribes had proved more
  • turbulent, than so many mutinous legions. Free horses need wide
  • prairies; and fortunate for you, sovereign-kings! that you have room
  • enough, wherein to be free.
  • "And, may it please you, you are free, partly, because you are young.
  • Your nation is like a fine, florid youth, full of fiery impulses, and
  • hard to restrain; his strong hand nobly championing his heart. On all
  • sides, freely he gives, and still seeks to acquire. The breath of his
  • nostrils is like smoke in spring air; every tendon is electric with
  • generous resolves. The oppressor he defies to his beard; the high
  • walls of old opinions he scales with a bound. In the future he sees
  • all the domes of the East.
  • "But years elapse, and this bold boy is transformed. His eyes open not
  • as of yore; his heart is shut up as a vice. He yields not a groat; and
  • seeking no more acquisitions, is only bent on preserving his hoard.
  • The maxims once trampled under foot, are now printed on his front; and
  • he who hated oppressors, is become an oppressor himself.
  • "Thus, often, with men; thus, often, with nations. Then marvel not,
  • sovereign-kings! that old states are different from yours; and think
  • not, your own must forever remain liberal as now.
  • "Each age thinks its own is eternal. But though for five hundred
  • twelve-moons, all Romara, by courtesy of history, was republican; yet,
  • at last, her terrible king-tigers came, and spotted themselves with
  • gore.
  • "And time was, when Dominora was republican, down to her sturdy back-
  • bone. The son of an absolute monarch became the man Karolus; and his
  • crown and head, both rolled in the dust. And Dominora had her patriots
  • by thousands; and lusty Defenses, and glorious Areopagiticas
  • were written, not since surpassed; and no turban was doffed save in
  • homage of Oro.
  • "Yet, may it please you, to the sound of pipe and tabor, the second
  • King Karolus returned in good time; and was hailed gracious majesty by
  • high and low.
  • "Throughout all eternity, the parts of the past are but parts of the
  • future reversed. In the old foot-prints, up and down, you mortals go,
  • eternally traveling your Sierras. And not more infallible the
  • ponderings of the Calculating Machine than the deductions from the
  • decimals of history.
  • "In nations, sovereign-kings! there is a transmigration of souls; in
  • you, is a marvelous destiny. The eagle of Romara revives in your own
  • mountain bird, and once more is plumed for her flight. Her screams are
  • answered by the vauntful cries of a hawk; his red comb yet reeking
  • with slaughter. And one East, one West, those bold birds may fly, till
  • they lock pinions in the midmost beyond.
  • "But, soaring in the sky over the nations that shall gather their
  • broods under their wings, that bloody hawk may hereafter be taken for
  • the eagle.
  • "And though crimson republics may rise in constellations, like fiery
  • Aldebarans, speeding to their culminations; yet, down must they sink
  • at last, and leave the old sultan-sun in the sky; in time, again to be
  • deposed.
  • "For little longer, may it please you, can republics subsist now, than
  • in days gone by. For, assuming that Mardi is wiser than of old;
  • nevertheless, though all men approached sages in intelligence, some
  • would yet be more wise than others; and so, the old degrees be
  • preserved. And no exemption would an equality of knowledge furnish,
  • from the inbred servility of mortal to mortal; from all the organic
  • causes, which inevitably divide mankind into brigades and battalions,
  • with captains at their head.
  • "Civilization has not ever been the brother of equality. Freedom was
  • born among the wild eyries in the mountains; and barbarous
  • tribes have sheltered under her wings, when the enlightened people of
  • the plain have nestled under different pinions.
  • "Though, thus far, for you, sovereign-kings! your republic has been
  • fruitful of blessings; yet, in themselves, monarchies are not utterly
  • evil. For many nations, they are better than republics; for many, they
  • will ever so remain. And better, on all hands, that peace should rule
  • with a scepter, than than the tribunes of the people should brandish
  • their broadswords. Better be the subject of a king, upright and just;
  • than a freeman in Franko, with the executioner's ax at every corner.
  • "It is not the prime end, and chief blessing, to be politically free.
  • And freedom is only good as a means; is no end in itself Nor, did man
  • fight it out against his masters to the haft, not then, would he
  • uncollar his neck from the yoke. A born thrall to the last, yelping
  • out his liberty, he still remains a slave unto Oro; and well is it for
  • the universe, that Oro's scepter is absolute.
  • "World-old the saying, that it is easier to govern others, than
  • oneself. And that all men should govern themselves as nations, needs
  • that all men be better, and wiser, than the wisest of one-man rulers.
  • But in no stable democracy do all men govern themselves. Though an
  • army be all volunteers, martial law must prevail. Delegate your power,
  • you leagued mortals must. The hazard you must stand. And though unlike
  • King Bello of Dominora, your great chieftain, sovereign-kings! may not
  • declare war of himself; nevertheless, has he done a still more
  • imperial thing:--gone to war without declaring intentions. You
  • yourselves were precipitated upon a neighboring nation, ere you knew
  • your spears were in your hands.
  • "But, as in stars you have written it on the welkin, sovereign-kings!
  • you are a great and glorious people. And verily, yours is the best and
  • happiest land under the sun. But not wholly, because you, in your
  • wisdom, decreed it: your origin and geography necessitated it.
  • Nor, in their germ, are all your blessings to be ascribed to the noble
  • sires, who of yore fought in your behalf, sovereign-kings! Your nation
  • enjoyed no little independence before your Declaration declared it.
  • Your ancient pilgrims fathered your liberty; and your wild woods
  • harbored the nursling. For the state that to-day is made up of slaves,
  • can not to-morrow transmute her bond into free; though lawlessness may
  • transform them into brutes. Freedom is the name for a thing that is
  • _not_ freedom; this, a lesson never learned in an hour or an age. By
  • some tribes it will never be learned.
  • "Yet, if it please you, there may be such a thing as being free under
  • Caesar. Ages ago, there were as many vital freemen, as breathe vital
  • air to-day.
  • "Names make not distinctions; some despots rule without swaying
  • scepters. Though King Bello's palace was not put together by yoked
  • men; your federal temple of freedom, sovereign-kings! was the
  • handiwork of slaves.
  • "It is not gildings, and gold maces, and crown jewels alone, that make
  • a people servile. There is much bowing and cringing among you
  • yourselves, sovereign-kings! Poverty is abased before riches, all
  • Mardi over; any where, it is hard to be a debtor; any where, the wise
  • will lord it over fools; every where, suffering is found.
  • "Thus, freedom is more social than political. And its real felicity is
  • not to be shared. _That_ is of a man's own individual getting and
  • holding. It is not, who rules the state, but who rules me. Better be
  • secure under one king, than exposed to violence from twenty millions
  • of monarchs, though oneself be of the number.
  • "But superstitious notions you harbor, sovereign kings! Did you visit
  • Dominora, you would not be marched straight into a dungeon. And though
  • you would behold sundry sights displeasing, you would start to inhale
  • such liberal breezes; and hear crowds boasting of their privileges; as
  • you, of yours. Nor has the wine of Dominora, a monarchical flavor.
  • "Now, though far and wide, to keep equal pace with the times, great
  • reforms, of a verity, be needed; nowhere are bloody revolutions
  • required. Though it be the most certain of remedies, no prudent
  • invalid opens his veins, to let out his disease with his life. And
  • though all evils may be assuaged; all evils can not be done away. For
  • evil is the chronic malady of the universe; and checked in one place,
  • breaks forth in another.
  • "Of late, on this head, some wild dreams have departed.
  • "There are many, who erewhile believed that the age of pikes and
  • javelins was passed; that after a heady and blustering youth, old
  • Mardi was at last settling down into a serene old age; and that the
  • Indian summer, first discovered in your land, sovereign kings! was the
  • hazy vapor emitted from its tranquil pipe. But it has not so proved.
  • Mardi's peaces are but truces. Long absent, at last the red comets
  • have returned. And return they must, though their periods be ages. And
  • should Mardi endure till mountain melt into mountain, and all the isles
  • form one table-land; yet, would it but expand the old battle-plain.
  • "Students of history are horror-struck at the massacres of old; but in
  • the shambles, men are being murdered to-day. Could time be reversed,
  • and the future change places with the past, the past would cry out
  • against us, and our future, full as loudly, as we against the ages
  • foregone. All the Ages are his children, calling each other names.
  • "Hark ye, sovereign-kings! cheer not on the yelping pack too
  • furiously: Hunters have been torn by their hounds. Be advised; wash
  • your hands. Hold aloof. Oro has poured out an ocean for an everlasting
  • barrier between you and the worst folly which other republics have
  • perpetrated. That barrier hold sacred. And swear never to cross over
  • to Porpheero, by manifesto or army, unless you traverse dry land.
  • "And be not too grasping, nearer home. It is not freedom to filch.
  • Expand not your area too widely, now. Seek you proselytes?
  • Neighboring nations may be free, without coming under your banner. And
  • if you can not lay your ambition, know this: that it is best served,
  • by waiting events.
  • "Time, but Time only, may enable you to cross the equator; and give
  • you the Arctic Circles for your boundaries."
  • So read the anonymous scroll; which straightway, was torn into shreds.
  • "Old tory, and monarchist!" they shouted, "Preaching over his
  • benighted sermons in these enlightened times! Fool! does he not know
  • that all the Past and its graves are being dug over?"
  • They were furious; so wildly rolling their eyes after victims, that
  • well was it for King Media, he wore not his crown; and in silence, we
  • moved unnoted from out the crowd.
  • "My lord, I am amazed at the indiscretion of a demigod," said
  • Babbalanja, as we passed on our way; "I recognized your sultanic style
  • the very first sentence. This, then, is the result of your hours of
  • seclusion."
  • "Philosopher! I am astounded at your effrontery. I detected your
  • philosophy the very first maxim. Who posted that parchment for you?"
  • So, each charged the other with its authorship: and there was no
  • finding out, whether, indeed, either knew aught of its origin.
  • Now, could it have been Babbalanja? Hardly. For, philosophic as the
  • document was, it seemed too dogmatic and conservative for him. King
  • Media? But though imperially absolute in his political sentiments,
  • Media delivered not himself so boldly, when actually beholding the
  • eruption in Franko.
  • Indeed, the settlement of this question must be left to the
  • commentators on Mardi, some four or five hundred centuries hence.
  • CHAPTER LVIII
  • They Visit The Extreme South Of Vivenza
  • We penetrated further and further into the valleys around; but,
  • though, as elsewhere, at times we heard whisperings that promised an
  • end to our wanderings;--we still wandered on; and once again, even
  • Yoomy abated his sanguine hopes.
  • And now, we prepared to embark for the extreme south of the land.
  • But we were warned by the people, that in that portion of Vivenza,
  • whither we were going, much would be seen repulsive to strangers. Such
  • things, however, indulgent visitors overlooked. For themselves, they
  • were well aware of those evils. Northern Vivenza had done all it could
  • to assuage them; but in vain; the inhabitants of those southern
  • valleys were a fiery, and intractable race; heeding neither
  • expostulations, nor entreaties. They were wedded to their ways. Nay,
  • they swore, that if the northern tribes persisted in intermeddlings,
  • they would dissolve the common alliance, and establish a distinct
  • confederacy among themselves.
  • Our coasting voyage at an end, our keels grated the beach among many
  • prostrate palms, decaying, and washed by the billows. Though part and
  • parcel of the shore we had left, this region seemed another land.
  • Fewer thriving thingswere seen; fewer cheerful sounds were heard.
  • "Here labor has lost his laugh!" cried Yoomy.
  • It was a great plain where we landed; and there, under a burning sun,
  • hundreds of collared men were toiling in trenches, filled with
  • the taro plant; a root most flourishing in that soil. Standing grimly
  • over these, were men unlike them; armed with long thongs, which
  • descended upon the toilers, and made wounds. Blood and sweat mixed;
  • and in great drops, fell.
  • "Who eat these plants thus nourished?" cried Yoomy. "Are these men?"
  • asked Babbalanja.
  • "Which mean you?" said Mohi.
  • Heeding him not, Babbalanja advanced toward the fore-most of those
  • with the thongs,--one Nulli: a cadaverous, ghost-like man; with a low
  • ridge of forehead; hair, steel-gray; and wondrous eyes;--bright,
  • nimble, as the twin Corposant balls, playing about the ends of ships'
  • royal-yards in gales.
  • The sun passed under a cloud; and Nulli, darting at Babbalanja those
  • wondrous eyes, there fell upon him a baleful glare.
  • "Have they souls?" he asked, pointing to the serfs.
  • "No," said Nulli, "their ancestors may have had; but their souls have
  • been bred out of their descendants; as the instinct of scent is killed
  • in pointers."
  • Approaching one of the serfs, Media took him by the hand, and felt of
  • it long; and looked into his eyes; and placed his ear to his side; and
  • exclaimed, "Surely this being has flesh that is warm; he has Oro in
  • his eye; and a heart in him that beats. I swear he is a man."
  • "Is this our lord the king?" cried Mohi, starting.
  • "What art thou," said Babbalanja to the serf. "Dost ever feel in thee
  • a sense of right and wrong? Art ever glad or sad?--They tell us thou
  • art not a man:--speak, then, for thyself; say, whether thou beliest
  • thy Maker."
  • "Speak not of my Maker to me. Under the lash, I believe my masters,
  • and account myself a brute; but in my dreams, bethink myself an angel.
  • But I am bond; and my little ones;--their mother's milk is gall."
  • "Just Oro!" cried Yoomy, "do no thunders roll,--no lightnings flash in
  • this accursed land!"
  • "Asylum for all Mardi's thralls!" cried Media.
  • "Incendiaries!" cried he with the wondrous eyes, "come ye, firebrands,
  • to light the flame of revolt? Know ye not, that here are many serfs,
  • who, incited to obtain their liberty, might wreak some dreadful
  • vengeance? Avaunt, thou king! _thou_ horrified at this? Go back to
  • Odo, and right her wrongs! These serfs are happier than thine; though
  • thine, no collars wear; more happy as they are, than if free. Are they
  • not fed, clothed, and cared for? Thy serfs pine for food: never yet
  • did these; who have no thoughts, no cares."
  • "Thoughts and cares are life, and liberty, and immortality!" cried
  • Babbalanja; "and are their souls, then, blown out as candles?"
  • "Ranter! they are content," cried Nulli. "They shed no tears."
  • "Frost never weeps," said Babbalanja; "and tears are frozen in those
  • frigid eyes."
  • "Oh fettered sons of fettered mothers, conceived and born in
  • manacles," cried Yoomy; "dragging them through life; and falling with
  • them, clanking in the grave:--oh, beings as ourselves, how my stiff
  • arm shivers to avenge you! 'Twere absolution for the matricide, to
  • strike one rivet from your chains. My heart outswells its home!"
  • "Oro! Art thou?" cried Babbalanja; "and doth this thing exist? It
  • shakes my little faith." Then, turning upon Nulli, "How can ye abide to
  • sway this curs'd dominion?"
  • "Peace, fanatic! Who else may till unwholesome fields, but these? And
  • as these beings are, so shall they remain; 'tis right and righteous!
  • Maramma champions it!--I swear it! The first blow struck for them,
  • dissolves the union of Vivenza's vales. The northern tribes well know
  • it; and know me."
  • Said Media, "Yet if--"
  • "No more! another word, and, king as thou art, thou shalt be
  • dungeoned:--here, there is such a law; thou art not among the northern
  • tribes."
  • "And this is freedom!" murmured Media; "when heaven's own voice is
  • throttled. And were these serfs to rise, and fight for it; like dogs,
  • they would be hunted down by her pretended sons!"
  • "Pray, heaven!" cried Yoomy, "they may yet find a way to loose their
  • bonds without one drop of blood. But hear me, Oro! were there no other
  • way, and should their masters not relent, all honest hearts must cheer
  • this tribe of Hamo on; though they cut their chains with blades thrice
  • edged, and gory to the haft! 'Tis right to fight for freedom, whoever
  • be the thrall."
  • "These South savannahs may yet prove battle-fields," said Mohi;
  • gloomily, as we retraced our steps.
  • "Be it," said Yoomy. "Oro will van the right."
  • "Not always has it proved so," said Babbalanja. "Oft-times, the right
  • fights single-handed against the world; and Oro champions none. In all
  • things, man's own battles, man himself must fight. Yoomy: so far as
  • feeling goes, your sympathies are not more hot than mine; but for
  • these serfs you would cross spears; yet, I would not. Better present
  • woes for some, than future woes for all."
  • "No need to fight," cried Yoomy, "to liberate that tribe of Hamo
  • instantly; a way may be found, and no irretrievable evil ensue."
  • "Point it out, and be blessed, Yoomy."
  • "That is for Vivenza; but the head is dull, where the heart is cold."
  • "My lord," said Babbalanja, "you have startled us by your kingly
  • sympathy for suffering; say thou, then, in what wise manner it shall
  • be relieved."
  • "That is for Vivenza," said Media.
  • "Mohi, you are old: speak thou."
  • "Let Vivenza speak," said Mohi.
  • "Thus then we all agree; and weeping all but echo hard-hearted
  • Nulli. Tears are not swords and wrongs seem almost natural as rights.
  • For the righteous to suppress an evil, is sometimes harder than for
  • others to uphold it. Humanity cries out against this vast enormity:--
  • not one man knows a prudent remedy. Blame not, then, the North; and
  • wisely judge the South. Ere, as a nation, they became responsible,
  • this thing was planted in their midst. Such roots strike deep. Place
  • to-day those serfs in Dominora; and with them, all Vivenza's Past;--
  • and serfs, for many years, in Dominora, they would be. Easy is it to
  • stand afar and rail. All men are censors who have lungs. We can say,
  • the stars are wrongly marshaled. Blind men say the sun is blind. A
  • thousand muscles wag our tongues; though our tongues were housed, that
  • they might have a home. Whose is free from crime, let him cross
  • himself--but hold his cross upon his lips. That he is not bad, is not
  • of him. Potters' clay and wax are all, molded by hands invisible. The
  • soil decides the man. And, ere birth, man wills not to be born here or
  • there. These southern tribes have grown up with this thing; bond-women
  • were their nurses, and bondmen serve them still. Nor are all their
  • serfs such wretches as those we saw. Some seem happy: yet not as men.
  • Unmanned, they know not what they are. And though, of all the south,
  • Nulli must stand almost alone in his insensate creed; yet, to all
  • wrong-doers, custom backs the sense of wrong. And if to every Mardian,
  • conscience be the awarder of its own doom; then, of these tribes, many
  • shall be found exempted from the least penalty of this sin. But sin it
  • is, no less;--a blot, foul as the crater-pool of hell; it puts out the
  • sun at noon; it parches all fertility; and, conscience or no
  • conscience--ere he die--let every master who wrenches bond-babe from
  • mother, that the nipple tear; unwreathes the arms of sisters; or cuts
  • the holy unity in twain; till apart fall man and wife, like one
  • bleeding body cleft:--let that master thrice shrive his soul; take
  • every sacrament; on his bended knees give up the ghost;--yet
  • shall he die despairing; and live again, to die forever damned. The
  • future is all hieroglyphics. Who may read? But, methinks the great
  • laggard Time must now march up apace, and somehow befriend these
  • thralls. It can not be, that misery is perpetually entailed; though,
  • in a land proscribing primogeniture, the first-born and last of Hamo's
  • tribe must still succeed to all their sires' wrongs. Yes. Time--all-
  • healing Time--Time, great Philanthropist!--Time must befriend these
  • thralls!"
  • "Oro grant it!" cried Yoomy "and let Mardi say, amen!"
  • "Amen! amen! amen!" cried echoes echoing echoes.
  • We traversed many of these southern vales; but as in Dominora,--so,
  • throughout Vivenza, North and South,--Yillah harbored not.
  • CHAPTER LIX
  • They Converse Of The Mollusca, Kings, Toad-Stools And Other Matters
  • Once more embarking, we gained Vivenza's southwestern side and there,
  • beheld vast swarms of laborers discharging from canoes, great loads of
  • earth; which they tossed upon the beach.
  • "It is true, then," said Media "that these freemen are engaged in
  • digging down other lands, and adding them to their own, piece-meal.
  • And this, they call extending their dominions agriculturally, and
  • peaceably."
  • "My lord, they pay a price for every canoe-load," said Mohi.
  • "Ay, old man, holding the spear in one hand, and striking the bargain
  • with the other."
  • "Yet charge it not upon all Vivenza," said Babbalanja. "Some of her
  • tribes are hostile to these things: and when their countryman fight
  • for land, are only warlike in opposing war."
  • "And therein, Babbalanja, is involved one of those anomalies in the
  • condition of Vivenza," said Media, "which I can hardly comprehend. How
  • comes it, that with so Many things to divide them, the valley-tribes
  • still keep their mystic league intact?"
  • "All plain, it is because the model, whence they derive their union,
  • is one of nature's planning. My lord, have you ever observed the
  • mysterious federation subsisting among the molluscs of the Tunicata
  • order,--in other words, a species of cuttle-fish, abounding at the
  • bottom of the lagoon?"
  • "Yes: in clear weather about the reefs, I have beheld them time and
  • again: but never with an eye to their political condition."
  • "Ah! my lord king, we should not cut off the nervous communication
  • between our eyes, and our cerebellums."
  • "What were you about to say concerning the Tunicata order of mollusca,
  • sir philosopher?"
  • "My very honorable lord, I hurry to conclude. They live in a compound
  • structure; but though connected by membranous canals, freely
  • communicating throughout the league--each member has a heart and
  • stomach of its own; provides and digests its own dinners; and grins
  • and bears its own gripes, without imparting the same to its neighbors.
  • But if a prowling shark touches one member, it ruffles all. Precisely
  • thus now with Vivenza. In that confederacy, there are as many
  • consciences as tribes; hence, if one member on its own behalf, assumes
  • aught afterwards repudiated, the sin rests on itself alone; is not
  • participated."
  • "A very subtle explanation, Babbalanja. You must allude, then, to
  • those recreant tribes; which, while in their own eyes presenting a
  • sublime moral spectacle to Mardi,--in King Bello's, do but present a
  • hopeless example of bad debts. And these, the tribes that boast of
  • boundless wealth."
  • "Most true, my lord. But Bello errs, when for this thing, he
  • stigmatizes all Vivenza, as a unity."
  • "Babbalanja, you yourself are made up of members:--then, if you be
  • sick of a lumbago,--'tis not _you_ that are unwell; but your spine."
  • "As you will, my lord. I have said. But to speak no more on that head
  • --what sort of a sensation, think you, life is to such creatures as
  • those mollusca?"
  • "Answer your own question, Babbalanja."
  • "I will; but first tell me what sort of a sensation life is to you,
  • yourself, my lord."
  • "Pray answer that along with the other, Azzageddi."
  • "Directly; but tell me, if you will, my lord, what sort of a sensation
  • life is to a toad-stool."
  • "Pray, Babbalanja put all three questions together; and then, do what
  • you have often done before, pronounce yourself a lunatic."
  • "My lord, I beseech you, remind me not of that fact so often. It is
  • true, but annoying. Nor will any wise man call another a fool."
  • "Do you take me for a mere man, then, Babbalanja, that you talk to me
  • thus?"
  • "My demi-divine lord and master, I was deeply concerned at your
  • indisposition last night:--may a loving subject inquire, whether his
  • prince is completely recovered from the effect of those guavas?"
  • "Have a care, Azzageddi; you are far too courteous, to be civil. But
  • proceed."
  • "I obey. In kings, mollusca, and toad-stools, life is one thing and
  • the same. The Philosopher Dumdi pronounces it a certain febral
  • vibration of organic parts, operating upon the vis inertia of
  • unorganized matter. But Bardianna says nay. Hear him. 'Who put
  • together this marvelous mechanism of mine; and wound it up, to go for
  • three score years and ten; when it runs out, and strikes Time's hours
  • no more? And what is it, that daily and hourly renews, and by a
  • miracle, creates in me my flesh and my blood? What keeps up the
  • perpetual telegraphic communication between my outpost toes and
  • digits, and that domed grandee up aloft, my brain?--It is not I; nor
  • you; nor he; nor it. No; when I place my hand to that king muscle my
  • heart, I am appalled. I feel the great God himself at work in me. Oro
  • is life.'"
  • "And what is death?" demanded Media.
  • "Death, my lord!--it is the deadest of all things."
  • CHAPTER LX
  • Wherein, That Gallant Gentleman And Demi-God, King Media, Scepter In
  • Hand, Throws Himself Into The Breach
  • Sailing south from Vivenza, not far from its coast, we passed a
  • cluster of islets, green as new fledged grass; and like the mouths of
  • floating cornucopias, their margins brimmed over upon the brine with
  • flowers. On some, grew stately roses; on others stood twin-pillars;
  • across others, tri-hued rainbows rested.
  • Cried Babbalanja, pointing to the last, "Franko's pledge of peace!
  • with that, she loudly vaunts she'll span the reef!--Strike out all
  • hues but red,--and the token's nearer truth."
  • All these isles were prolific gardens; where King Bello, and the
  • Princes of Porpheero grew their most delicious fruits,--nectarines and
  • grapes.
  • But, though hard by, Vivenza owned no garden here; yet longed and
  • lusted; and her hottest tribes oft roundly swore, to root up all roses
  • the half-reef over; pull down all pillars; and dissolve all rainbows.
  • "Mardi's half is ours;" said they. Stand back invaders! Full of
  • vanity; and mirroring themselves in the future; they deemed all
  • reflected there, their own.
  • 'Twas now high noon.
  • "Methinks the sun grows hot," said Media, retreating deeper under the
  • canopy. "Ho! Vee-Vee; have you no cooling beverage? none of that
  • golden wine distilled from torrid grapes, and then sent northward to
  • be cellared in an iceberg? That wine was placed among our
  • stores. Search, search the crypt, little Vee-Vee! Ha, I see it!--that
  • yellow gourd!--Come: drag it forth, my boy. Let's have the amber cups:
  • so: pass them round;--fill all! Taji! my demi-god, up heart! Old Mohi,
  • my babe, may you live ten thousand centuries! Ah! this way you mortals
  • have of dying out at three score years and ten, is but a craven habit.
  • So, Babbalanja! may you never die. Yoomy! my sweet poet, may you live
  • to sing to me in Paradise. Ha, ha! would that we floated in this
  • glorious stuff, instead of this pestilent brine.--Hark ye! were I to
  • make a Mardi now, I'd have every continent a huge haunch of venison;
  • every ocean a wine-vat! I'd stock every cavern with choice old
  • spirits, and make three surplus suns to ripen the grapes all the year
  • round. Let's drink to that!--Brimmers! So: may the next Mardi that's
  • made, be one entire grape; and mine the squeezing!"
  • "Look, look! my lord," cried Yoomy, "what a glorious shore we pass."
  • Sallying out into the high golden noon, with golden-beaming goblets
  • suspended, we gazed.
  • "This must be Kolumbo of the south," said Mohi.
  • It was a long, hazy reach of land; piled up in terraces, traced here
  • and there with rushing streams, that worked up gold dust alluvian, and
  • seemed to flash over pebbled diamonds. Heliotropes, sun-flowers,
  • marigolds gemmed, or starred the violet meads, and vassal-like, still
  • sunward bowed their heads. The rocks were pierced with grottoes,
  • blazing with crystals, many-tinted.
  • It was a land of mints and mines; its east a ruby; west a topaz.
  • Inland, the woodlands stretched an ocean, bottomless with foliage; its
  • green surges bursting through cable-vines; like Xerxes' brittle chains
  • which vainly sought to bind the Hellespont. Hence flowed a tide of
  • forest sounds; of parrots, paroquets, macaws; blent with the howl of
  • jaguars, hissing of anacondas, chattering of apes, and herons
  • screaming.
  • Out from those depths up rose a stream.
  • The land lay basking in the world's round torrid brisket, hot with
  • solar fire.
  • "No need here to land," cried Yoomy, "Yillah lurks not here."
  • "Heat breeds life, and sloth, and rage," said Babbalanja. "Here live
  • bastard tribes and mongrel nations; wrangling and murdering to prove
  • their freedom.--Refill, my lord."
  • "Methinks, Babbalanja, you savor of the mysterious parchment, in
  • Vivenza read:--Ha? Yes, philosopher, these are the men, who toppled
  • castles to make way for hovels; these, they who fought for freedom,
  • but find it despotism to rule themselves. These, Babbalanja, are of
  • the race, to whom a tyrant would prove a blessing." So saying he
  • drained his cup.
  • "My lord, that last sentiment decides the authorship of the scroll.
  • But, with deference, tyrants seldom can prove blessings; inasmuch as
  • evil seldom eventuates in good. Yet will these people soon have a
  • tyrant over them, if long they cleave to war. Of many javelins, one
  • must prove a scepter; of many helmets, one a crown. It is but in the
  • wearing.--Refill, my lord."
  • "Fools, fools!" cried Media, "these tribes hate us kings; yet know
  • not, that Peace is War against all kings. We seldom are undone by
  • spears, which are our ministers.--This wine is strong."
  • "Ha, now's the time! In his cups learn king-craft from a king. Ay, ay,
  • my lord, your royal order will endure, so long as men will fight.
  • Break the spears, and free the nations. Kings reap the harvests that
  • wave on battle-fields. And oft you kings do snatch the aloe-flower,
  • whose slow blossoming mankind watches for a hundred years.--Say on, my
  • lord."
  • "All this I know; and, therefore, rest content. My children's children
  • will be kings; though, haply, called by other titles. Mardi grows
  • fastidious in names: we royalties will humor it. The steers
  • would burst their yokes, but have not hands. The whole herd rears and
  • plunges, but soon will bow again: the old, old way!"
  • "Yet, in Porpheero, strong scepters have been wrested from anointed
  • hands. Mankind seems in arms."
  • "Let them arm on. They hate us:--good;--they always have; yet still
  • we've reigned, son after sire. Sometimes they slay us, Babbalanja;
  • pour out our marrow, as I this wine; but they spill no kinless blood.
  • 'Twas justly held of old, that but to touch a monarch, was to strike
  • at Oro.--Truth. The palest vengeance is a royal ghost; and regicides
  • but father slaves. Thrones, not scepters, have been broken. Mohi, what
  • of the past? Has it not ever proved so?"
  • "Pardon, my lord; the times seem changed. 'Tis held, that demi-gods no
  • more rule by right divine. In Vivenza's land, they swear the last
  • kings now reign in Mardi."
  • "Is the last day at hand, old man? Mohi, your beard is gray; but,
  • Yoomy, listen. When you die, look around; mark then if any mighty
  • change be seen. Old kingdoms may be on the wane; but new dynasties
  • advance. Though revolutions rise to high spring-tide, monarchs will
  • still drown hard;--monarchs survived the flood!"
  • "Are all our dreams, then, vain?" sighed Yoomy. "Is this no dawn of
  • day that streaks the crimson East! Naught but the false and flickering
  • lights which sometimes mock Aurora in the north! Ah, man, my brother!
  • have all martyrs for thee bled in vain; in vain we poets sang, and
  • prophets spoken? Nay, nay; great Mardi, helmed and mailed, strikes at
  • Oppression's shield, and challenges to battle! Oro will defend the
  • right, and royal crests must roll."
  • "Thus, Yoomy, ages since, you mortal poets sang; but the world may not
  • be moved from out the orbit in which first it rolled. On the map that
  • charts the spheres, Mardi is marked 'the world of kings.' Round
  • centuries on centuries have wheeled by:--has all this been its
  • nonage? Now, when the rocks grow gray, does man first sprout his
  • beard? Or, is your golden time, your equinoctial year, at hand, that
  • your race fast presses toward perfection; and every hand grasps at a
  • scepter, that kings may be no more?"
  • "But free Vivenza! Is she not the star, that must, ere long, lead up
  • the constellations, though now unrisen? No kings are in Vivenza; yet,
  • spite her thralls, in that land seems more of good than elsewhere. Our
  • hopes are not wild dreams: Vivenza cheers our hearts. She is a rainbow
  • to the isles!"
  • "Ay, truth it is, that in Vivenza they have prospered. But thence it
  • comes not, that all men may be as they. Are all men of one heart and
  • brain; one bone and sinew? Are all nations sprung of Dominora's loins?
  • Or, has Vivenza yet proved her creed? Yoomy! the years that prove a
  • man, prove not a nation. But two kings'-reigns have passed since
  • Vivenza was a monarch's. Her climacteric is not come; hers is not yet
  • a nation's manhood even; though now in childhood, she anticipates her
  • youth, and lusts for empire like any czar. Yoomy! judge not yet. Time
  • hath tales to tell. Many books, and many long, long chapters, are
  • wanting to Vivenza's history; and whet history but is full of blood?"
  • "There stop, my lord," said Babbalanja, "nor aught predict. Fate
  • laughs at prophets; and of all birds, the raven is a liar!"
  • CHAPTER LXI
  • They Round The Stormy Cape Of Capes
  • Long leagues, for weary days, we voyaged along that coast, till we
  • came to regions where we multiplied our mantles.
  • The sky grew overcast. Each a night, black storm-clouds swept the
  • wintry sea; and like Sahara caravans, which leave their sandy wakes--
  • so, thick and fleet, slanted the scud behind. Through all this rack
  • and mist, ten thousand foam-flaked dromedary-humps uprose.
  • Deep among those panting, moaning fugitives, the three canoes raced on.
  • And now, the air grew nipping cold. The clouds shed off their fleeces;
  • a snow-hillock, each canoe; our beards, white-frosted.
  • And so, as seated in our shrouds, we sailed in among great mountain
  • passes of ice-isles; from icy ledges scaring shivering seals, and
  • white bears, musical with icicles, jingling from their shaggy ermine.
  • Far and near, in towering ridges, stretched the glassy Andes; with
  • their own frost, shuddering through all their domes and pinnacles.
  • Ice-splinters rattled down the cliffs, and seethed into the sea.
  • Broad away, in amphitheaters undermined by currents, whole cities of
  • ice-towers, in crashes, toward one center, fell.--In their
  • earthquakes, Lisbon and Lima never saw the like. Churned and broken in
  • the boiling tide, they swept off amain;--over and over rolling; like
  • porpoises to vessels tranced in calms, bringing down the gale.
  • At last, rounding an antlered headland, that seemed a moose at
  • bay--ere long, we launched upon blue lake-like waters, serene as
  • Windermere, or Horicon. Thus, from the boisterous storms of youth, we
  • glide upon senility.
  • But as we northward voyaged, another aspect wore the sea.
  • In far-off, endless vistas, colonnades of water-spouts were seen: all
  • heaven's dome upholding on their shafts: and bright forms gliding up
  • and down within. So at Luz, in his strange vision, Jacob saw the angels.
  • A boundless cave of stalactites, it seemed; the cloud-born vapors
  • downward spiraling, till they met the whirlpool-column from the sea;
  • then, uniting, over the waters stalked, like ghosts of gods. Or midway
  • sundered--down, sullen, sunk the watery half; and far up into heaven,
  • was drawn the vapory. As, at death, we mortals part in twain; our
  • earthy half still here abiding; but our spirits flying whence they came.
  • In good time, we gained the thither side of great Kolumbo of the South;
  • and sailing on, long waited for the day; and wondered at the darkness.
  • "What steadfast clouds!" cried Yoomy, "yonder! far aloft: that ridge,
  • with many points; it fades below, but shows a faint white crest."
  • "Not clouds, but mountains," said Babbalanja, "the vast spine, that
  • traverses Kolumbo; spurring off in ribs, that nestle loamy valleys,
  • veined with silver streams, and silver ores."
  • It was a long, embattled line of pinnacles. And high posted in the
  • East, those thousand bucklered peaks stood forth, and breasted back
  • the Dawn. Before their purple bastions bold, Aurora long arrayed her
  • spears, and clashed her golden shells. The summons dies away. But now,
  • her lancers charge the steep, and gain its crest a-glow;--their
  • glittering spears and blazoned shields triumphant in the morn.
  • But ere that sight, we glided on for hours in twilight; when, on those
  • mountains' farther side, the hunters must have been abroad, morning-
  • glories all astir.
  • CHAPTER LXII
  • They Encounter Gold-Hunters
  • Now, northward coasting along Kolumbo's Western shore, whence came the
  • same wild forest-sounds, as from the Eastern; and where we landed not,
  • to seek among those wrangling tribes;--after many, many days, we spied
  • prow after prow, before the wind all northward bound: sails wide-
  • spread, and paddles plying: scaring the fish from before them.
  • Their inmates answered not our earnest hail.
  • But as they sped, with frantic glee, in one long chorus thus they
  • sang:--
  • We rovers bold,
  • To the land of Gold,
  • Over bowling billows are gliding:
  • Eager to toil,
  • For the golden spoil,
  • And every hardship biding.
  • See! See!
  • Before our prows' resistless dashes,
  • The gold-fish fly in golden flashes!
  • 'Neath a sun of gold,
  • We rovers bold,
  • On the golden land are gaining;
  • And every night,
  • We steer aright,
  • By golden stars unwaning!
  • All fires burn a golden glare:
  • No locks so bright as golden hair!
  • All orange groves have golden gushings:
  • All mornings dawn with golden flushings!
  • In a shower of gold, say fables old,
  • A maiden was won by the god of gold!
  • In golden goblets wine is beaming:
  • On golden couches kings are dreaming!
  • The Golden Rule dries many tears!
  • The Golden Number rules the spheres!
  • Gold, gold it is, that sways the nations:
  • Gold! gold! the center of all rotations!
  • On golden axles worlds are turning:
  • With phosphorescence seas are burning!
  • All fire-flies flame with golden gleamings:
  • Gold-hunters' hearts with golden dreamings!
  • With golden arrows kings are slain:
  • With gold we'll buy a freeman's name!
  • In toilsome trades, for scanty earnings,
  • At home we've slaved, with stifled yearnings:
  • No light! no hope! Oh, heavy woe!
  • When nights fled fast, and days dragged slow.
  • But joyful now, with eager eye,
  • Fast to the Promised Land we fly:
  • Where in deep mines,
  • The treasure shines;
  • Or down in beds of golden streams,
  • The gold-flakes glance in golden gleams!
  • How we long to sift,
  • That yellow drift!
  • Rivers! Rivers! cease your going!
  • Sand-bars! rise, and stay the tide!
  • 'Till we've gained the golden flowing;
  • And in the golden haven ride!
  • "Quick, quick, my lord," cried Yoomy, "let us follow them; and from
  • the golden waters where she lies, our Yillah may emerge."
  • "No, no," said Babbalanja,--"no Yillah there!--from yonder promised-
  • land, fewer seekers will return, than go. Under a gilded guise,
  • happiness is still their instinctive aim. But vain, Yoomy, to snatch
  • at Happiness. Of that we may not pluck and eat. It is the fruit of our
  • own toilsome planting; slow it grows, nourished by many teats, and all
  • our earnest tendings. Yet ere it ripen, frosts may nip;--and then, we
  • plant again; and yet again. Deep, Yoomy, deep, true treasure lies;
  • deeper than all Mardi's gold, rooted to Mardi's axis. But unlike gold,
  • it lurks in every soil,--all Mardi over. With golden pills and
  • potions is sickness warded off?--the shrunken veins of age, dilated
  • with new wine of youth? Will gold the heart-ache cure? turn toward us
  • hearts estranged? will gold, on solid centers empires fix? 'Tis toil
  • world-wasted to toil in mines. Were all the isles gold globes, set in
  • a quicksilver sea, all Mardi were then a desert. Gold is the only
  • poverty; of all glittering ills the direst. And that man might not
  • impoverish himself thereby, Oro hath hidden it, with all other
  • banes,--saltpeter and explosives, deep in mountain bowels, and river-
  • beds. But man still will mine for it; and mining, dig his doom.--
  • Yoomy, Yoomy!--she we seek, lurks not in the Golden Hills!"
  • "Lo, a vision!" cried Yoomy, his hands wildly passed across his eyes.
  • "A vast and silent bay, belted by silent villages:--gaunt dogs howling
  • over grassy thresholds at stark corpses of old age and infancy; gray
  • hairs mingling with sweet flaxen curls; fields, with turned furrows,
  • choked with briers; arbor-floors strown over with hatchet-helves,
  • rotting in the iron; a thousand paths, marked with foot-prints, all
  • inland leading, none villageward; and strown with traces, as of a
  • flying host. On: over forest--hill, and dale--and lo! the golden
  • region! After the glittering spoil, by strange river-margins, and
  • beneath impending cliffs, thousands delve in quicksands; and, sudden,
  • sink in graves of their own making: with gold dust mingling their own
  • ashes. Still deeper, in more solid ground, other thousands slave; and
  • pile their earth so high, they gasp for air, and die; their comrades
  • mounting on them, and delving still, and dying--grave pile on grave!
  • Here, one haggard hunter murders another in his pit; and murdering,
  • himself is murdered by a third. Shrieks and groans! cries and curses!
  • It seems a golden Hell! With many camels, a sleek stranger comes--
  • pauses before the shining heaps, and shows _his_ treasures: yams and
  • bread-fruit. 'Give, give,' the famished hunters cry--, 'a thousand
  • shekels for a yam!--a prince's ransom for a meal!--Oh,
  • stranger! on our knees we worship thee:--take, take our gold; but let
  • us live!' Yams are thrown them and they fight. Then he who toiled not,
  • dug not, slaved not, straight loads his caravans with gold; regains
  • the beach, and swift embarks for home. 'Home! home!' the hunters cry,
  • with bursting eyes. 'With this bright gold, could we but join our
  • waiting wives, who wring their hands on distant shores, all then were
  • well. But we can not fly; our prows lie rotting on the beach. Ah!
  • home! thou only happiness!--better thy silver earnings than all these
  • golden findings. Oh, bitter end to all our hopes--we die in golden
  • graves."
  • CHAPTER LXIII
  • They Seek Through The Isles Of Palms; And Pass The Isles Of Myrrh
  • Now, our prows we turned due west, across the blue lagoon.
  • Soon, no land appeared. Far as the eye could sweep, one azure plain;
  • all over flaked with foamy fleeces:--a boundless flock upon a
  • boundless mead!
  • Again, all changed. Like stars in multitude, bright islets multiplied
  • around. Emerald-green, they dotted shapes fantastic: circles, arcs,
  • and crescents;--atolls all, or coral carcanets, begemmed and flashing
  • in the sun.
  • By these we glided, group after group; and through the foliage, spied
  • sweet forms of maidens, like Eves in Edens ere the Fall, or
  • Proserpines in Ennas. Artless airs came from the shore; and from the
  • censer-swinging roses, a bloom, as if from Hebe's cheek.
  • "Here, at last, we find sweet Yillah!" murmured Yoomy. "Here must she
  • lurk in innocence! Quick! Let us land and search."
  • "If here," said Babbalanja, "Yillah will not stay our coming, but fly
  • before us through the groves. Wherever a canoe is beached, see you not
  • the palm-trees pine? Not so, where never keel yet smote the strand. In
  • mercy, let us fly from hence. I know not why, but our breath here,
  • must prove a blight."
  • These regions passed, we came to savage islands, where the glittering
  • coral seemed bones imbedded, bleaching in the sun. Savage men stood
  • naked on the strand, and brandished uncouth clubs, and gnashed their
  • teeth like boars.
  • The full red moon was rising; and, in long review there passed before
  • it, phantom shapes of victims, led bound to altars through the groves.
  • Death-rattles filled the air. But a cloud descended, and all was gloom.
  • Again blank water spread before us; and after many days, there came a
  • gentle breeze, fraught with all spicy breathings; cinnamon aromas; and
  • in the rose-flushed evening air, like glow worms, glowed the islets,
  • where this incense burned.
  • "Sweet isles of myrh! oh crimson groves," cried Yoomy. "Woe, woe's
  • your fate! your brightness and your bloom, like musky fire-flies,
  • double-lure to death! On ye, the nations prey like bears that gorge
  • themselves with honey."
  • Swan-like, our prows sailed in among these isles; and oft we landed;
  • but in vain; and leaving them, we still pursued the setting sun.
  • CHAPTER LXIV
  • Concentric, Inward, With Mardi's Reef, They Leave Their Wake Around
  • The World
  • West, West! West, West! Whitherward point Hope and prophet-fingers;
  • whitherward, at sun-set, kneel all worshipers of fire; whitherward in
  • mid-ocean, the great whales turn to die; whitherward face all the
  • Moslem dead in Persia; whitherward lie Heaven and Hell!--West, West!
  • Whitherward mankind and empires--flocks, caravans, armies, navies;
  • worlds, suns, and stars all wend!--West, West!--Oh boundless boundary!
  • Eternal goal! Whitherward rush, in thousand worlds, ten thousand
  • thousand keels! Beacon, by which the universe is steered!--Like the
  • north-star, attracting all needles! Unattainable forever; but forever
  • leading to great things this side thyself!--Hive of all sunsets!--
  • Gabriel's pinions may not overtake thee!
  • Over balmy waves, still westward sailing! From dawn till eve, the
  • bright, bright days sped on, chased by the gloomy nights; and, in
  • glory dying, lent their luster to the starry skies. So, long the
  • radiant dolphins fly before the sable sharks but seized, and torn in
  • flames--die, burning:--their last splendor left, in sparkling scales
  • that float along the sea.
  • Cymbals, drums and psalteries! the air beats like a pulse with music!
  • --High land! high land! and moving lights, and painted lanterns!--What
  • grand shore is this?
  • "Reverence we render thee, Old Orienda!" cried Media, with bared brow,
  • "Original of all empires and emperors!--a crowned king salutes thee!"
  • "Mardi's father-land!" cried Mohi, "grandsire of the nations,--hail!"
  • "All hail!" cried Yoomy. "Kings and sages hither coming, should come
  • like palmers,--scrip and staff! Oh Orienda! thou wert our East, where
  • first dawned song and science, with Mardi's primal mornings! But now,
  • how changed! the dawn of light become a darkness, which we kindle with
  • the gleam of spears! On the world's ancestral hearth, we spill our
  • brothers' blood!"
  • "Herein," said Babbalanja, "have many distant tribes proved
  • parricidal. In times gone by, Luzianna hither sent her prom; Franko,
  • her scores of captains; and the Dykemen, their peddler hosts, with
  • yard-stick spears! But thou, oh Bello! lord of the empire lineage!
  • Noah of the moderns. Sire of the long line of nations yet in germ!--
  • thou, Bello, and thy locust armies, are the present curse of Orienda.
  • Down ancient streams, from holy plains, in rafts thy murdered float!
  • The pestilence that thins thy armies here, is bred of corpses, made by
  • thee. Maramma's priests, thy pious heralds, loud proclaim that of all
  • pagans, Orienda's most resist the truth!--ay! vain all pious voices,
  • that speak from clouds of war! The march of conquest through wild
  • provinces, may be the march of Mind; but not the march of Love."
  • "Thou, Bello!" cried Yoomy, "would'st wrest the crook from Alma's
  • hand, and place in it a spear. But vain to make a conqueror of him,
  • who put off the purple when he came to Mardi; and declining gilded
  • miters, entered the nations meekly on an ass."
  • "Oh curse of commerce!" cried Babbalanja, "that it barters souls for
  • gold. Bello! with opium, thou wouldst drug this land, and murder it in
  • sleep!--And what boot thy conquests here? Seed sown by spears but
  • seldom springs; and harvests reaped thereby, are poisoned by the
  • sickle's edge."
  • Yet on, and on we coasted; counting not the days.
  • "Oh, folds and flocks of nations! dusky tribes innumerable!" cried
  • Yoomy, "camped on plains and steppes; on thousand mountains,
  • worshiping the stars; in thousand valleys, offering up first-fruits,
  • till all the forests seem in flames;--where, in fire, the widow's
  • spirit mounts to meet her lord!--Oh, Orienda, in thee 'tis vain to
  • seek our Yillah!"
  • "How dark as death the night!" said Mohi, shaking the dew from his
  • braids, "the Heavens blaze not here with stars, as over Dominora's
  • land, and broad Vivenza."
  • One only constellation was beheld; but every star was brilliant as the
  • one, that promises the morning. That constellation was the Crux-
  • Australis,--the badge, and type of Alma.
  • And now, southwest we steered, till another island vast, was reached;
  • --Hamora! far trending toward the Antarctic Pole.
  • Coasting on by barbarous beaches, where painted men, with spears,
  • charged on all attempts to land, at length we rounded a mighty bluff,
  • lit by a beacon; and heard a bugle call:--Bello's! hurrying to their
  • quarters, the World-End's garrison.
  • Here, the sea rolled high, in mountain surges: mid which, we toiled
  • and strained, as if ascending cliffs of Caucasus.
  • But not long thus. As when from howling Rhoetian heights, the traveler
  • spies green Lombardy below, and downward rushes toward that pleasant
  • plain; so, sloping from long rolling swells, at last we launched upon
  • the calm lagoon.
  • But as we northward sailed, once more the storm-trump blew, and
  • charger-like, the seas ran mustering to the call; and in battalions
  • crouched before a towering rock, far distant from the main. No moon,
  • eclipsed in Egypt's skies, looked half so lone. But from out that
  • darkness, on the loftiest peak, Bello's standard waved.
  • "Oh rifled tomb!" cried Babbalanja. "Wherein lay the Mars and
  • Moloch of our times, whose constellated crown, was gemmed with
  • diadems. Thou god of war! who didst seem the devouring Beast of the
  • Apocalypse; casting so vast a shadow over Mardi, that yet it lingers
  • in old Franko's vale; where still they start at thy tremendous ghost;
  • and, late, have hailed a phantom, King! Almighty hero-spell! that
  • after the lapse of half a century, can so bewitch all hearts! But one
  • drop of hero-blood will deify a fool.
  • "Franko! thou wouldst be free; yet thy free homage is to the buried
  • ashes of a King; thy first choice, the exaltation of his race. In
  • furious fires, thou burn'st Ludwig's throne; and over thy new-made
  • chieftain's portal, in golden letters print'st--'The Palace of our
  • Lord!' In thy New Dispensation, thou cleavest to the exploded Law. And
  • on Freedom's altar--ah, I fear--still, may slay thy hecatombs. But
  • Freedom turns away; she is sick with burnt blood of offerings. Other
  • rituals she loves; and like Oro, unseen herself, would be worshiped
  • only by invisibles. Of long drawn cavalcades, pompous processions,
  • frenzied banners, mystic music, marching nations, she will none. Oh,
  • may thy peaceful Future, Franko, sanctify thy bloody Past. Let not
  • history say; 'To her old gods, she turned again.'"
  • This rocky islet passed, the sea went down; once more we neared
  • Hamora's western shore. In the deep darkness, here and there, its
  • margin was lit up by foam-white, breaking billows rolled over from
  • Vivenza's strand, and down from northward Dominora; marking places
  • where light was breaking in, upon the interior's jungle-gloom.
  • In heavy sighs, the night-winds from shore came over us.
  • "Ah, vain to seek sweet Yillah here," cried Yoomy.--"Poor land! curst
  • of man, not Oro! how thou faintest for thy children, torn from thy
  • soil, to till a stranger's. Vivenza! did these winds not spend their
  • plaints, ere reaching thee, thy every vale would echo them. Oh, tribe
  • of Hamo! thy cup of woe so brims, that soon it must overflow upon the
  • land which holds ye thralls. No misery born of crime, but
  • spreads and poisons wide. Suffering hunteth sin, as the gaunt hound
  • the hare, and tears it in the greenest brakes."
  • Still on we sailed: and after many tranquil days and nights, a storm
  • came down, and burst its thousand bombs. The lightnings forked and
  • flashed; the waters boiled; our three prows lifted themselves in
  • supplication; but the billows smote them as they reared.
  • Said Babbalanja, bowing to the blast: "Thus, oh Vivenza! retribution
  • works! Though long delayed, it comes at last--Judgment, with all her
  • bolts."
  • Now, a current seized us, and like three darts, our keels sped
  • eastward, through a narrow strait, far in, upon a smooth expanse, an
  • inland ocean, without a throb.
  • On our left, Porpheero's southwest point, a mighty rock, long tiers of
  • galleries within, deck on deck; and flag-staffs, like an admiral's
  • masts: a line-of-battle-ship, all purple stone, and anchored in the
  • sea. Here Bello's lion crouched; and, through a thousand port-holes,
  • eyed the world.
  • On our right, Hamora's northern shore gleamed thick with crescents;
  • numerous as the crosses along the opposing strand.
  • "How vain to say, that progress is the test of truth, my lord," said
  • Babbalanja, "when, after many centuries, those crescents yet unwaning
  • shine, and count a devotee for every worshiper of yonder crosses.
  • Truth and Merit have other symbols than success; and in this mortal
  • race, all competitors may enter; and the field is clear for all. Side
  • by side, Lies run with Truths, and fools with wise; but, like
  • geometric lines, though they pierce infinity, never may they join."
  • Over that tideless sea we sailed; and landed right, and landed left;
  • but the maiden never found; till, at last, we gained the water's
  • limit; and inland saw great pointed masses, crowned with halos.
  • "Granite continents," cried Babbalanja, "that seem created like the
  • planets, not built with human hands. Lo, Landmarks! upon whose flanks
  • Time leaves its traces, like old tide-rips of diluvian seas."
  • As, after wandering round and round some purple dell, deep in a
  • boundless prairie's heart, the baffled hunter plunges in; then,
  • despairing, turns once more to gain the open plain; even so we seekers
  • now curved round our keels; and from that inland sea emerged. The
  • universe again before us; our quest, as wide.
  • CHAPTER LXV
  • Sailing On
  • Morning dawned upon the same mild, blue Lagoon as erst; and all the
  • lands that we had passed, since leaving Piko's shore of spears, were
  • faded from the sight.
  • Part and parcel of the Mardian isles, they formed a cluster by
  • themselves; like the Pleiades, that shine in Taurus, and are eclipsed
  • by the red splendor of his fiery eye, and the thick clusterings of the
  • constellations round.
  • And as in Orion, to some old king-astronomer,--say, King of Rigel, or
  • Betelguese,--this Earth's four quarters show but four points afar; so,
  • seem they to terrestrial eyes, that broadly sweep the spheres.
  • And, as the sun, by influence divine, wheels through the Ecliptic;
  • threading Cancer, Leo, Pisces, and Aquarius; so, by some mystic
  • impulse am I moved, to this fleet progress, through the groups in
  • white-reefed Mardi's zone.
  • Oh, reader, list! I've chartless voyaged. With compass and the lead,
  • we had not found these Mardian Isles. Those who boldly launch, cast
  • off all cables; and turning from the common breeze, that's fair for
  • all, with their own breath, fill their own sails. Hug the shore,
  • naught new is seen; and "Land ho!" at last was sung, when a new world
  • was sought.
  • That voyager steered his bark through seas, untracked before; ploughed
  • his own path mid jeers; though with a heart that oft was heavy with
  • the thought, that he might only be too bold, and grope where land was
  • none.
  • So I.
  • And though essaying but a sportive sail, I was driven from my course,
  • by a blast resistless; and ill-provided, young, and bowed to the brunt
  • of things before my prime, still fly before the gale;--hard have I
  • striven to keep stout heart.
  • And if it harder be, than e'er before, to find new climes, when now
  • our seas have oft been circled by ten thousand prows,--much more the
  • glory!
  • But this new world here sought, is stranger far than his, who
  • stretched his vans from Palos. It is the world of mind; wherein the
  • wanderer may gaze round, with more of wonder than Balboa's band roving
  • through the golden Aztec glades.
  • But fiery yearnings their own phantom-future make, and deem it
  • present. So, if after all these fearful, fainting trances, the verdict
  • be, the golden haven was not gained;--yet, in bold quest thereof,
  • better to sink in boundless deeps, than float on vulgar shoals; and
  • give me, ye gods, an utter wreck, if wreck I do.
  • CHAPTER LXVI
  • A Flight Of Nightingales From Yoomy's Mouth
  • By noon, down came a calm.
  • "Oh Neeva! good Neeva! kind Neeva! thy sweet breath, dear Neeva!"
  • So from his shark's-mouth prayed little Vee-Vee to the god of Fair
  • Breezes. And along they swept; till the three prows neighed to the
  • blast; and pranced on their path, like steeds of Crusaders.
  • Now, that this fine wind had sprung up; the sun riding joyously in the
  • heavens; and the Lagoon all tossed with white, flying manes; Media
  • called upon Yoomy to ransack his whole assortment of songs:--warlike,
  • amorous, and sentimental,--and regale us with something inspiring for
  • too long the company had been gloomy.
  • "Thy best," he cried.
  • Then will I e'en sing you a song, my lord, which is a song-full of
  • songs. I composed it long, long since, when Yillah yet bowered in Odo.
  • Ere now, some fragments have been heard. Ah, Taji! in this my lay,
  • live over again your happy hours. Some joys have thousand lives; can
  • never die; for when they droop, sweet memories bind them up.--My lord,
  • I deem these verses good; they came bubbling out of me, like live
  • waters from a spring in a silver mine. And by your good leave, my
  • lord, I have much faith in inspiration. Whoso sings is a seer."
  • "Tingling is the test," said Babbalanja, "Yoomy, did you tingle, when
  • that song was composing?"
  • "All over, Babbalanja."
  • "From sole to crown?"
  • "From finger to finger."
  • "My life for it! true poetry, then, my lord! For this self-same
  • tingling, I say, is the test."
  • "And infused into a song," cried Yoomy, "it evermore causes it so to
  • sparkle, vivify, and irradiate, that no son of man can repeat it
  • without tingling himself. This very song of mine may prove what I
  • say."
  • "Modest youth!" sighed Media.
  • "Not more so, than sincere," said Babbalanja. "He who is frank, will
  • often appear vain, my lord. Having no guile, he speaks as freely of
  • himself, as of another; and is just as ready to honor his own merits,
  • even if imaginary, as to lament over undeniable deficiencies. Besides,
  • such men are prone to moods, which to shallow-minded, unsympathizing
  • mortals, make their occasional distrust of themselves, appear but as a
  • phase of self-conceit. Whereas, the man who, in the presence of his
  • very friends, parades a barred and bolted front,--that man so highly
  • prizes his sweet self, that he cares not to profane the shrine he
  • worships, by throwing open its portals. He is locked up; and Ego is
  • the key. Reserve alone is vanity. But all mankind are egotists. The
  • world revolves upon an I; and we upon ourselves; for we are our own
  • worlds:--all other men as strangers, from outlandish, distant climes,
  • going clad in furs. Then, whate'er they be, let us show our worlds;
  • and not seek to hide from men, what Oro knows."
  • "Truth, my lord," said Yoomy, "but all this applies to men in mass;
  • not specially, to my poor craft. Of all mortals, we poets are most
  • subject to contrary moods. Now, heaven over heaven in the skies; now
  • layer under layer in the dust. This, the penalty we pay for being what
  • we are. But Mardi only sees, or thinks it sees, the tokens of our
  • self-complacency: whereas, all our agonies operate unseen. Poets are
  • only seen when they soar."
  • "The song! the song!" cried Media. "Never mind the metaphysics of
  • genius."
  • And Yoomy, thus clamorously invoked, hemmed thrice, tuning his voice
  • for the air.
  • But here, be it said, that the minstrel was miraculously gifted with
  • three voices; and, upon occasions, like a mocking-bird, was a concert
  • of sweet sounds in himself. Had kind friends died, and bequeathed him
  • their voices? But hark! in a low, mild tenor, he begins:--
  • Half-railed above the hills, yet rosy bright,
  • Stands fresh, and fair, the meek and blushing morn!
  • So Yillah looks! her pensive eyes the stars,
  • That mildly beam from out her cheek's young dawn!
  • But the still meek Dawn,
  • Is not aye the form
  • Of Yillah nor Morn!
  • Soon rises the sun,
  • Day's race to run:
  • His rays abroad,
  • Flash each a sword,--
  • And merrily forth they flare!
  • Sun-music in the air!
  • So Yillah now rises and flashes!
  • Rays shooting from ont her long lashes,--
  • Sun-music in the air!
  • Her laugh! How it bounds!
  • Bright cascade of sounds!
  • Peal after peal, and ringing afar,--
  • Ringing of waters, that silvery jar,
  • From basin to basin fast falling!
  • Fast falling, and shining, and streaming:--
  • Yillah's bosom, the soft, heaving lake,
  • Where her laughs at last dimple, and flake!
  • Oh beautiful Yillah! Thy step so free!--
  • Fast fly the sea-ripples,
  • Revealing their dimples,
  • When forth, thou hi'st to the frolicsome sea!
  • All the stars laugh,
  • When upward she looks:
  • All the trees chat
  • In their woody nooks:
  • All the brooks sing;
  • All the caves ring;
  • All the buds blossom;
  • All the boughs bound;
  • All the birds carol;
  • And leaves turn round,
  • Where Yillah looks!
  • Light wells from her soul's deep sun
  • Causing many toward her to run!
  • Vines to climb, and flowers to spring;
  • And youths their love by hundreds bring!
  • "Proceed, gentle Yoomy," said Babbalanja.
  • "The meaning," said Mohi.
  • "The sequel," said Media.
  • "My lord, I have ceased in the middle; the end is not yet."
  • "Mysticism!" cried Babbalanja. "What, minstrel; must nothing ultimate
  • come of all that melody? no final and inexhaustible meaning? nothing
  • that strikes down into the soul's depths; till, intent upon itself, it
  • pierces in upon its own essence, and is resolved into its pervading
  • original; becoming a thing constituent of the all embracing deific;
  • whereby we mortals become part and parcel of the gods; our souls to
  • them as thoughts; and we privy to all things occult, ineffable, and
  • sublime? Then, Yoomy, is thy song nothing worth. Alla Mollolla saith,
  • 'That is no true, vital breath, which leaves no moisture behind.' I
  • mistrust thee, minstrel! that thou hast not yet been impregnated by
  • the arcane mysteries; that thou dost not sufficiently ponder on the
  • Adyta, the Monads, and the Hyparxes; the Dianoias, the Unical
  • Hypostases, the Gnostic powers of the Psychical Essence, and the
  • Supermundane and Pleromatic Triads; to say nothing of the Abstract
  • Noumenons."
  • "Oro forbid!" cried Yoomy; "the very sound of thy words affrights me."
  • Then, whispering to Mohi--"Is he daft again?"
  • "My brain is battered," said Media. "Azzageddi! you must diet, and be
  • bled."
  • "Ah!" sighed Babbalanja, turning; "how little they ween of the
  • Rudimental Quincunxes, and the Hecatic Spherula!"
  • CHAPTER LXVII
  • They Visit One Doxodox
  • Next morning, we came to a deep, green wood, slowly nodding over the
  • waves; its margin frothy-white with foam. A charming sight!
  • While delighted, all our paddlers gazed, Media, observing Babbalanja
  • plunged in reveries, called upon him to awake; asking what might so
  • absorb him.
  • "Ah, my lord! what seraphic sounds have ye driven from me!"
  • "Sounds! Sure, there's naught heard but yonder murmuring surf; what
  • other sound heard you?"
  • "The thrilling of my soul's monochord, my lord. But prick not your
  • ears to hear it; that divine harmony is overheard by the rapt spirit
  • alone; it comes not by the auditory nerves."
  • "No more, Azzageddi! No more of that. Look yonder!"
  • "A most lovely wood, in truth. And methinks it is here the sage
  • Doxodox, surnamed the Wise One, dwells."
  • "Hark, I hear the hootings of his owls," said Mohi.
  • "My lord, you must have read of him. He is said to have penetrated
  • from the zoned, to the unzoned principles. Shall we seek him out, that
  • we may hearken to his wisdom? Doubtless he knows many things, after
  • which we pant."
  • The lagoon was calm, as we landed; not a breath stirred the plumes of
  • the trees; and as we entered the voiceless shades, lifting his hand,
  • Babbalanja whispered:--"This silence is a fit introduction to the
  • portals of Telestic lore. Somewhere, beneath this moss, lurks
  • the mystic stone Mnizuris; whereby Doxodox hath attained unto a
  • knowledge of the ungenerated essences. Nightly, he bathes his soul in
  • archangelical circumlucencies. Oh, Doxodox! whip me the Strophalunian
  • top! Tell o'er thy Jynges!"
  • "Down, Azzageddi! down!" cried Media. "Behold: there sits the Wise
  • One; now, for true wisdom!"
  • From the voices of the party, the sage must have been aware of our
  • approach: but seated on a green bank, beneath the shade of a red
  • mulberry, upon the boughs of which, many an owl was perched, he seemed
  • intent upon describing divers figures in the air, with a jet-black wand.
  • Advancing with much deference and humility, Babbalanja saluted him.
  • "Oh wise Doxodox! Drawn hither by thy illustrious name, we seek
  • admittance to thy innermost wisdom. Of all Mardian, thou alone
  • comprehendest those arcane combinations, whereby to drag to day the
  • most deftly hidden things, present and to come. Thou knowest what we
  • are, and what we shall be. We beseech thee, evoke thy Tselmns!"
  • "Tetrads; Pentads; Hexads; Heptads; Ogdoads:--meanest thou those?"
  • "New terms all!"
  • "Foiled at thy own weapons," said Media.
  • "Then, if thou comprehendest not my nomenclature:--how my science? But
  • let me test thee in the portico.--Why is it, that as some things
  • extend more remotely than others; so, Quadammodotatives are larger
  • than Qualitatives; forasmuch, as Quadammodotatives extend to those
  • things, which include the Quadammodotatives themselves."
  • "Azzageddi has found his match," said Media.
  • "Still posed, Babbalanja?" asked Mohi.
  • "At a loss, most truly! But I beseech thee, wise Doxodox! instruct me
  • in thy dialectics, that I may embrace thy more recondite lore."
  • "To begin then, my child:--all Dicibles reside in the mind."
  • "But what are Dicibles?" said Media.
  • "Meanest thou, Perfect or Imperfect Dicibles?" Any kind you please;--
  • but what are they?"
  • "Perfect Dicibles are of various sorts: Interrogative; Percontative;
  • Adjurative; Optative; Imprecative; Execrative; Substitutive;
  • Compellative; Hypothetical; and lastly, Dubious."
  • "Dubious enough! Azzageddi! forever, hereafter, hold thy peace."
  • "Ah, my children! I must go back to my Axioms."
  • "And what are they?" said old Mohi.
  • "Of various sorts; which, again, are diverse. Thus: my contrary axioms
  • are Disjunctive, and Subdisjunctive; and so, with the rest. So, too,
  • in degree, with my Syllogisms."
  • "And what of them?"
  • "Did I not just hint what they were, my child? I repeat, they are of
  • various sorts: Connex, and Conjunct, for example."
  • "And what of them?" persisted Mohi; while Babbalanja, arms folded,
  • stood serious and mute; a sneer on his lip.
  • "As with other branches of my dialectics: so, too, in their way, with
  • my Syllogisms. Thus: when I say,--If it be warm, it is not cold:--
  • that's a simple Sumption. If I add, But it is warm:--that's an
  • _Ass_umption."
  • "So called from the syllogist himself, doubtless;" said Mohi, stroking
  • his beard.
  • "Poor ignorant babe! no. Listen:--if finally, I say,--Therefore it is
  • not cold that's the final inference."
  • "And a most triumphant one it is!" cried Babbalanja. "Thrice profound,
  • and sapient Doxodox! Light of Mardi! and Beacon of the Universe! didst
  • ever hear of the Shark-Syllogism?"
  • "Though thy epithets be true, my child, I distrust thy sincerity. I
  • have not yet heard of the syllogism to which thou referrest."
  • "It was thus. A shark seized a swimmer by the leg; addressing him:
  • 'Friend, I will liberate you, if you truly answer whether you think I
  • purpose harm.' Well knowing that sharks seldom were magnanimous, he
  • replied: Kind sir, you mean me harm; now go your ways.' 'No, no; my
  • conscience forbids. Nor will I falsify the words of so veracious a
  • mortal. You were to answer truly; but you say I mean you harm:--so
  • harm it is:--here goes your leg.'"
  • "Profane jester! Would'st thou insult me with thy torn-foolery?
  • Begone--all of ye! tramp! pack! I say: away with ye!" and into the
  • woods Doxodox himself disappeared.
  • "Bravely done, Babbalanja!" cried Media. "You turned the corner to
  • admiration."
  • "I have hopes of our Philosopher yet," said Mohi.
  • "Outrageous impostor! fool, dotard, oaf! Did he think to bejuggle me
  • with his preposterous gibberish? And is this shallow phraseman the
  • renowned Doxodox whom I have been taught so highly to reverence? Alas,
  • alas--Odonphi there is none!"
  • "His fit again," sighed Yoomy.
  • CHAPTER LXVIII
  • King Media Dreams
  • That afternoon was melting down to eve; all but Media broad awake; yet
  • all motionless, as the slumberer upon the purple mat. Sailing on, with
  • open eyes, we slept the wakeful sleep of those, who to the body only
  • give repose, while the spirit still toils on, threading her mountain
  • passes.
  • King Media's slumbers were like the helmed sentry's in the saddle.
  • From them, he started like an antlered deer, bursting from out a
  • copse. Some said he never slept; that deep within himself he but
  • intensified the hour; or, leaving his crowned brow in marble quiet,
  • unseen, departed to far-off councils of the gods. Howbeit, his lids
  • never closed; in the noonday sun, those crystal eyes, like diamonds,
  • sparkled with a fixed light.
  • As motionless we thus reclined, Media turned and muttered:--"Brother
  • gods, and demi-gods, it is not well. These mortals should have less or
  • more. Among my subjects is a man, whose genius scorns the common
  • theories of things; but whose still mortal mind can not fathom the
  • ocean at his feet. His soul's a hollow, wherein he raves."
  • "List, list," whispered Yoomy--"our lord is dreaming; and what a royal
  • dream."
  • "A very royal and imperial dream," said Babbalanja--"he is arraigning
  • me before high heaven;--ay, ay; in dreams, at least, he deems himself
  • a demi-god."
  • "Hist," said Mohi--"he speaks again."
  • "Gods and demi-gods! With one gesture all abysses we may disclose; and
  • before this Mardi's eyes, evoke the shrouded time to come. Were this
  • well? Like lost children groping in the woods, they falter
  • through their tangled paths; and at a thousand angles, baffled, start
  • upon each other. And even when they make an onward move, 'tis but an
  • endless vestibule, that leads to naught. In my own isle of Odo--Odo!
  • Odo! How rules my viceroy there?--Down, down, ye madding mobs! Ho,
  • spearmen, charge! By the firmament, but my halberdiers fly!"
  • "His dream has changed," said Babbalanja. "He is in Odo, whither his
  • anxieties impel him."
  • "Hist, hist," said Yoomy.
  • "I leap upon the soil! Render thy account, Almanni! Where's my throne?
  • Mohi, am I not a king? Do not thy chronicles record me? Yoomy, am I
  • not the soul of some one glorious song? Babbalanja, speak.--Mohi! Yoomy!"
  • "What is it, my lord? thou dost but dream."
  • Staring wildly; then calmly gazing round, Media smiled. "Ha! how we
  • royalties ramble in our dreams! I've told no secrets?"
  • "While he seemed to sleep, my lord spoke much," said Mohi.
  • "I knew it not, old man; nor would now; but that ye tell me."
  • "We dream not ourselves," said Babbalanja, "but the thing within us."
  • "Ay?--good-morrow Azzageddi!--But come; no more dreams: Vee-Vee! wine."
  • And straight through that livelong night, immortal Media plied the can.
  • CHAPTER LXIX
  • After A Long Interval, By Night They Are Becalmed
  • Now suns rose, and set; moons grew, and waned; till, at last, the star
  • that erewhile heralded the dawn, presaged the eve; to us, sad token!--
  • while deep within the deepest heart of Mardi's circle, we sailed from
  • sea to sea; and isle to isle; and group to group;--vast empires
  • explored, and inland valleys, to their utmost heads; and for every ray
  • in heaven, beheld a king.
  • Needless to recount all that then befell; what tribes and caravans we
  • saw; what vast horizons; boundless plains: and sierras, in their every
  • intervale, a nation nestling.
  • Enough that still we roamed.
  • It was evening; and as the red sun, magnified, launched into the wave,
  • once more, from a wild strand, we launched our three canoes.
  • Soon, from her clouds, hooded Night, like a nun from a convent, drew
  • nigh. Rustled her train, yet no spangles were there. But high on her
  • brow, still shone her pale crescent; haloed by bandelets--violet, red,
  • and yellow. So looked the lone watcher through her rainbow-iris; so
  • sad, the night without stars.
  • The winds were laid; the lagoon, still, as a prairie of an August noon.
  • "Let us dream out the calm," said Media. "One of ye paddlers, watch:
  • Ho companions! who's for Cathay?"
  • Sleep reigned throughout the canoes, sleeping upon the waters. But
  • nearer and nearer, low-creeping along, came mists and vapors, a
  • thousand; spotted with twinklings of Will-o-Wisps from
  • neighboring shores. Dusky leopards, stealing on by crouches, those
  • vapors seemed.
  • Hours silently passed. When startled by a cry, Taji sprang to his
  • feet; against which something rattled; then, a quick splash! and a
  • dark form bounded into the lagoon.
  • The dozing watcher had called aloud; and, about to stab, the assassin,
  • dropping his stiletto, plunged.
  • Peering hard through those treacherous mists, two figures in a
  • shallop, were espied; dragging another, dripping, from the brine.
  • "Foiled again, and foiled forever. No foe's corpse was I."
  • As we gazed, in the gloom quickly vanished the shallop; ere ours could
  • be reversed to pursue.
  • Then, from the opposite mists, glided a second canoe; and beneath the
  • Iris round the moon, shone now another:--Hautia's flowery flag!
  • Vain to wave the sirens off; so still they came.
  • One waved a plant of sickly silver-green.
  • "The Midnight Tremmella!" cried Yoomy; "the falling-star of flowers!--
  • Still I come, when least foreseen; then flee."
  • The second waved a hemlock top, the spike just tapering its final
  • point. The third, a convolvulus, half closed. "The end draws nigh, and
  • all thy hopes are waning." Then they proffered grapes.
  • But once more waved off, silently they vanished.
  • Again the buried barb tore, at my soul; again Yillah was invoked, but
  • Hautia made reply.
  • Slowly wore out the night. But when uprose the sun, fled clouds, and
  • fled sadness.
  • CHAPTER LXX
  • They Land At Hooloomooloo
  • "Keep all three prows, for yonder rock." cried Media; "No sadness on
  • this merry morn! And now for the Isle of Cripples,--even
  • Hooloomooloo."
  • "The Isle of Cripples?"
  • "Ay; why not? Mohi, tell how they came to club." In substance, this
  • was the narration.
  • Averse to the barbarous custom of destroying at birth all infants not
  • symmetrically formed; but equally desirous of removing from their
  • sight those unfortunate beings; the islanders of a neighboring group
  • had long ago established an asylum for cripples; where they lived,
  • subject to their own regulations; ruled by a king of their own
  • election; in short, forming a distinct class of beings by themselves.
  • One only restriction was placed upon them: on no account must they
  • quit the isle assigned them. And to the surrounding islanders, so
  • unpleasant the sight of a distorted mortal, that a stranger landing at
  • Hooloomooloo, was deemed a prodigy. Wherefore, respecting any
  • knowledge of aught beyond them, the cripples were well nigh as
  • isolated, as if Hooloomooloo was the only terra-firma extant.
  • Dwelling in a community of their own, these unfortunates, who
  • otherwise had remained few in number, increased and multiplied
  • greatly. Nor did successive generations improve in symmetry upon those
  • preceding them.
  • Soon, we drew nigh to the isle.
  • Heaped up, and jagged with rocks; and, here and there, covered with
  • dwarfed, twisted thickets, it seemed a fit place for its denizens.
  • Landing, we were surrounded by a heterogeneous mob; and thus escorted,
  • took our way inland, toward the abode of their lord, King Yoky.
  • What a scene!
  • Here, helping himself along with two crotched roots, hobbled a dwarf
  • without legs; another stalked before, one arm fixed in the air, like a
  • lightning rod; a third, more active than any, seal-like, flirted a
  • pair of flippers, and went skipping along; a fourth hopped on a
  • solitary pin, at every bound, spinning round like a top, to gaze;
  • while still another, furnished with feelers or fins, rolled himself up
  • in a ball, bowling over the ground in advance.
  • With curious instinct, the blind stuck close to our side; with their
  • chattering finger, the deaf and the dumb described angles, obtuse and
  • acute in the air; and like stones rolling down rocky ravines, scores
  • of stammerers stuttered. Discord wedded deformity. All asses' brays
  • were now harmonious memories; all Calibans, as angels.
  • Yet for every stare we gave them, three stares they gave us.
  • At last, we halted before a tenement of rude stones; crooked Banian
  • boughs its rafters, thatched with fantastic leaves. So rambling and
  • irregular its plan, it seemed thrown up by the eruption, according to
  • sage Mohi, the origin of the isle itself.
  • Entering, we saw King Yoky.
  • Ah! sadly lacking was he, in all the requisites of an efficient ruler.
  • Deaf and dumb he was; and save arms, minus every thing but an
  • indispensable trunk and head. So huge his all-comprehensive mouth, it
  • seemed to swallow up itself.
  • But shapeless, helpless as was Yoky,--as king of Hooloomooloo, he was
  • competent; the state being a limited monarchy, of which his Highness
  • was but the passive and ornamental head.
  • As his visitors advanced, he fell to gossiping with his fingers: a
  • servitor interpreting. Very curious to note the rapidity with
  • which motion was translated into sound; and the simultaneousness with
  • which meaning made its way through four successive channels to the
  • mind--hand, sight, voice, and tympanum.
  • Much amazement His Highness now expressed; horrified his glances.
  • "Why club such frights as ye? Herd ye, to keep in countenance; or are
  • afraid of your own hideousness, that ye dread to go alone? Monsters!
  • speak."
  • "Great Oro!" cried Mohi, "are we then taken for cripples, by the very
  • King of the Cripples? My lord, are not our legs and arms all right?"
  • "Comelier ones were never turned by turners, Mohi. But royal Yoky! in
  • sooth we feel abashed before thee."
  • Some further stares were then exchanged; when His Highness sought to
  • know, whether there were any Comparative Anatomists among his
  • visitors.
  • "Comparative Anatomists! not one."
  • "And why may King Yoky ask that question?" inquired Babbalanja.
  • Then was made the following statement.
  • During the latter part of his reign, when he seemed fallen into his
  • dotage, the venerable predecessor of King Yoky had been much attached
  • to an old gray-headed Chimpanzee, one day found meditating in the
  • woods. Rozoko was his name. He was very grave, and reverend of aspect;
  • much of a philosopher. To him, all gnarled and knotty subjects were
  • familiar; in his day he had cracked many a crabbed nut. And so in love
  • with his Timonean solitude was Rozoko, that it needed many bribes and
  • bland persuasions, to induce him to desert his mossy, hillside,
  • misanthropic cave, for the distracting tumult of a court.
  • But ere long, promoted to high offices, and made the royal favorite,
  • the woodland sage forgot his forests; and, love for love, returned the
  • aged king's caresses. Ardent friends they straight became; dined and
  • drank together; with quivering lips, quaffed long-drawn, sober
  • bumpers; comparing all their past experiences; and canvassing those
  • hidden themes, on which octogenarians dilate.
  • For when the fires and broils of youth are passed, and Mardi wears its
  • truer aspect--then we love to think, not act; the present seems more
  • unsubstantial than the past; then, we seek out gray-beards like
  • ourselves; and hold discourse of palsies, hearses, shrouds, and tombs;
  • appoint our undertakers; our mantles gather round us, like to winding-
  • sheets; and every night lie down to die. Then, the world's great
  • bubble bursts; then, Life's clouds seem sweeping by, revealing heaven
  • to our straining eyes; then, we tell our beads, and murmur pater-
  • nosters; and in trembling accents cry--"Oro! be merciful."
  • So, the monarch and Rozoko.
  • But not always were they thus. Of bright, cheerful mornings, they took
  • slow, tottering rambles in the woods; nodding over grotesque walking-
  • sticks, of the Chimpanzee's handiwork. For sedate Rozoko was a
  • dilletante-arborist: an amateur in canes. Indeed, canes at last became
  • his hobby. For half daft with age, sometimes he straddled his good
  • staff and gently rode abroad, to take the salubrious evening air;
  • deeming it more befitting exercise, at times, than walking. Into this
  • menage, he soon initiated his friend, the king; and side by side they
  • often pranced; or, wearying of the saddle, dismounted; and paused to
  • ponder over prostrate palms, decaying across the path. Their mystic
  • rings they counted; and, for every ring, a year in their own
  • calendars.
  • Now, so closely did the monarch cleave to the Chimpanzee, that, in
  • good time, summoning his subjects, earnestly he charged it on them,
  • that at death, he and his faithful friend should be buried in one
  • tomb.
  • It came to pass, the monarch died; and Poor Rozoko, now reduced to
  • second childhood, wailed most dismally:--no one slept that night in
  • Hooloomooloo. Never did he leave the body; and at last, slowly going
  • round it thrice, he laid him down; close nestled; and
  • noiselessly expired.
  • The king's injunctions were remembered; and one vault received them
  • both.
  • Moon followed moon; and wrought upon by jeers and taunts, the people
  • of the isle became greatly scandalized, that a base-born baboon should
  • share the shroud of their departed lord; though they themselves had
  • tucked in the aged AEneas fast by the side of his Achates.
  • They straight resolved, to build another vault; and over it, a lofty
  • cairn; and thither carry the remains they reverenced.
  • But at the disinterring, a sad perplexity arose. For lo surpassing
  • Saul and Jonathan, not even in decay were these fast friends divided.
  • So mingled every relic,--ilium and ulna, carpus and metacarpus;--and
  • so similar the corresponding parts, that like the literary remains of
  • Beaumont and of Fletcher, which was which, no spectacles could tell.
  • Therefore, they desisted; lest the towering monument they had reared,
  • might commemorate an ape, and not a king.
  • Such the narration; hearing which, my lord Media kept stately silence.
  • But in courtly phrase, as beseemed him, Babbalanja, turban in hand,
  • thus spoke:--
  • "My concern is extreme, King Yoky, at the embarrassment into which
  • your island is thrown. Nor less my grief, that I myself am not the
  • man, to put an end to it. I could weep that Comparative Anatomists are
  • not so numerous now, as hereafter they assuredly must become; when
  • their services shall be in greater request; when, at the last, last
  • day of all, millions of noble and ignoble spirits will loudly clamor
  • for lost skeletons; when contending claimants shall start up for one
  • poor, carious spine; and, dog-like, we shall quarrel over our own
  • bones."
  • Then entered dwarf-stewards, and major-domos; aloft bearing twisted
  • antlers; all hollowed out in goblets, grouped; announcing dinner.
  • Loving not, however, to dine with misshapen Mardians, King Media was
  • loth to move. But Babbalanja, quoting the old proverb--"Strike me in
  • the face, but refuse not my yams," induced him to sacrifice his
  • fastidiousness.
  • So, under a flourish of ram-horn bugles, court and company proceeded
  • to the banquet.
  • Central was a long, dislocated trunk of a wild Banian; like a huge
  • centipede crawling on its hundred branches, sawn of even lengths for
  • legs. This table was set out with wry-necked gourds; deformities of
  • calabashes; and shapeless trenchers, dug out of knotty woods.
  • The first course was shrimp-soup, served in great clampshells; the
  • second, lobsters, cuttle-fish, crabs, cockles, cray-fish; the third,
  • hunchbacked roots of the Taro-plant--plantains, perversely curling at
  • the end, like the inveterate tails of pertinacious pigs; and for
  • dessert, ill-shaped melons, huge as idiots' heads, plainly suffering
  • from water in the brain.
  • Now these viands were commended to the favorable notice of all guests;
  • not only for their delicacy of flavor, but for their symmetry.
  • And in the intervals of the courses, we were bored with hints to
  • admire numerous objects of vertu: bow-legged stools of mangrove wood;
  • zig-zag rapiers of bone; armlets of grampus-vertebrae; outlandish
  • tureens of the callipees of terrapin; and cannakins of the skulls of
  • baboons.
  • The banquet over, with many congees, we withdrew.
  • Returning to the water-side, we passed a field, where dwarfs were
  • laboring in beds of yams, heaping the soil around the roots, by
  • scratching it backward; as a dog.
  • All things in readiness, Yoky's valet, a tri-armed dwarf, treated us
  • to a glorious start, by giving each canoe a vigorous triple-push,
  • crying, "away with ye, monsters!"
  • Nor must it be omitted that just previous to embarking, Vee-Vee,
  • spying a curious looking stone, turned it over, and found a snake.
  • CHAPTER LXXI
  • A Book From The "Ponderings Of Old Bardianna"
  • "Now," said Babbalanja, lighting his trombone as we sailed from the
  • isle, "who are the monsters, we or the cripples?"
  • "You yourself are a monster, for asking the question," said Mohi.
  • "And so, to the cripples I am; though not, old man, for the reason you
  • mention. But I am, as I am; whether hideous, or handsome, depends upon
  • who is made judge. There is no supreme standard yet revealed, whereby
  • to judge of ourselves; 'Our very instincts are prejudices,' saith Alla
  • Mallolla; 'Our very axioms, and postulates are far from infallible.'
  • 'In respect of the universe, mankind is but a sect,' saith Diloro:
  • 'and first principles but dogmas.' What ethics prevail in the
  • Pleiades? What things have the synods in Sagittarius decreed?"
  • "Never mind your old authors," said Media. "Stick to the cripples;
  • enlarge upon them."
  • "But I have done with them now, my lord; the sermon is not the text.
  • Give ear to old Bardianna. I know him by heart. Thus saith the sage in
  • Book X. of the Ponderings, 'Zermalmende,' the title: 'Je pense,' the
  • motto:--'My supremacy over creation, boasteth man, is declared in my
  • natural attitude:--I stand erect! But so do the palm-trees; and the
  • giraffes that graze off their tops. And the fowls of the air fly high
  • over our heads; and from the place where we fancy our heaven to be,
  • defile the tops of our temples. Belike, the eagles, from their eyries
  • look down upon us Mardians, in our hives, even as upon the
  • beavers in their dams, marveling at our incomprehensible ways. And
  • cunning though we be, some things, hidden from us, may not be
  • mysteries to them. Having five keys, hold we all that open to
  • knowledge? Deaf, blind, and deprived of the power of scent, the bat
  • will steer its way unerringly:--could we? Yet man is lord of the bat
  • and the brute; lord over the crows; with whom, he must needs share the
  • grain he garners. We sweat for the fowls, as well as ourselves. The
  • curse of labor rests only on us. Like slaves, we toil: at their good
  • leisure they glean.
  • "'Mardi is not wholly ours. We are the least populous part of
  • creation. To say nothing of other tribes, a census of the herring
  • would find us far in the minority. And what life is to us,--sour or
  • sweet,--so is it to them. Like us, they die, fighting death to the
  • last; like us, they spawn and depart. We inhabit but a crust, rough
  • surfaces, odds and ends of the isles; the abounding lagoon being its
  • two-thirds, its grand feature from afar; and forever unfathomable.
  • "'What shaft has yet been sunk to the antipodes? What underlieth the
  • gold mines?
  • "'But even here, above-ground, we grope with the sun at meridian.
  • Vainly, we seek our Northwest Passages,--old alleys, and thoroughfares
  • of the whales.
  • "'Oh men! fellow men! we are only what we are; not what we would be;
  • nor every thing we hope for. We are but a step in a scale, that
  • reaches further above us than below. We breathe but oxygen. Who in
  • Arcturus hath heard of us? They know us not in the Milky Way. We prate
  • of faculties divine: and know not how sprouteth a spear of grass; we
  • go about shrugging our shoulders: when the firmament-arch is over us;
  • we rant of etherealities: and long tarry over our banquets; we demand
  • Eternity for a lifetime: when our mortal half-hours too often prove
  • tedious. We know not of what we talk. The Bird of Paradise out-flies
  • our flutterings. What it is to be immortal, has not yet entered
  • into our thoughts. At will, we build our futurities; tier above tier,
  • all galleries full of laureates: resounding with everlasting
  • oratorios! Pater-nosters forever, or eternal Misereres! forgetting
  • that in Mardi, our breviaries oft fall from our hands. But divans
  • there are, some say, whereon we shall recline, basking in effulgent
  • suns, knowing neither Orient nor Occident. Is it so? Fellow men! our
  • mortal lives have an end; but that end is no goal: no place of repose.
  • Whatever it may be, it will prove but as the beginning of another
  • race. We will hope, joy, weep, as before; though our tears may be such
  • as the spice-trees shed. Supine we can only be, annihilated.
  • "'The thick film is breaking; the ages have long been circling.
  • Fellow-men! if we live hereafter, it will not be in lyrics; nor shall
  • we yawn, and our shadows lengthen, while the eternal cycles are
  • revolving. To live at all, is a high vocation; to live forever, and
  • run parallel with Oro, may truly appall us. Toil we not here? and
  • shall we be forever slothful elsewhere? Other worlds differ not much
  • from this, but in degree. Doubtless, a pebble is a fair specimen of
  • the universe.
  • "'We point at random. Peradventure at this instant, there are beings
  • gazing up to this very world as their future heaven. But the universe
  • is all over a heaven: nothing but stars on stars, throughout
  • infinities of expansion. All we see are but a cluster. Could we get to
  • Bootes, we would be no nearer Oro, than now he hath no place; but is
  • here. Already, in its unimaginable roamings, our system may have
  • dragged us through and through the spaces, where we plant cities of
  • beryl and jasper. Even now, we may be inhaling the ether, which we
  • fancy seraphic wings are fanning. But look round. There is much to be
  • seen here, and now. Do the archangels survey aught more glorious than
  • the constellations we nightly behold? Continually we slight the
  • wonders, we deem in reserve. We await the present. With marvels we are
  • glutted, till we hold them no marvels at all. But had these
  • eyes first opened upon all the prodigies in the Revelation of the
  • Dreamer, long familiarity would have made them appear, even as these
  • things we see. Now, _now_, the page is out-spread: to the simple, easy
  • as a primer; to the wise, more puzzling than hieroglyphics. The
  • eternity to come, is but a prolongation of time present: and the
  • beginning may be more wonderful than the end.
  • "'Then let us be wise. But much of the knowledge we seek, already we
  • have in our cores. Yet so simple it is, we despise it; so bold, we
  • fear it.
  • "'In solitude, let us exhume our ingots. Let us hear our own thoughts.
  • The soul needs no mentor, but Oro; and Oro, without proxy. Wanting
  • Him, it is both the teacher and the taught. Undeniably, reason was the
  • first revelation; and so far as it tests all others, it has precedence
  • over them. It comes direct to us, without suppression or
  • interpolation; and with Oro's indisputable imprimatur. But inspiration
  • though it be, it is not so arrogant as some think. Nay, far too
  • humble, at times it submits to the grossest indignities. Though in its
  • best estate, not infallible; so far as it goes, for us, it is
  • reliable. When at fault, it stands still. We speak not of visionaries.
  • But if this our first revelation stops short of the uttermost, so with
  • all others. If, often, it only perplexes: much more the rest. They
  • leave much unexpounded; and disclosing new mysteries, add to the
  • enigma. Fellow-men; the ocean we would sound is unfathomable; and
  • however much we add to our line, when it is out, we feel not the
  • bottom. Let us be truly lowly, then; not lifted up with a Pharisaic
  • humility. We crawl not like worms; nor wear we the liveries of angels.
  • "'The firmament-arch has no key-stone; least of all, is man its prop.
  • He stands alone. We are every thing to ourselves, but how little to
  • others. What are others to us? Assure life everlasting to this
  • generation, and their immediate forefathers--and what tears would
  • flow, were there no resurrection for the countless generations
  • from the first man to five cycles since? And soon we ourselves shall
  • have fallen in with the rank and file of our sires. At a blow,
  • annihilate some distant tribe, now alive and jocund--and what would we
  • reck? Curiosity apart, do we really care whether the people in
  • Bellatrix are immortal or no?
  • "'Though they smite us, let us not turn away from these things, if
  • they be really thus.
  • "'There was a time, when near Cassiopeia, a star of the first
  • magnitude, most lustrous in the North, grew lurid as a fire, then dim
  • as ashes, and went out. Now, its place is a blank. A vast world, with
  • all its continents, say the astronomers, blazing over the heads of our
  • fathers; while in Mardi were merry-makings, and maidens given in
  • marriage. Who now thinks of that burning sphere? How few are aware
  • that ever it was?
  • "'These things are so.
  • "'Fellow-men! we must go, and obtain a glimpse of what we are from the
  • Belts of Jupiter and the Moons of Saturn, ere we see ourselves aright.
  • The universe can wax old without us; though by Oro's grace we may live
  • to behold a wrinkle in the sky. Eternity is not ours by right; and,
  • alone, unrequited sufferings here, form no title thereto, unless
  • resurrections are reserved for maltreated brutes. Suffering is
  • suffering; be the sufferer man, brute, or thing.
  • "'How small;--how nothing, our deserts! Let us stifle all vain
  • speculations; we need not to be told what righteousness is; we were
  • born with the whole Law in our hearts. Let us do: let us act: let us
  • down on our knees. And if, after all, we should be no more forever;--
  • far better to perish meriting immortality, than to enjoy it
  • unmeritorious. While we fight over creeds, ten thousand fingers point
  • to where vital good may be done. All round us, Want crawls to her
  • lairs; and, shivering, dies unrelieved. Here, _here_, fellow-men, we
  • can better minister as angels, than in heaven, where want and misery
  • come not.
  • "'We Mardians talk as though the future was all in all; but act as
  • though the present was every thing. Yet so far as, in our theories, we
  • dwarf our Mardi; we go not beyond an archangel's apprehension of it,
  • who takes in all suns and systems at a glance. Like pebbles, were the
  • isles to sink in space, Sirius, the Dog-star, would still flame in the
  • sky. But as the atom to the animalculae, so Mardi to us. And lived
  • aright, these mortal lives are long; looked into, these souls,
  • fathomless as the nethermost depths.
  • "'Fellow-men; we split upon hairs; but stripped, mere words and
  • phrases cast aside, the great bulk of us are orthodox. None who think,
  • dissent from the grand belief. The first man's thoughts were as ours.
  • The paramount revelation prevails with us; and all that clashes
  • therewith, we do not so much believe, as believe that we can not
  • disbelieve. Common sense is a sturdy despot; that, for the most part,
  • has its own way. It inspects and ratifies much independent of it. But
  • those who think they do wholly reject it, are but held in a sly sort
  • of bondage; under a semblance of something else, wearing the old yoke.'"
  • "Cease, cease, Babbalanja," said Media, "and permit me to insinuate a
  • word in your ear. You have long been in the habit, philosopher, of
  • regaling us with chapters from your old Bardianna; and with infinite
  • gusto, you have just recited the longest of all. But I do not observe,
  • oh, Sage! that for all these things, you yourself are practically the
  • better or wiser. You live not up to Bardianna's main thought. Where he
  • stands, he stands immovable; but you are a Dog-vane. How is this?"
  • "Gogle-goggle, fugle-fi, fugle-fogle-orum!"
  • "Mad, mad again," cried Yoomy.
  • CHAPTER LXXII
  • Babbalanja Starts To His Feet
  • For twenty-four hours, seated stiff, and motionless, Babbalanja spoke
  • not a word; then, almost without moving a muscle, muttered thus:--"At
  • banquets surfeit not, but fill; partake, and retire; and eat not again
  • till you crave. Thereby you give nature time to work her magic
  • transformings; turning all solids to meat, and wine into blood. After
  • a banquet you incline to repose:--do so: digestion commands. All this
  • follow those, who feast at the tables of Wisdom; and all such are
  • they, who partake of the fare of old Bardianna."
  • "Art resuscitated, then, Babbalanja?" said Media. "Ay, my lord, I am
  • just risen from the dead."
  • "And did Azzageddi conduct you to their realms?"
  • "Fangs off! fangs off! depart, thou fiend!--unhand me! or by Oro, I
  • will die and spite thee!"
  • "Quick, quick, Mohi! let us change places," cried Yoomy.
  • "How now, Babbalanja?" said Media.
  • "Oh my lord man--not _you_ my lord Media!--high and mighty Puissance!
  • great King of Creation!--thou art but the biggest of braggarts! In
  • every age, thou boastest of thy valorous advances:--flat fools, old
  • dotards, and numskulls, our sires! All the Past, wasted time! the
  • Present knows all! right lucky, fellow-beings, we live now! every man
  • an author! books plenty as men! strike a light in a minute! teeth sold
  • by the pound! all the elements fetching and carrying! lightning
  • running on errands! rivers made to order! the ocean a puddle!--
  • But ages back they boasted like us; and ages to come, forever and
  • ever, they'll boast. Ages back they black-balled the past, thought the
  • last day was come; so wise they were grown. Mardi could not stand
  • long; have to annex one of the planets; invade the great sun; colonize
  • the moon;--conquerors sighed for new Mardis; and sages for heaven--
  • having by heart all the primers here below. Like us, ages back they
  • groaned under their books; made bonfires of libraries, leaving ashes
  • behind, mid which we reverentially grope for charred pages, forgetting
  • we are so much wiser than they.--But amazing times! astounding
  • revelations; preternatural divulgings!--How now?--more wonderful than
  • all our discoveries is this: that they never were discovered before.
  • So simple, no doubt our ancestors overlooked them; intent on deeper
  • things--the deep things of the soul. All we discover has been with us
  • since the sun began to roll; and much we discover, is not worth the
  • discovering. We are children, climbing trees after birds' nests, and
  • making a great shout, whether we find eggs in them or no. But where
  • are our wings, which our fore-fathers surely had not? Tell us, ye
  • sages! something worth an archangel's learning; discover, ye
  • discoverers, something new. Fools, fools! Mardi's not changed: the sun
  • yet rises in its old place in the East; all things go on in the same
  • old way; we cut our eye-teeth just as late as they did, three thousand
  • years ago."
  • "Your pardon," said Mohi, "for beshrew me, they are not yet all cut.
  • At threescore and ten, here have I a new tooth coming now."
  • "Old man! it but clears the way for another. The teeth sown by the
  • alphabet-founder, were eye-teeth, not yet all sprung from the soil.
  • Like spring-wheat, blade by blade, they break ground late; like
  • spring-wheat, many seeds have perished in the hard winter glebe. Oh,
  • my lord! though we galvanize corpses into St. Vitus' dances, we raise
  • not the dead from their graves! Though we have discovered the
  • circulation of the blood, men die as of yore; oxen graze, sheep
  • bleat, babies bawl, asses bray--loud and lusty as the day before the
  • flood. Men fight and make up; repent and go at it; feast and starve;
  • laugh and weep; pray and curse; cheat, chaffer, trick, truckle, cozen,
  • defraud, fib, lie, beg, borrow, steal, hang, drown--as in the laughing
  • and weeping, tricking and truckling, hanging and drowning times that
  • have been. Nothing changes, though much be new-fashioned: new fashions
  • but revivals of things previous. In the books of the past we learn
  • naught but of the present; in those of the present, the past. All
  • Mardi's history--beginning middle, and finis--was written out in
  • capitals in the first page penned. The whole story is told in a title-
  • page. An exclamation point is entire Mardi's autobiography."
  • "Who speaks now?" said Media, "Bardianna, Azzageddi, or Babbalanja?"
  • "All three: is it not a pleasant concert?"
  • "Very fine: very fine.--Go on; and tell us something of the future."
  • "I have never departed this life yet, my lord."
  • "But just now you said you were risen from the dead." "From the buried
  • dead within me; not from myself, my lord."
  • "If you, then, know nothing of the future--did Bardianna?"
  • "If he did, naught did he reveal. I have ever observed, my lord, that
  • even in their deepest lucubrations, the profoundest, frankest,
  • ponderers always reserve a vast deal of precious thought for their own
  • private behoof. They think, perhaps, that 'tis too good, or too bad;
  • too wise, or too foolish, for the multitude. And this unpleasant
  • vibration is ever consequent upon striking a new vein of ideas in the
  • soul. As with buried treasures, the ground over them sounds strange
  • and hollow. At any rate, the profoundest ponderer seldom tells us all
  • he thinks; seldom reveals to us the ultimate, and the innermost;
  • seldom makes us open our eyes under water; seldom throws open
  • the totus-in-toto; and never carries us with him, to the
  • unconsubsistent, the ideaimmanens, the super-essential, and the One."
  • Confusion! Remember the Quadammodatatives!"
  • "Ah!" said Braid-Beard, "that's the crack in his calabash, which all
  • the Dicibles of Doxdox will not mend."
  • "And from that crazy calabash he gives us to drink, old Mohi."
  • "But never heed his leaky gourd nor its contents, my lord. Let these
  • philosophers muddle themselves as they will, we wise ones refuse to
  • partake."
  • "And fools like me drink till they reel," said Babbalanja. "But in
  • these matters one's calabash must needs go round to keep afloat.
  • Fogle-orum!"
  • CHAPTER LXXIII
  • At Last, The Last Mention Is Made Of Old Bardianna; And His Last Will
  • And Testament Is Recited At Length
  • The day was waning. And, as after many a tale of ghosts, around their
  • forest fire, Hungarian gipsies silent sit; watching the ruddy glow
  • kindling each other's faces;--so, now we solemn sat; the crimson West
  • our fire; all our faces flushed.
  • "Testators!" then cried Media, when your last wills are all round
  • settled, speak, and make it known!"
  • "Mine, my lord, has long been fixed," said Babbalanja.
  • "And how runs it?"
  • "Fugle-fogle--"
  • "Hark ye, intruding Azzageddi! rejoin thy merry mates below;--go
  • there, and wag thy saucy tail; or I will nail it to our bow, till ye
  • roar for liberation. Begone, I say."
  • "Down, devil! deeper down!" rumbled Babbalanja.
  • "My lord, I think he's gone. And now, by your good leave, I'll repeat
  • old Bardianna's Will. It's worth all Mardi's hearing; and I have so
  • studied it, by rote I know it."
  • "Proceed then; but I mistrust that Azzageddi is not yet many thousand
  • fathoms down."
  • "Attend my lord:---'Anno Mardis 50,000,000, o.s. I, Bardianna, of the
  • island of Vamba, and village of the same name, having just risen from
  • my yams, in high health, high spirits, and sound mind, do hereby
  • cheerfully make and ordain this my last will and testament.
  • "'Imprimis:
  • "'All my kith and kin being well to do in Mardi, I wholly leave them
  • out of this my will.
  • "'Item. Since, in divers ways, verbally and otherwise, my good friend
  • Pondo has evinced a strong love for me, Bardianna, as the owner and
  • proprietor of all that capital messuage with the appurtenances, in
  • Vamba aforesaid, called 'The Lair,' wherein I now dwell; also for all
  • my Bread-fruit orchards, Palm-groves, Banana-plantations, Taro-
  • patches, gardens, lawns, lanes, and hereditaments whatsoever,
  • adjoining the aforesaid messuage;--I do hereby give and bequeath the
  • same to Bomblum of the island of Adda; the aforesaid Bomblum having
  • never expressed any regard for me, as a holder of real estate.
  • "'Item. My esteemed neighbor Lakreemo having since the last lunar
  • eclipse called daily to inquire after the state of my health: and
  • having nightly made tearful inquiries of my herb-doctor, concerning
  • the state of my viscera;--I do hereby give and bequeath to the
  • aforesaid Lakreemo all and sundry those vegetable pills, potions,
  • powders, aperients, purgatives, expellatives, evacuatives, tonics,
  • emetics, cathartics, clysters, injections, scarifiers, cataplasms,
  • lenitives, lotions, decoctions, washes, gargles, and phlegmagogues;
  • together with all the jars, calabashes, gourds, and galipots,
  • thereunto pertaining; situate, lying, and being, in the west-by-north
  • corner of my east-southeast crypt, in my aforesaid tenement known as
  • 'The Lair.'
  • "'Item. The woman Pesti; a native of Vamba, having oftentimes hinted
  • that I, Bardianna, sorely needed a spouse, and having also intimated
  • that she bore me a conjugal affection; I do hereby give and bequeath
  • to the aforesaid Pesti:--my blessing; forasmuch, as by the time of
  • the opening of this my last will and testament, I shall have been
  • forever delivered from the aforesaid Pesti's persecutions.
  • "'Item. Having a high opinion of the probity of my worthy and
  • excellent friend Bidiri, I do hereby entirely, and wholly, give, will,
  • grant, bestow, devise, and utterly hand over unto the said Bidiri, all
  • that tenement where my servant Oram now dwelleth; with all the lawns,
  • meadows, uplands and lowlands, fields, groves, and gardens, thereunto
  • belonging:--IN TRUST NEVERTHELESS to have and to hold the same for the
  • sole use and benefit of Lanbranka Hohinna, spinster, now resident of
  • the aforesaid island of Vamba.
  • "'Item. I give and bequeath my large carved drinking gourd to my good
  • comrade Topo.
  • "'Item. My fast friend Doldrum having at sundry times, and in sundry
  • places, uttered the prophecy, that upon my decease his sorrow would be
  • great; I do hereby give and bequeath to the aforesaid Doldrum, ten
  • yards of my best soft tappa, to be divided into handkerchiefs for his
  • sole benefit and behoof.
  • "'Item. My sensible friend Solo having informed me, that he intended
  • to remain a bachelor for life; I give and devise to the aforesaid
  • Solo, the mat for one person, whereon I nightly repose.
  • "'Item. Concerning my private Arbor and Palm-groves, adjoining, lying,
  • and being in the isle of Vamba, I give and devise the same, with all
  • appurtenances whatsoever, to my friend Minta the Cynic, to have and to
  • hold, in trust for the first through-and-through honest man, issue of
  • my neighbor Mondi; and in default of such issue, for the first
  • through-and-through honest man, issue of my neighbor Pendidda; and in
  • default of such issue, for the first through-and-through honest man,
  • issue of my neighbor Wynodo: and in default of such issue, to any
  • through-and-through honest man, issue of any body, to be found through
  • the length and breadth of Mardi.
  • "'Item. My friend Minta the Cynic to be sole judge of all claims to
  • the above-mentioned devise; and to hold the said premises for his own
  • use, until the aforesaid person be found.
  • "'Item. Knowing my devoted scribe Marko to be very sensitive touching
  • the receipt of a favor; I willingly spare him that pain; and hereby
  • bequeath unto the aforesaid scribe, three milk-teeth, not as a
  • pecuniary legacy, but as a very slight token of my profound regard.
  • "'Item. I give to the poor of Vamba the total contents of my red-
  • labeled bags of bicuspids and canines (which I account three-fourths
  • of my whole estate); to my body servant Fidi, my staff, all my robes
  • and togas, and three hundred molars in cash; to that discerning and
  • sagacious philosopher my disciple Krako, one complete set of
  • denticles, to buy him a vertebral bone ring; and to that pious and
  • promising youth Vangi, two fathoms of my best kaiar rope, with the
  • privilege of any bough in my groves.
  • "'All the rest of my goods, chattels and household stuff whatsoever;
  • and all my loose denticles, remaining after my debts and legacies are
  • paid, and my body is out of sight, I hereby direct to be distributed
  • among the poor of Vamba.
  • "'Ultimo. I give and bequeath to all Mardi this my last advice and
  • counsel:--videlicet: live as long as you can; close your own eyes when
  • you die.
  • "'I have no previous wills to revoke; and publish this to be my first
  • and last.
  • "'In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my right hand; and hereunto
  • have caused a true copy of the tattooing on my right temple to be
  • affixed, during the year first above written.
  • "'By me, BARDIANNA.'"
  • "Babbalanja, that's an extraordinary document," said Media.
  • "Bardianna was an extraordinary man, my lord."
  • "Were there no codicils?"
  • "The will is all codicils; all after-thoughts; Ten thoughts for one
  • act, was Bardianna's motto."
  • "Left he nothing whatever to his kindred?"
  • "Not a stump."
  • "Prom his will, he seems to have lived single."
  • "Yes: Bardianna never sought to improve upon nature; a bachelor he
  • was born, and a bachelor he died."
  • "According to the best accounts, how did he depart, Babbalanja?" asked
  • Mohi.
  • "With a firm lip, and his hand on his heart, old man."
  • "His last words?"
  • "Calmer, and better!"
  • "Where think you, he is now?"
  • "In his Ponderings. And those, my lord, we all inherit; for like the
  • great chief of Romara, who made a whole empire his legatee; so, great
  • authors have all Mardi for an heir."
  • CHAPTER LXXIV
  • A Death-Cloud Sweeps By Them, As They Sail
  • Next day, a fearful sight!
  • As in Sooloo's seas, one vast water-spout will, sudden, form: and
  • whirling, chase the flying Malay keels; so, before a swift-winged
  • cloud, a thousand prows sped by, leaving braided, foaming wakes; their
  • crowded inmates' arms, in frenzied supplications wreathed; like
  • tangled forest-boughs.
  • "See, see," cried Yoomy, "how the Death-cloud flies! Let us dive down
  • in the sea."
  • "Nay," said Babbalanja. "All things come of Oro; if we must drown, let
  • Oro drown us."
  • "Down sails: drop paddles," said Media: "here we float."
  • Like a rushing bison, sweeping by, the Death-cloud grazed us with its
  • foam; and whirling in upon the thousand prows beyond, sudden burst in
  • deluges; and scooping out a maelstrom, dragged down every plank and soul.
  • Long we rocked upon the circling billows, which expanding from that
  • center, dashed every isle, till, moons after-ward, faint, they laved
  • all Mardi's reef.
  • "Thanks unto Oro," murmured Mohi, "this heart still beats."
  • That sun-flushed eve, we sailed by many tranquil harbors, whence fled
  • those thousand prows. Serene, the waves ran up their strands; and
  • chimed around the unharmed stakes of palm, to which the thousand prows
  • that morning had been fastened.
  • "Flying death, they ran to meet it," said Babbalanja. "But 'tie not
  • that they fled, they died; for maelstroms, of these harbors, the
  • Death-cloud might have made. But they died, because they might not
  • longer live. Could we gain one glimpse of the great calendar of
  • eternity, all our names would there be found, glued against their
  • dates of death. We die by land, and die by sea; we die by earthquakes,
  • famines, plagues, and wars; by fevers, agues; woe, or mirth excessive.
  • This mortal air is one wide pestilence, that kills us all at last.
  • Whom the Death-cloud spares, sleeping, dies in silent watches of the
  • night. He whom the spears of many battles could not slay, dies of a
  • grape-stone, beneath the vine-clad bower he built, to shade declining
  • years. We die, because we live. But none the less does Babbalanja
  • quake. And if he flies not, 'tis because he stands the center of a
  • circle; its every point a leveled dart; and every bow, bent back:--a
  • twang, and Babbalanja dies."
  • CHAPTER LXXV
  • They Visit The Palmy King Abrazza
  • Night and morn departed; and in the afternoon, we drew nigh to an
  • island, overcast with shadows; a shower was falling; and pining,
  • plaintive notes forth issued from the groves: half-suppressed, and
  • sobbing whisperings of leaves. The shore sloped to the water; thither
  • our prows were pointed.
  • "Sheer off! no landing here," cried Media, "let us gain the sunny
  • side; and like the care-free bachelor Abrazza, who here is king, turn
  • our back on the isle's shadowy side, and revel in its morning-meads."
  • "And lord Abrazza:--who is he?" asked Yoomy.
  • "The one hundred and twentieth in lineal descent from Phipora," said
  • Mohi; "and connected on the maternal side to the lord seigniors of
  • Klivonia. His uttermost uncle was nephew to the niece of Queen
  • Zmiglandi; who flourished so long since, she wedded at the first
  • Transit of Venus. His pedigree is endless."
  • "But who is lord Abrazza?"
  • "Has he not said?" answered Babbalanja. "Why so dull?--Uttermost
  • nephew to him, who was nephew to the niece of the peerless Queen
  • Zmiglandi; and the one hundred and twentieth in descent from the
  • illustrious Phipora."
  • "Will none tell, who Abrazza is?"
  • "Can not a man then, be described by running off the catalogue of his
  • ancestors?" said Babbalanja. "Or must we e'en descend to himself.
  • Then, listen, dull Yoomy! and know that lord Abrazza is six feet two:
  • plump thighs; blue eyes; and brown hair; likes his bread-fruit baked,
  • not roasted; sometimes carries filberts in his crown: and has a
  • way of winking when he speaks. His teeth are good."
  • "Are you publishing some decamped burglar," said Media, "that you
  • speak thus of my royal friend, the lord Abrazza? Go on, sir! and say
  • he reigns sole king of Bonovona!"
  • "My lord, I had not ended. Abrazza, Yoomy, is a fine and florid king:
  • high-fed, and affluent of heart; of speech, mellifluent. And for a
  • royalty extremely amiable. He is a sceptered gentleman, who does much
  • good. Kind king! in person he gives orders for relieving those, who
  • daily dive for pearls, to grace his royal robe; and gasping hard, with
  • blood-shot eyes, come up from shark-infested depths, and fainting, lay
  • their treasure at his feet. Sweet lord Abrazza! how he pities those,
  • who in his furthest woodlands day-long toil to do his bidding. Yet
  • king-philosopher, he never weeps; but pities with a placid smile; and
  • that but seldom."
  • "There seems much iron in your blood," said Media. "But say your say."
  • "Say I not truth, my lord? Abrazza, I admire. Save his royal pity all
  • else is jocund round him. He loves to live for life's own sake. He
  • vows he'll have no cares; and often says, in pleasant reveries,--
  • 'Sure, my lord Abrazza, if any one should be care-free, 'tis thou; who
  • strike down none, but pity all the fallen!' Yet none he lifteth up."
  • At length we gained the sunny side, and shoreward tended. Vee-Vee's
  • horn was sonorous; and issuing from his golden groves, my lord
  • Abrazza, like a host that greets you on the threshold, met us, as we
  • keeled the beach.
  • "Welcome! fellow demi-god, and king! Media, my pleasant guest!"
  • His servitors salamed; his chieftains bowed; his yeoman-guard, in
  • meadow-green, presented palm-stalks,--royal tokens; and hand in hand,
  • the nodding, jovial, regal friends, went up a lane of salutations;
  • dragging behind, a train of envyings.
  • Much we marked Abrazza's jeweled crown; that shot no honest blaze of
  • ruddy rubies; nor looked stern-white like Media's pearls; but cast a
  • green and yellow glare; rays from emeralds, crossing rays from many a
  • topaz. In those beams, so sinister, all present looked cadaverous:
  • Abrazza's cheek alone beamed bright, but hectic.
  • Upon its fragrant mats a spacious hall received the kings; and
  • gathering courtiers blandly bowed; and gushing with soft flatteries,
  • breathed idol-incense round them.
  • The hall was terraced thrice; its elevated end was curtained; and
  • thence, at every chime of words, there burst a girl, gay scarfed, with
  • naked bosom, and poured forth wild and hollow laughter, as she raced
  • down all the terraces, and passed their merry kingships.
  • Wide round the hall, in avenues, waved almond-woods; their whiteness
  • frosted into bloom. But every vine-clad trunk was hollow-hearted;
  • hollow sounds came from the grottos: hollow broke the billows on the
  • shore: and hollow pauses filled the air, following the hollow
  • laughter.
  • Guards, with spears, paced the groves, and in the inner shadows, oft
  • were seen to lift their weapons, and backward press some ugly phantom,
  • saying, "Subjects! haunt him not; Abrazza would be merry; Abrazza
  • feasts his guests."
  • So, banished from our sight seemed all things uncongenial; and
  • pleasant times were ours, in these dominions. Not a face passed by,
  • but smiled; mocking-birds perched on the boughs; and singing, made us
  • vow the woods were warbling forth thanksgiving, with a thousand
  • throats! The stalwart yeomen grinned beneath their trenchers, heaped
  • with citrons pomegrantes, grapes; the pages tittered, pouring out the
  • wine; and all the lords loud laughed, smote their gilded spears, and
  • swore the isle was glad.
  • Such the isle, in which we tarried; but in our rambles, found no
  • Yillah.
  • CHAPTER LXXVI
  • Some Pleasant, Shady Talk In The Groves, Between My Lords Abrazza And
  • Media, Babbalanja, Mohi, And Yoomy
  • Abrazza had a cool retreat--a grove of dates; where we were used to
  • lounge of noons, and mix our converse with the babble of the rills;
  • and mix our punches in goblets chased with grapes. And as ever, King
  • Abrazza was the prince of hosts.
  • "Your crown," he said to Media; and with his own, he hung it on a
  • bough.
  • "Be not ceremonious:" and stretched his royal legs upon the turf.
  • "Wine!" and his pages poured it out.
  • So on the grass we lounged; and King Abrazza, who loved his antique
  • ancestors; and loved old times; and would not talk of moderns;--bade
  • Yoomy sing old songs; bade Mohi rehearse old histories; bade
  • Babbalanja tell of old ontologies; and commanded all, meanwhile, to
  • drink his old, old wine.
  • So, all round we quaffed and quoted.
  • At last, we talked of old Homeric bards:--those who, ages back,
  • harped, and begged, and groped their blinded way through all this
  • charitable Mardi; receiving coppers then, and immortal glory now.
  • ABRAZZA--How came it, that they all were blind?
  • BABBALANJA--It was endemical, your Highness. Few grand poets have
  • good eyes; for they needs blind must be, who ever gaze upon the sun.
  • Vavona himself was blind:
  • when, in the silence of his secret bower, he said--"I will build
  • another world. Therein, let there be kings and slaves, philosophers
  • and wits; whose checkered actions--strange, grotesque, and merry-sad,
  • will entertain my idle moods." So, my lord, Vavona played at kings and
  • crowns, and men and manners; and loved that lonely game to play.
  • ABRAZZA--Vavona seemed a solitary Mardian; who seldom went abroad;
  • had few friends; and shunning others, was shunned by them.
  • BABBALANJA--But shunned not himself, my lord; like gods, great poets
  • dwell alone; while round them, roll the worlds they build.
  • MEDIA--You seem to know all authors:--you must have heard of
  • Lombardo, Babbalanja; he who flourished many ages since.
  • BABBALANJA--I have; and his grand Kortanza know by heart.
  • MEDIA (_to Abrazza._)--A very curious work, that, my lord.
  • ABRAZZA--Yes, my dearest king. But, Babbalanja, if Lombardo had aught
  • to tell to Mardi--why choose a vehicle so crazy?
  • BABBALANJA--It was his nature, I suppose.
  • ABRAZZA--But so it would not have been, to me.
  • BABBALANJA--Nor would it have been natural, for my noble lord
  • Abrazza, to have worn Lombardo's head:--every man has his own, thank
  • Oro!
  • ABBRAZZA--A curious work: a very curious work. Babbalanja, are you
  • acquainted with the history of Lombardo?
  • BABBALANJA--None better. All his biographies have I read.
  • ABRAZZA--Then, tell us how he came to write that work. For one, I can
  • not imagine how those poor devils contrive to roll such thunders
  • through all Mardi.
  • MEDIA--Their thunder and lightning seem spontaneous combustibles, my
  • lord.
  • ABRAZZA--With which, they but consume themselves, my prince beloved.
  • BABBALANJA--In a measure, true, your Highness. But pray you, listen;
  • and I will try to tell the way in which Lombardo produced his great
  • Kortanza.
  • MEDIA--But hark you, philosopher! this time no incoherencies; gag
  • that devil, Azzageddi. And now, what was it that originally impelled
  • Lombardo to the undertaking?
  • BABBALANJA--Primus and forever, a full heart:--brimful, bubbling,
  • sparkling; and running over like the flagon in your hand, my lord.
  • Secundo, the necessity of bestirring himself to procure his yams.
  • ABRAZZA--Wanting the second motive, would the first have sufficed,
  • philosopher?
  • BABBALANJA--Doubtful. More conduits than one to drain off the soul's
  • overflowings. Besides, the greatest fullnesses overflow not
  • spontaneously; and, even when decanted, like rich syrups, slowly ooze;
  • whereas, poor fluids glibly flow, wide-spreading. Hence, when great
  • fullness weds great indolence;--that man, to others, too often proves
  • a cipher; though, to himself, his thoughts form an Infinite Series,
  • indefinite, from its vastness; and incommunicable;--not for lack of
  • power, but for lack of an omnipotent volition, to move his strength.
  • His own world is full before him; the fulcrum set; but lever there is
  • none. To such a man, the giving of any boor's resoluteness, with
  • tendons braided, would be as hanging a claymore to Valor's side,
  • before unarmed. Our minds are cunning, compound mechanisms; and one
  • spring, or wheel, or axle wanting, the movement lags, or halts.
  • Cerebrum must not overbalance cerebellum; our brains should be round
  • as globes; and planted on capacious chests, inhaling mighty morning-
  • inspirations. We have had vast developments of parts of men; but none
  • of manly wholes. Before a full-developed man, Mardi would fall down
  • and worship. We are idiot, younger-sons of gods, begotten in dotages
  • divine; and our mothers all miscarry. Giants are in our germs;
  • but we are dwarfs, staggering under heads overgrown. Heaped, our
  • measures burst. We die of too much life.
  • MEDIA (_to Abrazza_)--Be not impatient, my lord; he'll recover
  • presently. You were talking of Lombardo, Babbalanja.
  • BABBALANJA--I was, your Highness. Of all Mardians, by nature, he was
  • the most inert. Hast ever seen a yellow lion, all day basking in the
  • yellow sun:--in reveries, rending droves of elephants; but his vast
  • loins supine, and eyelids winking? Such, Lombardo; but fierce Want,
  • the hunter, came and roused his roar. In hairy billows, his great mane
  • tossed like the sea; his eyeballs flamed two hells; his paw had
  • stopped a rolling world.
  • ABRAZZA--In other words, yams were indispensable, and, poor devil, he
  • roared to get them.
  • BABBALANJA (_bowing_)--Partly so, my literal lord. And as with your
  • own golden scepter, at times upon your royal teeth, indolent tattoos
  • you beat; then, potent, sway it o'er your isle; so, Lombardo. And ere
  • Necessity plunged spur and rowel into him, he knew not his own paces.
  • _That_ churned him into consciousness; and brought ambition, ere then
  • dormant, seething to the top, till he trembled at himself. No mailed
  • hand lifted up against a traveler in woods, can so, appall, as we
  • ourselves. We are full of ghosts and spirits; we are as grave-yards
  • full of buried dead, that start to life before us. And all our dead
  • sires, verily, are in us; _that_ is their immortality. From sire to
  • son, we go on multiplying corpses in ourselves; for all of which, are
  • resurrections. Every thought's a soul of some past poet, hero, sage.
  • We are fuller than a city. Woe it is, that reveals these things. He
  • knows himself, and all that's in him, who knows adversity. To scale
  • great heights, we must come out of lowermost depths. The way to heaven
  • is through hell. We need fiery baptisms in the fiercest flames of our
  • own bosoms. We must feel our hearts hot--hissing in us. And ere
  • their fire is revealed, it must burn its way out of us; though it
  • consume us and itself. Oh, sleek-cheeked Plenty! smiling at thine own
  • dimples;--vain for thee to reach out after greatness. Turn! turn! from
  • all your tiers of cushions of eider-down--turn! and be broken on the
  • wheels of many woes. At white-heat, brand thyself; and count the
  • scars, like old war-worn veterans, over camp-fires. Soft poet!
  • brushing tears from lilies--this way! and howl in sackcloth and in
  • ashes! Know, thou, that the lines that live are turned out of a
  • furrowed brow. Oh! there is a fierce, a cannibal delight, in the grief
  • that shrieks to multiply itself. That grief is miserly of its own; it
  • pities all the happy. Some damned spirits would not be otherwise,
  • could they.
  • ABRAZZA (_to Media_)--Pray, my lord, is this good gentleman a devil?
  • MEDIA.--No, my lord; but he's possessed by one. His name is Azzageddi.
  • You may hear more of him. But come, Babbalanja, hast forgotten all
  • about Lombardo? How set he about that great undertaking, his Kortanza?
  • ABRAZZA (_to Media_)--Oh, for all the ravings of your Babbalanja,
  • Lombardo took no special pains; hence, deserves small commendation.
  • For, genius must be somewhat like us kings,--calm, content, in
  • consciousness of power. And to Lombardo, the scheme of his Kortanza
  • must have come full-fledged, like an eagle from the sun.
  • BABBALANJA--No, your Highness; but like eagles, his thoughts were
  • first callow; yet, born plumeless, they came to soar.
  • ABRAZZA--Very fine. I presume, Babbalanja, the first thing he did,
  • was to fast, and invoke the muses.
  • BABBALANJA--Pardon, my lord; on the contrary he first procured a ream
  • of vellum, and some sturdy quills: indispensable preliminaries, my
  • worshipful lords, to the writing of the sublimest epics.
  • ABRAZZA--Ah! then the muses were afterward invoked.
  • BABBALANJA--Pardon again. Lombardo next sat down to a fine plantain
  • pudding.
  • YOOMY--When the song-spell steals over me, I live upon olives.
  • BABBALANJA--Yoomy, Lombardo eschewed olives. Said he, "What fasting
  • soldier can fight? and the fight of all fights is to write." In ten
  • days Lombardo had written--
  • ABRAZZA--Dashed off, you mean.
  • BABBALANJA--He never dashed off aught.
  • ABRAZZA--As you will.
  • BABBALANJA--In ten days, Lombardo had written full fifty folios; he
  • loved huge acres of vellum whereon to expatiate.
  • MEDIA--What then?
  • BABBALANJA--He read them over attentively; made a neat package of the
  • whole: and put it into the fire.
  • ALL--How?
  • MEDIA--What! these great geniuses writing trash?
  • ABRAZZA--I thought as much.
  • BABBALANJA--My lords, they abound in it! more than any other men in
  • Mardi. Genius is full of trash. But genius essays its best to keep it
  • to itself; and giving away its ore, retains the earth; whence, the too
  • frequent wisdom of its works, and folly of its life.
  • ABRAZZA--Then genius is not inspired, after all. How they must slave
  • in their mines! I weep to think of it.
  • BABBALANJA--My lord, all men are inspired; fools are inspired; your
  • highness is inspired; for the essence of all ideas is infused. Of
  • ourselves, and in ourselves, we originate nothing. When Lombardo set
  • about his work, he knew not what it would become. He did not build
  • himself in with plans; he wrote right on; and so doing, got deeper and
  • deeper into himself; and like a resolute traveler, plunging through
  • baffling woods, at last was rewarded for his toils. "In good time,"
  • saith he, in his autobiography, "I came out into a serene, sunny,
  • ravishing region; full of sweet scents, singing birds, wild
  • plaints, roguish laughs, prophetic voices. "Here we are at last,
  • then," he cried; "I have created the creative." And now the whole
  • boundless landscape stretched away. Lombardo panted; the sweat was on
  • his brow; he off mantle; braced himself; sat within view of the ocean;
  • his face to a cool rushing breeze; placed flowers before him; and gave
  • himself plenty of room. On one side was his ream of vellum--
  • ABBRAZZA--And on the other, a brimmed beaker.
  • BABBALANJA--No, your Highness; though he loved it, no wine for
  • Lombardo while actually at work.
  • MOHI--Indeed? Why, I ever thought that it was to the superior quality
  • of Lombardo's punches, that Mardi was indebted for that abounding
  • humor of his.
  • BABBALANJA--Not so; he had another way of keeping himself well
  • braced.
  • YOOMY--Quick! tell us the secret.
  • BABBALANJA--He never wrote by rush-light. His lamp swung in heaven.--
  • He rose from his East, with the sun; he wrote when all nature was
  • alive.
  • MOHI--Doubtless, then, he always wrote with a grin; and none laughed
  • louder at his quips, than Lombardo himself.
  • BABBALANJA--Hear you laughter at the birth of a man child, old man?
  • The babe may have many dimples; not so, the parent. Lombardo was a
  • hermit to behold.
  • MEDIA--What! did Lombardo laugh with a long face?
  • BABBALANJA--His merriment was not always merriment to him, your
  • Highness. For the most part, his meaning kept him serious. Then he was
  • so intensely riveted to his work, he could not pause to laugh.
  • MOHI--My word for it; but he had a sly one, now and then.
  • BABBALANJA--For the nonce, he was not his own master: a mere
  • amanuensis writing by dictation.
  • YOOMY--Inspiration, that!
  • BABBALANJA.--Call it as you will, Yoomy, it was a sort of sleep-
  • walking of the mind. Lombardo never threw down his pen: it dropped
  • from him; and then, he sat disenchanted: rubbing his eyes; staring;
  • and feeling faint--sometimes, almost unto death.
  • MEDIA--But pray, Babbalanja, tell us how he made acquaintance with
  • some of those rare worthies, he introduces us to, in his Koztanza.
  • BABBALANJA--He first met them in his reveries; they were walking
  • about in him, sour and moody: and for a long time, were shy of his
  • advances; but still importuned, they at last grew ashamed of their
  • reserve; stepped forward; and gave him their hands. After that, they
  • were frank and friendly. Lombardo set places for them at his board;
  • when he died, he left them something in his will.
  • MEDIA--What! those imaginary beings?
  • ABRAZZA--Wondrous witty! infernal fine!
  • MEDIA--But, Babbalanja; after all, the Koztanza found no favor in the
  • eyes of some Mardians.
  • ABRAZZA--Ay: the arch-critics Verbi and Batho denounced it.
  • BABBALANJA--Yes: on good authority, Verbi is said to have detected a
  • superfluous comma; and Batho declared that, with the materials he
  • could have constructed a far better world than Lombardo's. But, didst
  • ever hear of his laying his axis?
  • ABRAZZA--But the unities; Babbalanja, the unities! they are wholly
  • wanting in the Koztanza.
  • BABBALANJA--Your Highness; upon that point, Lombardo was frank. Saith
  • he, in his autobiography: "For some time, I endeavored to keep in the
  • good graces of those nymphs; but I found them so captious, and
  • exacting; they threw me into such a violent passion with their fault-
  • findings; that, at last, I renounced them."
  • ABRAZZA--Very rash!
  • BABBALANJA--No, your Highness; for though Lombardo abandoned
  • all monitors from without; he retained one autocrat within--his
  • crowned and sceptered instinct. And what, if he pulled down one gross
  • world, and ransacked the etherial spheres, to build up something of
  • his own--a composite:--what then? matter and mind, though matching
  • not, are mates; and sundered oft, in his Koztanza they unite:--the
  • airy waist, embraced by stalwart arms.
  • MEDIA--Incoherent again! I thought we were to have no more of this!
  • BABBALANJA--My lord Media, there are things infinite in the finite;
  • and dualities in unities. Our eyes are pleased with the redness of the
  • rose, but another sense lives upon its fragrance. Its redness you must
  • approach, to view: its invisible fragrance pervades the field. So,
  • with the Koztanza. Its mere beauty is restricted to its form: its
  • expanding soul, past Mardi does embalm. Modak is Modako; but fogle-
  • foggle is not fugle-fi.
  • MEDIA (_to Abrazza_)--My lord, you start again; but 'tis only another
  • phase of Azzageeddi; sometimes he's quite mad. But all this you must
  • needs overlook.
  • ABRAZZA--I will, my dear prince; what one can not see through, one
  • must needs look over, as you say.
  • YOOMY--But trust me, your Highness, some of those strange things fall
  • far too melodiously upon the ear, to be wholly deficient in meaning.
  • ABRAZZA--Your gentle minstrel, _this_ must be, my lord. But
  • Babbalanja, the Koztanza lacks cohesion; it is wild, unconnected, all
  • episode.
  • BABBALANJA--And so is Mardi itself:--nothing but episodes; valleys
  • and hills; rivers, digressing from plains; vines, roving all over;
  • boulders and diamonds; flowers and thistles; forests and thickets;
  • and, here and there, fens and moors. And so, the world in the
  • Koztanza.
  • ABRAZZA--Ay, plenty of dead-desert chapters there; horrible sands to
  • wade through.
  • MEDIA--Now, Babbalanja, away with your tropes; and tell us of
  • the work, directly it was done. What did Lombardo then? Did he show it
  • to any one for an opinion?
  • BABBALANJA--Yes, to Zenzori; who asked him where he picked up so much
  • trash; to Hanto, who bade him not be cast down, it was pretty good; to
  • Lucree, who desired to know how much he was going to get for it; to
  • Roddi, who offered a suggestion.
  • MEDIA--And what was that?
  • BABBALANJA--That he had best make a faggot of the whole; and try
  • again.
  • ABRAZZA--Very encouraging.
  • MEDIA--Any one else?
  • BABBALANJA--To Pollo; who, conscious his opinion was sought, was
  • thereby puffed up; and marking the faltering of Lombardo's voice, when
  • the manuscript was handed him, straightway concluded, that the man who
  • stood thus trembling at the bar, must needs be inferior to the judge.
  • But his verdict was mild. After sitting up all night over the work;
  • and diligently taking notes:--"Lombardo, my friend! here, take your
  • sheets. I have run through them loosely. You might have done better;
  • but then you might have done worse. Take them, my friend; I have put
  • in some good things for you:"
  • MEDIA--And who was Pollo?
  • BABBALANJA--Probably some one who lived in Lombardo's time, and went
  • by that name. He is incidentally mentioned, and cursorily immortalized
  • in one of the posthumous notes to the Koztanza.
  • MEDIA--What is said of him there?
  • BABBALANJA--Not much. In a very old transcript of the work--that of
  • Aldina--the note alludes to a brave line in the text, and runs thus:--
  • "Diverting to tell, it was this passage that an old prosodist, one
  • Pollo, claimed for his own. He maintained he made a free-will offering
  • of it to Lombardo. Several things are yet extant of this Pollo, who
  • died some weeks ago. He seems to have been one of those, who
  • would do great things if they could; but are content to compass the
  • small. He imagined, that the precedence of authors he had established
  • in his library, was their Mardi order of merit. He condemned the
  • sublime poems of Vavona to his lowermost shelf. 'Ah,' thought he, 'how
  • we library princes, lord it over these beggarly authors!' Well read in
  • the history of their woes, Pollo pitied them all, particularly the
  • famous; and wrote little essays of his own, which he read to himself."
  • MEDIA--Well: and what said Lombardo to those good friends of his,--
  • Zenzori, Hanto, and Roddi?
  • BABBALANJA--Nothing. Taking home his manuscript, he glanced it over;
  • making three corrections.
  • ABRAZZA--And what then?
  • BABBALANJA--Then, your Highness, he thought to try a conclave of
  • professional critics; saying to himself, "Let them privately point out
  • to me, now, all my blemishes; so that, what time they come to review
  • me in public, all will be well." But curious to relate, those
  • professional critics, for the most part, held their peace, concerning
  • a work yet unpublished. And, with some generous exceptions, in their
  • vague, learned way, betrayed such base, beggarly notions of
  • authorship, that Lombardo could have wept, had tears been his. But in
  • his very grief, he ground his teeth. Muttered he, "They are fools. In
  • their eyes, bindings not brains make books. They criticise my tattered
  • cloak, not my soul, caparisoned like a charger. He is the great
  • author, think they, who drives the best bargain with his wares: and no
  • bargainer am I. Because he is old, they worship some mediocrity of an
  • ancient, and mock at the living prophet with the live coal on his
  • lips. They are men who would not be men, had they no books. Their
  • sires begat them not; but the authors they have read. Feelings they
  • have none: and their very opinions they borrow. They can not say yea,
  • nor nay, without first consulting all Mardi as an Encyclopedia. And
  • all the learning in them, is as a dead corpse in a coffin. Were
  • they worthy the dignity of being damned, I would damn them; but they
  • are not. Critics?--Asses! rather mules!--so emasculated, from vanity,
  • they can not father a true thought. Like mules, too, from dunghills,
  • they trample down gardens of roses: and deem that crushed fragrance
  • their own.--Oh! that all round the domains of genius should lie thus
  • unhedged, for such cattle to uproot! Oh! that an eagle should be
  • stabbed by a goose-quill! But at best, the greatest reviewers but prey
  • on my leavings. For I am critic and creator; and as critic, in cruelty
  • surpass all critics merely, as a tiger, jackals. For ere Mardi sees
  • aught of mine, I scrutinize it myself, remorseless as a surgeon. I cut
  • right and left; I probe, tear, and wrench; kill, burn, and destroy;
  • and what's left after that, the jackals are welcome to. It is I that
  • stab false thoughts, ere hatched; I that pull down wall and tower,
  • rejecting materials which would make palaces for others. Oh! could
  • Mardi but see how we work, it would marvel more at our primal chaos,
  • than at the round world thence emerging. It would marvel at our
  • scaffoldings, scaling heaven; marvel at the hills of earth, banked all
  • round our fabrics ere completed.--How plain the pyramid! In this grand
  • silence, so intense, pierced by that pointed mass,--could ten thousand
  • slaves have ever toiled? ten thousand hammers rung?--There it stands,
  • --part of Mardi: claiming kin with mountains;--was this thing piecemeal
  • built?--It was. Piecemeal?--atom by atom it was laid. The world is
  • made of mites."
  • YOOMY (_musing._)--It is even so.
  • ABRAZZA--Lombardo was severe upon the critics; and they as much so
  • upon him;--of that, be sure.
  • BABBALANGA--Your Highness, Lombardo never presumed to criticise true
  • critics; who are more rare than true poets. A great critic is a sultan
  • among satraps; but pretenders are thick as ants, striving to scale a
  • palm, after its aerial sweetness. And they fight among themselves.
  • Essaying to pluck eagles, they themselves are geese, stuck full
  • of quills, of which they rob each other.
  • ABRAZZA (_to Media._)--Oro help the victim that falls in Babbalanja's
  • hands!
  • MEDIA.--Ay, my lord; at times, his every finger is a dagger: every
  • thought a falling tower that whelms! But resume, philosopher--what of
  • Lombardo now?
  • BABBALANJA--"For this thing," said he, "I have agonized over it
  • enough.--I can wait no more. It has faults--all mine;--its merits all
  • its own;--but I can toil no longer. The beings knit to me implore; my
  • heart is full; my brain is sick. Let it go--let it go--and Oro with
  • it. Somewhere Mardi has a mighty heart---_that_ struck, all the isles
  • shall resound!"
  • ABRAZZA--Poor devil! he took the world too hard.
  • MEDIA.-As most of these mortals do, my lord. That's the load, self-
  • imposed, under which Babbalanja reels. But now, philosopher, ere Mardi
  • saw it, what thought Lombardo of his work, looking at it objectively,
  • as a thing out of him, I mean.
  • ABRAZZA--No doubt, he hugged it.
  • BABBALANJA--Hard to answer. Sometimes, when by himself, he thought
  • hugely of it, as my lord Abrazza says; but when abroad, among men, he
  • almost despised it; but when he bethought him of those parts, written
  • with full eyes, half blinded; temples throbbing; and pain at the
  • heart--
  • ABRAZZA--Pooh! pooh!
  • BABBALANJA--He would say to himself, "Sure, it can not be in vain!"
  • Yet again, when he bethought him of the hurry and bustle of Mardi,
  • dejection stole over him. "Who will heed it," thought he; "what care
  • these fops and brawlers for me? But am I not myself an egregious
  • coxcomb? Who will read me? Say one thousand pages--twenty-five lines
  • each--every line ten words--every word ten letters. That's two million
  • five hundred thousand _a_'s, and _i_'s, and _o_'s to read! How
  • many are superfluous? Am I not mad to saddle Mardi with such a task?
  • Of all men, am I the wisest, to stand upon a pedestal, and teach the
  • mob? Ah, my own Kortanza! child of many prayers!--in whose earnest
  • eyes, so fathomless, I see my own; and recall all past delights and
  • silent agonies-thou may'st prove, as the child of some fond dotard:--
  • beauteous to me; hideous to Mardi! And methinks, that while so much
  • slaving merits that thou should'st not die; it has not been intense,
  • prolonged enough, for the high meed of immortality. Yet, things
  • immortal have been written; and by men as me;--men, who slept and
  • waked; and ate; and talked with tongues like mine. Ah, Oro! how may we
  • know or not, we are what we would be? Hath genius any stamp and
  • imprint, obvious to possessors? Has it eyes to see itself; or is it
  • blind? Or do we delude ourselves with being gods, and end in grubs?
  • Genius, genius?--a thousand years hence, to be a household-word?--I?--
  • Lombardo? but yesterday cut in the market-place by a spangled fool!--
  • Lombardo immortal?--Ha, ha, Lombardo! but thou art an ass, with vast
  • ears brushing the tops of palms! Ha, ha, ha! Methinks I see thee
  • immortal! 'Thus great Lombardo saith; and thus; and thus; and thus:--
  • thus saith he--illustrious Lombardo!--Lombardo, our great countryman!
  • Lombardo, prince of poets--Lombardo! great Lombardo!'--Ha, ha, ha!--
  • go, go! dig thy grave, and bury thyself!"
  • ABRAZZA--He was very funny, then, at times.
  • BABBALANJA--Very funny, your Highness:--amazing jolly! And from my
  • nethermost soul, would to Oro, thou could'st but feel one touch of
  • that jolly woe! It would appall thee, my Right Worshipful lord
  • Abrazza!
  • ABRAZZA (_to Media_)--My dear lord, his teeth are marvelously white
  • and sharp: some she-shark must have been his dam:--does he often grin
  • thus? It was infernal!
  • MEDIA--Ah! that's Azzageddi. But, prithee, Babbalanja, proceed.
  • BABBALANJA--Your Highness, even in his calmer critic moods, Lombardo
  • was far from fancying his work. He confesses, that it ever seemed to
  • him but a poor scrawled copy of something within, which, do what he
  • would, he could not completely transfer. "My canvas was small," said
  • he; "crowded out were hosts of things that came last. But Fate is in
  • it." And Fate it was, too, your Highness, which forced Lombardo, ere
  • his work was well done, to take it off his easel, and send it to be
  • multiplied. "Oh, that I was not thus spurred!" cried he; "but like
  • many another, in its very childhood, this poor child of mine must go
  • out into Mardi, and get bread for its sire."
  • ABRAZZA (_with a sigh_)--Alas, the poor devil! But methinks 'twas
  • wondrous arrogant in him to talk to all Mardi at that lofty rate.--Did
  • he think himself a god?
  • BABBALANJA--He himself best knew what he thought; but, like all
  • others, he was created by Oro to some special end; doubtless, partly
  • answered in his Koztanza.
  • MEDIA--And now that Lombardo is long dead and gone--and his work,
  • hooted during life, lives after him--what think the present company of
  • it? Speak, my lord Abrazza! Babbalanja! Mohi! Yoomy!
  • ABRAZZA (_tapping his sandal with his scepter__)--I never read it.
  • BABBALANJA (_looking upward_)--It was written with a divine intent.
  • Mohi (_stroking his beard_)--I never hugged it in a corner, and
  • ignored it before Mardi.
  • Yoomy (_musing_)--It has bettered my heart.
  • MEDIA (_rising_)--And I have read it through nine times.
  • BABBALANJA (_starting up_)--Ah, Lombardo! this must make thy ghost
  • glad!
  • CHAPTER LXXVII
  • They Sup
  • There seemed something sinister, hollow, heartless, about Abrazza, and
  • that green-and-yellow, evil-starred crown that he wore.
  • But why think of that? Though we like not something in the curve of
  • one's brow, or distrust the tone of his voice; yet, let us away with
  • suspicions if we may, and make a jolly comrade of him, in the name of
  • the gods. Miserable! thrice miserable he, who is forever turning over
  • and over one's character in his mind, and weighing by nice
  • avoirdupois, the pros and the cons of his goodness and badness. For we
  • are all good and bad. Give me the heart that's huge as all Asia; and
  • unless a man, be a villain outright, account him one of the best
  • tempered blades in the world.
  • That night, in his right regal hall, King Abrazza received us. And in
  • merry good time a fine supper was spread.
  • Now, in thus nocturnally regaling us, our host was warranted by many
  • ancient and illustrious examples.
  • For old Jove gave suppers; the god Woden gave suppers; the Hindoo
  • deity Brahma gave suppers; the Red Man's Great Spirit gave suppers:--
  • chiefly venison and game.
  • And many distinguished mortals besides.
  • Ahasuerus gave suppers; Xerxes gave suppers; Montezuma gave suppers;
  • Powhattan gave suppers; the Jews' Passovers were suppers; the Pharaohs
  • gave suppers; Julius Caesar gave suppers:--and rare ones they were;
  • Great Pompey gave suppers; Nabob Crassus gave suppers; and
  • Heliogabalus, surnamed the Gobbler, gave suppers.
  • It was a common saying of old, that King Pluto gave suppers; some say
  • he is giving them still. If so, he is keeping tip-top company, old
  • Pluto:--Emperors and Czars; Great Moguls and Great Khans; Grand Lamas
  • and Grand Dukes; Prince Regents and Queen Dowagers:--Tamerlane hob-a-
  • nobbing with Bonaparte; Antiochus with Solyman the Magnificent;
  • Pisistratus pledging Pilate; Semiramis eating bon-bons with Bloody
  • Mary, and her namesake of Medicis; the Thirty Tyrants quaffing three
  • to one with the Council of Ten; and Sultans, Satraps, Viziers,
  • Hetmans, Soldans, Landgraves, Bashaws, Doges, Dauphins, Infantas,
  • Incas, and Caciques looking on.
  • Again: at Arbela, the conqueror of conquerors, conquering son of
  • Olympia by Jupiter himself, sent out cards to his captains,--
  • Hephestion, Antigonus, Antipater, and the rest--to join him at ten,
  • p.m., in the Temple of Belus; there, to sit down to a victorious
  • supper, off the gold plate of the Assyrian High Priests. How
  • majestically he poured out his old Madeira that night!--feeling grand
  • and lofty as the Himmalehs; yea, all Babylon nodded her towers in his
  • soul!
  • Spread, heaped up, stacked with good things; and redolent of citrons
  • and grapes, hilling round tall vases of wine; and here and there,
  • waving with fresh orange-boughs, among whose leaves, myriads of small
  • tapers gleamed like fire-flies in groves,--Abrazza's glorious board
  • showed like some banquet in Paradise: Ceres and Pomona presiding; and
  • jolly Bacchus, like a recruit with a mettlesome rifle, staggering back
  • as he fires off the bottles of vivacious champagne.
  • In ranges, roundabout stood living candelabras:--lackeys, gayly
  • bedecked, with tall torches in their hands; and at one end, stood
  • trumpeters, bugles at their lips.
  • "This way, my dear Media!--this seat at my left--Noble Taji!--my
  • right. Babbalanja!--Mohi--where you are. But where's pretty Yoomy?--
  • Gone to meditate in the moonlight? ah!--Very good. Let the
  • banquet begin. A blast there!"
  • And charge all did.
  • The venison, wild boar's meat, and buffalo-humps, were extraordinary;
  • the wine, of rare vintages, like bottled lightning; and the first
  • course, a brilliant affair, went off like a rocket.
  • But as yet, Babbalanja joined not in the revels. His mood was on him;
  • and apart he sat; silently eyeing the banquet; and ever and anon
  • muttering,--"Fogle-foggle, fugle-fi.--"
  • The first fury of the feast over, said King Media, pouring out from a
  • heavy flagon into his goblet, "Abrazza, these suppers are wondrous
  • fine things."
  • "Ay, my dear lord, much better than dinners."
  • "So they are, so they are. The dinner-hour is the summer of the day:
  • full of sunshine, I grant; but not like the mellow autumn of supper. A
  • dinner, you know, may go off rather stiffly; but invariably suppers
  • are jovial. At dinners, 'tis not till you take in sail, furl the
  • cloth, bow the lady-passengers out, and make all snug; 'tis not till
  • then, that one begins to ride out the gale with complacency. But at
  • these suppers--Good Oro! your cup is empty, my dear demi-god!--But at
  • these suppers, I say, all is snug and ship-shape before you begin; and
  • when you begin, you waive the beginning, and begin in the middle. And
  • as for the cloth,--but tell us, Braid-Beard, what that old king of
  • Franko, Ludwig the Fat, said of that matter. The cloth for suppers,
  • you know. It's down in your chronicles."
  • "My lord,"--wiping his beard,--"Old Ludwig was of opinion, that at
  • suppers the cloth was superfluous, unless on the back of some jolly
  • good friar. Said he, 'For one, I prefer sitting right down to the
  • unrobed table.'"
  • "High and royal authority, that of Ludwig the Fat," said Babbalanja,
  • "far higher than the authority of Ludwig the Great:--the one, only
  • great by courtesy; the other, fat beyond a peradventure. But
  • they are equally famous; and in their graves, both on a par. For after
  • devouring many a fair province, and grinding the poor of his realm,
  • Ludwig the Great has long since, himself, been devoured by very small
  • worms, and ground into very fine dust. And after stripping many a
  • venison rib, Ludwig the Fat has had his own polished and bleached in
  • the Valley of Death; yea, and his cranium chased with corrodings, like
  • the carved flagon once held to its jaws."
  • "My lord! my lord!"--cried Abrazza to Media--"this ghastly devil of
  • yours grins worse than a skull. I feel the worms crawling over me!--By
  • Oro we must eject him!"
  • "No, no, my lord. Let him sit there, as of old the Death's-head graced
  • the feasts of the Pharaohs--let him sit--let him sit--for Death but
  • imparts a flavor to Life--Go on: wag your tongue without fear,
  • Azzageddi!--But come, Braid-Beard! let's hear more of the Ludwigs."
  • "Well, then, your Highness, of all the eighteen royal Ludwigs of
  • Franko--"
  • "Who like so many ten-pins, all in a row," interposed Babbalanja--
  • "have been bowled off the course by grim Death."
  • "Heed him not," said Media--"go on."
  • "The Debonnaire, the Pious, the Stammerer, the Do-Nothing, the
  • Juvenile, the Quarreler:--of all these, I say, Ludwig the Fat was the
  • best table-man of them all. Such a full orbed paunch was his, that no
  • way could he devise of getting to his suppers, but by getting right
  • into them. Like the Zodiac his table was circular, and full in the
  • middle he sat, like a sun;--all his jolly stews and ragouts revolving
  • around him."
  • "Yea," said Babbalanja, "a very round sun was Ludwig the Fat. No
  • wonder he's down in the chronicles; several ells about the waist, and
  • King of cups and Tokay. Truly, a famous king: three hundred-weight of
  • lard, with a diadem on top: lean brains and a fat doublet--a
  • demijohn of a demi-god!"
  • "Is this to be longer borne?" cried Abrazza, starting up. "Quaff that
  • sneer down, devil! on the instant! down with it, to the dregs! This
  • comes, my lord Media, of having a slow drinker at one's board. Like an
  • iceberg, such a fellow frosts the whole atmosphere of a banquet, and
  • is felt a league off We must thrust him out. Guards!"
  • "Back! touch him not, hounds!"--cried Media. "Your pardon, my lord,
  • but we'll keep him to it; and melt him down in this good wine. Drink!
  • I command it, drink, Babbalanja!"
  • "And am I not drinking, my lord? Surely you would not that I should
  • imbibe more than I can hold. The measure being full, all poured in
  • after that is but wasted. I am for being temperate in these things, my
  • good lord. And my one cup outlasts three of yours. Better to sip a
  • pint, than pour down a quart. All things in moderation are good;
  • whence, wine in moderation is good. But all things in excess are bad:
  • whence wine in excess is bad."
  • "Away with your logic and conic sections! Drink!--But no, no: I am too
  • severe. For of all meals a supper should be the most social and free.
  • And going thereto we kings, my lord, should lay aside our scepters.--
  • Do as you please Babbalanja."
  • "You are right, you are right, after all, my dear demi-god," said
  • Abrazza. "And to say truth, I seldom worry myself with the ways of
  • these mortals; for no thanks do we demi-gods get. We kings should be
  • ever indifferent. Nothing like a cold heart; warm ones are ever
  • chafing, and getting into trouble. I let my mortals here in this isle
  • take heed to themselves; only barring them out when they would thrust
  • in their petitions. This very instant, my lord, my yeoman-guard is on
  • duty without, to drive off intruders.--Hark!--what noise is that?--Ho,
  • who comes?"
  • At that instant, there burst into the hall, a crowd of
  • spearmen, driven before a pale, ragged rout, that loudly
  • invoked King Abrazza.
  • "Pardon, my lord king, for thus forcing an entrance! But long in vain
  • have we knocked at thy gates! Our grievances are more than we can
  • bear! Give ear to our spokesman, we beseech!"
  • And from their tumultuous midst, they pushed forward a tall, grim,
  • pine-tree of a fellow, who loomed up out of the throng, like the Peak
  • of Teneriffe among the Canaries in a storm.
  • "Drive the knaves out! Ho, cowards, guards, turn about! charge upon
  • them! Away with your grievances! Drive them out, I say, drive them
  • out!--High times, truly, my lord Media, when demi-gods are thus
  • annoyed at their wine. Oh, who would reign over mortals!"
  • So at last, with much difficulty, the ragged rout were ejected; the
  • Peak of Teneriffe going last, a pent storm on his brow; and muttering
  • about some black time that was corning.
  • While the hoarse murmurs without still echoed through the hall, King
  • Abrazza refilling his cup thus spoke:--"You were saying, my dear lord,
  • that of all meals a supper is the most social and free. Very true. And
  • of all suppers those given by us bachelor demi-gods are the best. Are
  • they not?"
  • "They are. For Benedict mortals must be home betimes: bachelor demi-
  • gods are never away."
  • "Ay, your Highnesses, bachelors are all the year round at home;" said
  • Mohi: "sitting out life in the chimney corner, cozy and warm as the
  • dog, whilome turning the old-fashioned roasting jack."
  • "And to us bachelor demi-gods," cried Media "our to-morrows are as
  • long rows of fine punches, ranged on a board, and waiting the hand."
  • "But my good lords," said Babbalanja, now brightening with wine; "if,
  • of all suppers those given by bachelors be the best:--of all
  • bachelors, are not your priests and monks the jolliest? I mean, behind
  • the scenes? Their prayers all said, and their futurities securely
  • invested,--who so carefree and cozy as they? Yea, a supper for two in
  • a friar's cell in Maramma, is merrier far, than a dinner for five-and-
  • twenty, in the broad right wing of Donjalolo's great Palace of the Morn."
  • "Bravo, Babbalanja!" cried Media, "your iceberg is thawing. More of
  • that, more of that. Did I not say, we would melt him down at last, my
  • lord?"
  • "Ay," continued Babbalanja, "bachelors are a noble fraternity: I'm a
  • bachelor myself. One of ye, in that matter, my lord demi-gods. And if
  • unlike the patriarchs of the world, we father not our brigades and
  • battalions; and send not out into the battles of our country whole
  • regiments of our own individual raising;--yet do we oftentimes leave
  • behind us goodly houses and lands; rare old brandies and mountain
  • Malagas; and more especially, warm doublets and togas, and
  • spatterdashes, wherewithal to keep comfortable those who survive us;--
  • casing the legs and arms, which others beget. Then compare not
  • invidiously Benedicts with bachelors, since thus we make an equal
  • division of the duties, which both owe to posterity."
  • "Suppers forever!" cried Media. "See, my lord, what yours has done for
  • Babbalanja. He came to it a skeleton; but will go away, every bone
  • padded!"
  • "Ay, my lord demi-gods," said Babbalanja, drop by drop refilling his
  • goblet. "These suppers are all very fine, very pleasant, and merry.
  • But we pay for them roundly. Every thing, my good lords, has its
  • price, from a marble to a world. And easier of digestion, and better
  • for both body and soul, are a half-haunch of venison and a gallon of
  • mead, taken under the sun at meridian, than the soft bridal breast of
  • a partridge, with some gentle negus, at the noon of night!"
  • "No lie that!" said Mohi. "Beshrew me, in no well-appointed
  • mansion doth the pantry lie adjoining the sleeping chamber. A good
  • thought: I'll fill up, and ponder on it."
  • "Let not Azzageddi get uppermost again, Babbalanja," cried Media.
  • "Your goblet is only half-full."
  • "Permit it to remain so; my lord. For whoso takes much wine to bed
  • with him, has a bedfellow, more restless than a somnambulist. And
  • though Wine be a jolly blade at the board, a sulky knave is he under a
  • blanket. I know him of old. Yet, your Highness, for all this, to many
  • a Mardian, suppers are still better than dinners, at whatever cost
  • purchased. Forasmuch, as many have more leisure to sup, than dine. And
  • though you demi-gods, may dine at your ease; and dine it out into
  • night: and sit and chirp over your Burgundy, till the morning larks
  • join your crickets, and wed matins to vespers;--far otherwise, with us
  • plebeian mortals. From our dinners, we must hie to our anvils: and the
  • last jolly jorum evaporates in a cark and a care."
  • "Methinks he relapses," said Abrazza.
  • "It waxes late," said Mohi; "your Highnesses, is it not time to break
  • up?"
  • "No, no!", cried Abrazza; "let the day break when it will: but no
  • breakings for us. It's only midnight. This way with the wine; pass it
  • along, my dear Media. We are young yet, my sweet lord; light hearts
  • and heavy purses; short prayers and long rent-rolls. Pass round the
  • Tokay! We demi-gods have all our old age for a dormitory. Come!--Round
  • and round with the flagons! Let them disappear like mile-stones on a
  • race-course!"
  • "Ah!" murmured Babbalanja, holding his full goblet at arm's length on
  • the board, "not thus with the hapless wight, born with a hamper on his
  • back, and blisters in his palms.--Toil and sleep--sleep and toil, are
  • his days and his nights; he goes to bed with a lumbago, and wakes with
  • the rheumatics;--I know what it is;--he snatches lunches, not dinners,
  • and makes of all life a cold snack! Yet praise be to Oro,
  • though to such men dinners are scarce worth the eating; nevertheless,
  • praise Oro again, a good supper is something. Off jack-boots; nay, off
  • shirt, if you will, and go at it. Hurrah! the fagged day is done: the
  • last blow is an echo. Twelve long hours to sunrise! And would it were
  • an Antarctic night, and six months to to-morrow! But, hurrah! the very
  • bees have their hive, and after a day's weary wandering, hie home to
  • their honey. So they stretch out their stiff legs, rub their lame
  • elbows, and putting their tired right arms in a sling, set the others
  • to fetching and carrying from dishes to dentals, from foaming flagon
  • to the demijohn which never pours out at the end you pour in. Ah!
  • after all, the poorest devil in Mardi lives not in vain. There's a
  • soft side to the hardest oak-plank in the world!"
  • "Methinks I have heard some such sentimental gabble as this before
  • from my slaves, my lord," said Abrazza to Media. "It has the old
  • gibberish flavor."
  • "Gibberish, your Highness? Gibberish? I'm full of it--I'm a gibbering
  • ghost, my right worshipful lord! Here, pass your hand through me--
  • here, _here_, and scorch it where I most burn. By Oro! King! but I
  • will gibe and gibber at thee, till thy crown feels like another skull
  • clapped on thy own. Gibberish? ay, in hell we'll gibber in concert,
  • king! we'll howl, and roast, and hiss together!"
  • "Devil that thou art, begone! Ho, guards! seize him!"
  • "Back, curs!" cried Media. "Harm not a hair of his head. I crave
  • pardon, King Abrazza, but no violence must be done Babbalanja."
  • "Trumpets there!" said Abrazza; "so: the banquet is done--lights for
  • King Media! Good-night, my lord!"
  • Now, thus, for the nonce, with good cheer, we close. And after many
  • fine dinners and banquets--through light and through shade; through
  • mirth, sorrow, and all--drawing nigh to the evening end of these
  • wanderings wild--meet is it that all should be regaled with a supper.
  • CHAPTER LXXVIII
  • They Embark
  • Next morning, King Abrazza sent frigid word to Media that the day was
  • very fine for yachting; but he much regretted that indisposition would
  • prevent his making one of the party, who that morning doubtless would
  • depart his isle.
  • "My compliments to your king," said Media to the chamberlains, "and
  • say the royal notice to quit was duly received."
  • "Take Azzageddi's also," said Babbalanja; "and say, I hope his
  • Highness will not fail in his appointment with me:--the first midnight
  • after he dies; at the grave-yard corner;--there I'll be, and grin again!"
  • Sailing on, the next land we saw was thickly wooded: hedged round
  • about by mangrove trees; which growing in the water, yet lifted high
  • their boughs. Here and there were shady nooks, half verdure and half
  • water. Fishes rippled, and canaries sung.
  • "Let us break through, my lord," said Yoomy, "and seek the shore. Its
  • solitudes must prove reviving." "Solitudes they are," cried Mohi.
  • "Peopled but not enlivened," said Babbalanja. "Hard landing here,
  • minstrel! see you not the isle is hedged?"
  • "Why, break through, then," said Media. "Yillah is not here."
  • "I mistrusted it," sighed Yoomy; "an imprisoned island! full of
  • uncomplaining woes: like many others we must have glided by,
  • unheedingly. Yet of them have I heard. This isle many pass, marking
  • its outward brightness, but dreaming not of the sad secrets
  • here embowered. Haunt of the hopeless! In those inland woods brood
  • Mardians who have tasted Mardi, and found it bitter--the draught so
  • sweet to others!--maidens whose unimparted bloom has cankered in the
  • bud; and children, with eyes averted from life's dawn--like those new-
  • oped morning blossoms which, foreseeing storms, turn and close."
  • "Yoomy's rendering of the truth," said Mohi.
  • "Why land, then?" said Media. "No merry man of sense--no demi-god like
  • me, will do it. Let's away; let's see all that's pleasant, or that
  • seems so, in our circuit, and, if possible, shun the sad."
  • "Then we have circled not the round reef wholly," said Babbalanja,
  • "but made of it a segment. For this is far from being the first sad
  • land, my lord, that we have slighted at your instance."
  • "No more. I will have no gloom. A chorus! there, ye paddlers! spread
  • all your sails; ply paddles; breeze up, merry winds!"
  • And so, in the saffron sunset, we neared another shore.
  • A gloomy-looking land! black, beetling crags, rent by volcanic clefts;
  • ploughed up with water-courses, and dusky with charred woods. The
  • beach was strewn with scoria and cinders; in dolorous soughs, a chill
  • wind blew; wails issued from the caves; and yellow, spooming surges,
  • lashed the moaning strand.
  • "Shall we land?" said Babbalanja.
  • "Not here," cried Yoomy; "no Yillah here."
  • "No," said Media. "This is another of those lands far better to
  • avoid."
  • "Know ye not," said Mohi, "that here are the mines of King Klanko,
  • whose scourged slaves, toiling in their pits, so nigh approach the
  • volcano's bowels, they hear its rumblings? 'Yet they must work on,'
  • cries Klanko, 'the mines still yield!' And daily his slaves' bones are
  • brought above ground, mixed with the metal masses."
  • "Set all sail there, men! away!"
  • "My lord," said Babbalanja; "still must we shun the unmitigated evil;
  • and only view the good; or evil so mixed therewith, the mixture's
  • both?"
  • Half vailed in misty clouds, the harvest-moon now rose; and in that
  • pale and haggard light, all sat silent; each man in his own secret
  • mood: best knowing his own thoughts.
  • CHAPTER LXXIX
  • Babbalanja At The Full Of The Moon
  • "Ho, mortals! Go we to a funeral, that our paddles seem thus muffled?
  • Up heart, Taji! or does that witch Hautia haunt thee? Be a demi-god
  • once more, and laugh. Her flowers are not barbs; and the avengers'
  • arrows are too blunt to slay. Babbalanja! Mohi! Yoomy! up heart! up
  • heart!--By Oro! I will debark the whole company on the next land we
  • meet. No tears for me. Ha, ha! let us laugh. Ho, Vee-Vee! awake;
  • quick, boy,--some wine! and let us make glad, beneath the glad moon.
  • Look! it is stealing forth from its clouds. Perdition to Hautia! Long
  • lives, and merry ones to ourselves! Taji, my charming fellow, here's
  • to you:--May your heart be a stone! Ha, ha!--will nobody join me? My
  • laugh is lonely as his who laughed in his tomb. Come, laugh; will no
  • one quaff wine, I say? See! the round moon is abroad."
  • "Say you so, my lord? then for one, I am with you;" cried Babbalanja.
  • "Fill me a brimmer. Ah! but this wine leaps through me like a panther.
  • Ay, let us laugh: let us roar: let us yell! What, if I was sad but
  • just now? Life is an April day, that both laughs and weeps in a
  • breath. But whoso is wise, laughs when he can. Men fly from a groan;
  • but run to a laugh. Vee-Vee! your gourd. My lord, let me help you. Ah,
  • how it sparkles! Cups, cups, Vee-Vee, more cups! Here, Taji, take
  • that: Mohi, take that: Yoomy, take that. And now let us drown away
  • grief. Ha! ha! the house of mourning, is deserted, though of old good
  • cheer kept the funeral guests; and so keep I mine; here I sit
  • by my dead, and replenish your wine cups. Old Mohi, your cup: Yoomy,
  • yours: ha! ha! let us laugh, let us scream! Weeds are put off at a
  • fair; no heart bursts but in secret; it is good to laugh, though the
  • laugh be hollow; and wise to make merry, now and for aye. Laugh, and
  • make friends: weep, and they go. Women sob, and are rid of their
  • grief: men laugh, and retain it. There is laughter in heaven, and
  • laughter in hell. And a deep thought whose language is laughter.
  • Though wisdom be wedded to woe, though the way thereto is by tears,
  • yet all ends in a shout. But wisdom wears no weeds; woe is more merry
  • than mirth; 'tis a shallow grief that is sad. Ha! ha! how demoniacs
  • shout; how all skeletons grin; we all die with a rattle. Laugh! laugh!
  • Are the cherubim grave? Humor, thy laugh is divine; whence, mirth-
  • making idiots have been revered; and therefore may I. Ho! let us be
  • gay, if it be only for an hour, and Death hand us the goblet. Vee-Vee!
  • bring on your gourds! Let us pledge each other in bumpers!--let us
  • laugh, laugh, laugh it out to the last. All sages have laughed,--let
  • us; Bardianna laughed, let us; Demorkriti laughed,--let us: Amoree
  • laughed,--let us; Rabeelee roared,--let us; the hyenas grin, the
  • jackals yell,--let us.--But you don't laugh, my lord? laugh away!"
  • "No, thank you, Azzageddi, not after that infernal fashion; better
  • weep."
  • "He makes me crawl all over, as if I were an ant-hill," said Mohi.
  • "He's mad, mad, mad!" cried Yoomy.
  • "Ay, mad, mad, mad!--mad as the mad fiend that rides me!--But come,
  • sweet minstrel, wilt list to a song?--We madmen are all poets, you
  • know:--Ha! ha!--
  • Stars laugh in the sky:
  • Oh fugle-fi I
  • The waves dimple below:
  • Oh fugle-fo!
  • "The wind strikes her dulcimers; the groves give a shout; the
  • hurricane is only an hysterical laugh; and the lightning that blasts,
  • blasts only in play. We must laugh or we die; to laugh is to live. Not
  • to laugh is to have the tetanus. Will you weep? then laugh while you
  • weep. For mirth and sorrow are kin; are published by identical nerves.
  • Go, Yoomy: go study anatomy: there is much to be learned from the
  • dead, more than you may learn from the living and I am dead though I
  • live; and as soon dissect myself as another; I curiously look into my
  • secrets: and grope under my ribs. I have found that the heart is not
  • whole, but divided; that it seeks a soft cushion whereon to repose;
  • that it vitalizes the blood; which else were weaker than water: I have
  • found that we can not live without hearts; though the heartless live
  • longest. Yet hug your hearts, ye handful that have them; 'tis a
  • blessed inheritance! Thus, thus, my lord, I run on; from one pole to
  • the other; from this thing to that. But so the great world goes round,
  • and in one Somerset, shows the sun twenty-five thousand miles of a
  • landscape!"
  • At that instant, down went the fiery full-moon, and the Dog-Star; and
  • far down into Media, a Tivoli of wine.
  • CHAPTER LXXX
  • Morning
  • Life or death, weal or woe, the sun stays not his course. On: over
  • battle-field and bower; over tower, and town, he speeds,--peers in at
  • births, and death-beds; lights up cathedral, mosque, and pagan
  • shrine;--laughing over all;--a very Democritus in the sky; and in one
  • brief day sees more than any pilgrim in a century's round.
  • So, the sun; nearer heaven than we:--with what mind, then, may blessed
  • Oro downward look.
  • It was a purple, red, and yellow East;--streaked, and crossed. And
  • down from breezy mountains, robust and ruddy Morning came,--a plaided
  • Highlander, waving his plumed bonnet to the isles.
  • Over the neighboring groves the larks soared high; and soaring, sang
  • in jubilees; while across our bows, between two isles, a mighty moose
  • swam stately as a seventy-four; and backward tossed his antlered
  • wilderness in air.
  • Just bounding from fresh morning groves, with the brine he mixed the
  • dew of leaves,--his antlers dripping on the swell, that rippled before
  • his brown and bow-like chest.
  • "Five hundred thousand centuries since," said Babbalanja, "this same
  • sight was seen. With Oro, the sun is co-eternal; and the same life
  • that moves that moose, animates alike the sun and Oro. All are parts
  • of One. In me, in _me_, flit thoughts participated by the beings
  • peopling all the stars. Saturn, and Mercury, and Mardi, are brothers,
  • one and all; and across their orbits, to each other talk, like souls.
  • Of these things what chapters might be writ! Oh! that flesh can not
  • keep pace with spirit. Oh! that these myriad germ-dramas in me,
  • should so perish hourly, for lack of power mechanic.--Worlds pass
  • worlds in space, as men, men,--in thoroughfares; and after periods of
  • thousand years, cry:--"Well met, my friend, again!"--To me to _me_,
  • they talk in mystic music; I hear them think through all their zones.
  • --Hail, furthest worlds! and all the beauteous beings in ye! Fan me,
  • sweet Zenora! with thy twilight wings!--Ho! let's voyage to
  • Aldebaran.--Ha! indeed, a ruddy world! What a buoyant air! Not like to
  • Mardi, this. Ruby columns: minarets of amethyst: diamond domes! Who is
  • this?--a god? What a lake-like brow! transparent as the morning air. I
  • see his thoughts like worlds revolving--and in his eyes--like unto
  • heavens--soft falling stars are shooting.--How these thousand passing
  • wings winnow away my breath:--I faint:--back, back to some small
  • asteroid.--Sweet being! if, by Mardian word I may address thee--
  • speak!--'I bear a soul in germ within me; I feel the first, faint
  • trembling, like to a harp-string, vibrate in my inmost being. Kill me,
  • and generations die.'--So, of old, the unbegotten lived within the
  • virgin; who then loved her God, as new-made mothers their babes ere
  • born. Oh, Alma, Alma, Alma!--Fangs off, fiend!--will that name ever
  • lash thee into foam?--Smite not my face so, forked flames!"
  • "Babbalanja! Babbalanja! rouse, man! rouse! Art in hell and damned,
  • that thy sinews so snake-like coil and twist all over thee? Thy brow
  • is black as Ops! Turn, turn! see yonder moose!"
  • "Hail! mighty brute!--thou feelest not these things: never canst
  • _thou_ be damned. Moose! would thy soul were mine; for if that
  • scorched thing, mine, be immortal--so thine; and thy life hath not the
  • consciousness of death. I read profound placidity--deep--million--
  • violet fathoms down, in that soft, pathetic, woman eye! What is man's
  • shrunk form to thine, thou woodland majesty?--Moose, moose!--my soul
  • is shot again--Oh, Oro! Oro!"
  • "He falls!" cried Media.
  • "Mark the agony in his waning eye," said Yoomy;--"alas, poor
  • Babbalanja! Is this thing of madness conscious to thyself? If ever
  • thou art sane again, wilt thou have reminiscences? Take my robe:--
  • here, I strip me to cover thee and all thy woes. Oro! by this, thy
  • being's side, I kneel:--grant death or happiness to Babbalanja!"
  • CHAPTER LXXXI
  • L'ultima Sera
  • Thus far, through myriad islands, had we searched: of all, no one pen
  • may write: least, mine;--and still no trace of Yillah.
  • But though my hopes revived not from their ashes; yet, so much of
  • Mardi had we searched, it seemed as if the long pursuit must, ere many
  • moons, be ended; whether for weal or woe, my frenzy sometimes reeked not.
  • After its first fair morning flushings, all that day was overcast. We
  • sailed upon an angry sea, beneath an angry sky. Deep scowled on deep;
  • and in dun vapors, the blinded sun went down, unseen; though full
  • toward the West our three prows were pointed; steadfast as three
  • printed points upon the compass-card.
  • "When we set sail from Odo, 'twas a glorious morn in spring," said
  • Yoomy; "toward the rising sun we steered. But now, beneath autumnal
  • night-clouds, we hasten to its setting."
  • "How now?" cried Media; "why is the minstrel mournful?--He whose place
  • it is to chase away despondency: not be its minister."
  • "Ah, my lord, so _thou_ thinkest. But better can my verses soothe the
  • sad, than make them light of heart. Nor are we minstrels so gay of
  • soul as Mardi deems us. The brook that sings the sweetest, murmurs
  • through the loneliest woods:
  • The isles hold thee not, thou departed!
  • From thy bower, now issues no lay:--
  • In vain we recall perished warblings:
  • Spring birds, to far climes, wing their way!"
  • As Yoomy thus sang; unmindful of the lay, with paddle plying, in low,
  • pleasant tones, thus hummed to himself our bowsman, a gamesome wight:--
  • Ho! merrily ho! we paddlers sail!
  • Ho! over sea-dingle, and dale!--
  • Our pulses fly,
  • Our hearts beat high,
  • Ho! merrily, merrily, ho!
  • But a sudden splash, and a shrill, gurgling sound, like that of a
  • fountain subsiding, now broke upon the air. Then all was still, save
  • the rush of the waves by our keels.
  • "Save him! Put back!"
  • From his elevated seat, the merry bowsman, too gleefully reaching
  • forward, had fallen into the lagoon.
  • With all haste, our speeding canoes were reversed; but not till we had
  • darted in upon another darkness than that in which the bowsman fell.
  • As, blindly, we groped back, deep Night dived deeper down in the sea.
  • "Drop paddles all, and list."
  • Holding their breath, over the six gunwales all now leaned; but the
  • only moans were the wind's.
  • Long time we lay thus; then slowly crossed and recrossed our track,
  • almost hopeless; but yet loth to leave him who, with a song in his
  • mouth, died and was buried in a breath.
  • "Let us away," said Media--"why seek more? He is gone."
  • "Ay, gone," said Babbalanja, "and whither? But a moment since, he was
  • among us: now, the fixed stars are not more remote than he. So far
  • off, can he live? Oh, Oro! this death thou ordainest, unmans the
  • manliest. Say not nay, my lord. Let us not speak behind Death's back.
  • Hard and horrible is it to die: blindfold to leap from life's verge!
  • But thus, in clouds of dust, and with a trampling as of hoofs, the
  • generations disappear; death driving them all into his treacherous
  • fold, as wild Indians the bison herds. Nay, nay, Death is
  • Life's last despair. Hard and horrible is it to die. Oro himself, in
  • Alma, died not without a groan. Yet why, why live? Life is wearisome
  • to all: the same dull round. Day and night, summer and winter, round
  • about us revolving for aye. One moment lived, is a life. No new stars
  • appear in the sky; no new lights in the soul. Yet, of changes there
  • are many. For though, with rapt sight, in childhood, we behold many
  • strange things beneath the moon, and all Mardi looks a tented fair--
  • how soon every thing fades. All of us, in our very bodies, outlive our
  • own selves. I think of green youth as of a merry playmate departed;
  • and to shake hands, and be pleasant with my old age, seems in prospect
  • even harder, than to draw a cold stranger to my bosom. But old age is
  • not for me. I am not of the stuff that grows old. This Mardi is not
  • our home. Up and down we wander, like exiles transported to a planet
  • afar:--'tis not the world _we_ were born in; not the world once so
  • lightsome and gay; not the world where we once merrily danced, dined,
  • and supped; and wooed, and wedded our long-buried wives. Then let us
  • depart. But whither? We push ourselves forward then, start back in
  • affright. Essay it again, and flee. Hard to live; hard to die;
  • intolerable suspense! But the grim despot at last interposes; and with
  • a viper in our winding-sheets, we are dropped in the sea."
  • "To me," said Mohi, his gray locks damp with night-dews, "death's dark
  • defile at times seems at hand, with no voice to cheer. That all have
  • died, makes it not easier for me to depart. And that many have been
  • quenched in infancy seems a mercy to the slow perishing of my old age,
  • limb by limb and sense by sense. I have long been the tomb of my
  • youth. And more has died out of me, already, than remains for the last
  • death to finish. Babbalanja says truth. In childhood, death stirred me
  • not; in middle age, it pursued me like a prowling bandit on the road;
  • now, grown an old man, it boldly leads the way; and ushers me
  • on; and turns round upon me its skeleton gaze: poisoning the
  • last solaces of life. Maramma but adds to my gloom."
  • "Death! death!" cried Yoomy, "must I be not, and millions be? Must I
  • go, and the flowers still bloom? Oh, I have marked what it is to be
  • dead;--how shouting boys, of holidays, hide-and-seek among the tombs,
  • which must hide all seekers at last."
  • "Clouds on clouds!" cried Media, "but away with them all! Why not leap
  • your graves, while ye may? Time to die, when death comes, without
  • dying by inches. 'Tis no death, to die; the only death is the fear of
  • it. I, a demi-god, fear death not."
  • "But when the jackals howl round you?" said Babbalanja.
  • "Drive them off! Die the demi-god's death! On his last couch of
  • crossed spears, my brave old sire cried, 'Wine, wine; strike up, conch
  • and cymbal; let the king die to martial melodies!'"
  • "More valiant dying, than dead," said Babbalanja. "Our end of the
  • winding procession resounds with music and flaunts with banners with
  • brave devices: 'Cheer up!' 'Fear not!' 'Millions have died before!'--
  • but in the endless van, not a pennon streams; all there, is silent and
  • solemn. The last wisdom is dumb."
  • Silence ensued; during which, each dip of the paddles in the now calm
  • water, fell full and long upon the ear.
  • Anon, lifting his head, Babbalanja thus:--"Yillah still eludes us. And
  • in all this tour of Mardi, how little have we found to fill the heart
  • with peace: how much to slaughter all our yearnings."
  • "Croak no more, raven!" cried Media. "Mardi is full of spring-time
  • sights, and jubilee sounds. I never was sad in my life."
  • "But for thy one laugh, my lord, how many groans! Were all happy, or
  • all miserable,--more tolerable then, than as it is. But happiness and
  • misery are so broadly marked, that this Mardi may be the
  • retributive future of some forgotten past.--Yet vain our surmises.
  • Still vainer to say, that all Mardi is but a means to an end; that
  • this life is a state of probation: that evil is but permitted for a
  • term; that for specified ages a rebel angel is viceroy.--Nay, nay. Oro
  • delegates his scepter to none; in his everlasting reign there are no
  • interregnums; and Time is Eternity; and we live in Eternity now. Yet,
  • some tell of a hereafter, where all the mysteries of life will be
  • over; and the sufferings of the virtuous recompensed. Oro is just,
  • they say.--Then always,--now, and evermore. But to make restitution
  • implies a wrong; and Oro can do no wrong. Yet what seems evil to us,
  • may be good to him. If he fears not, nor hopes,--he has no other
  • passion; no ends, no purposes. He lives content; all ends are
  • compassed in Him; He has no past, no future; He is the everlasting
  • now; which is an everlasting calm; and things that are, have been,--
  • will be. This gloom's enough. But hoot! hoot! the night-owl ranges
  • through the woodlands of Maramma; its dismal notes pervade our lives;
  • and when we would fain depart in peace, that bird flies on before:--
  • cloud-like, eclipsing our setting suns, and filling the air with
  • dolor."
  • "Too true!" cried Yoomy. "Our calms must come by storms. Like helmless
  • vessels, tempest-tossed, our only anchorage is when we founder."
  • "Our beginnings," murmured Mohi, "are lost in clouds; we live in
  • darkness all our days, and perish without an end."
  • "Croak on, cowards!" cried Media, "and fly before the hideous phantoms
  • that pursue ye."
  • "No coward he, who hunted, turns and finds no foe to fight," said
  • Babbalanja. "Like the stag, whose brow is beat with wings of hawks,
  • perched in his heavenward antlers; so I, blinded, goaded, headlong,
  • rush! this way and that; nor knowing whither; one forest wide around!"
  • CHAPTER LXXXII
  • They Sail From Night To Day
  • Ere long the three canoes lurched heavily in a violent swell. Like
  • palls, the clouds swept to and fro, hooding the gibbering winds. At
  • every head-beat wave, our arching prows reared up, and shuddered; the
  • night ran out in rain.
  • Whither to turn we knew not; nor what haven to gain; so dense the
  • darkness.
  • But at last, the storm was over. Our shattered prows seemed gilded.
  • Day dawned; and from his golden vases poured red wine upon the waters.
  • That flushed tide rippled toward us; floating from the east, a lone
  • canoe; in which, there sat a mild, old man; a palm-bough in his hand:
  • a bird's beak, holding amaranth and myrtles, his slender prow.
  • "Alma's blessing upon ye, voyagers! ye look storm-worn."
  • "The storm we have survived, old man; and many more, we yet must
  • ride," said Babbalanja.
  • "The sun is risen; and all is well again. We but need to repair our
  • prows," said Media.
  • "Then, turn aside to Serenia, a pleasant isle, where all are welcome;
  • where many storm-worn rovers land at last to dwell."
  • "Serenia?" said Babbalanja; "methinks Serenia is that land of
  • enthusiasts, of which we hear, my lord; where Mardians pretend to the
  • unnatural conjunction of reason with things revealed; where Alma, they
  • say, is restored to his divine original; where, deriving their
  • principles from the same sources whence flow the persecutions of
  • Maramma,--men strive to live together in gentle bonds of peace
  • and charity;--folly! folly!"
  • "Ay," said Media; "much is said of those people of Serenia; but their
  • social fabric must soon fall to pieces; it is based upon the idlest of
  • theories. Thanks for thy courtesy, old man, but we care not to visit
  • thy isle. Our voyage has an object, which, something tells me, will
  • not be gained by touching at thy shores. Elsewhere we may refit.
  • Farewell! 'Tis breezing; set the sails! Farewell, old man."
  • "Nay, nay! think again; the distance is but small; the wind fair,--but
  • 'tis ever so, thither;--come: we, people of Serenia, are most anxious
  • to be seen of Mardi; so that if our manner of life seem good, all
  • Mardi may live as we. In blessed Alma's name, I pray ye, come!"
  • "Shall we then, my lord?"
  • "Lead on, old man! We will e'en see this wondrous isle."
  • So, guided by the venerable stranger, by noon we descried an island
  • blooming with bright savannas, and pensive with peaceful groves.
  • Wafted from this shore, came balm of flowers, and melody of birds: a
  • thousand summer sounds and odors. The dimpled tide sang round our
  • splintered prows; the sun was high in heaven, and the waters were deep
  • below.
  • "The land of Love!" the old man murmured, as we neared the beach,
  • where innumerable shells were gently rolling in the playful surf, and
  • murmuring from their tuneful valves. Behind, another, and a verdant
  • surf played against lofty banks of leaves; where the breeze, likewise,
  • found its shore.
  • And now, emerging from beneath the trees, there came a goodly
  • multitude in flowing robes; palm-branches in their hands; and as they
  • came, they sang:--
  • Hail! voyagers, hail!
  • Whence e'er ye come, where'er ye rove,
  • No calmer strand,
  • No sweeter land,
  • Will e'er ye view, than the Land of Love!
  • Hail! voyagers, hail!
  • To these, our shores, soft gales invite:
  • The palm plumes wave,
  • The billows lave,
  • And hither point fix'd stars of light!
  • Hail! voyagers, hail!
  • Think not our groves wide brood with gloom;
  • In this, our isle,
  • Bright flowers smile:
  • Full urns, rose-heaped, these valleys bloom.
  • Hail! voyagers, hail!
  • Be not deceived; renounce vain things;
  • Ye may not find
  • A tranquil mind,
  • Though hence ye sail with swiftest wings.
  • Hail! voyagers, hail!
  • Time flies full fast; life soon is o'er;
  • And ye may mourn,
  • That hither borne,
  • Ye left behind our pleasant shore.
  • CHAPTER LXXXIII
  • They Land
  • The song was ended; and as we gained the strand, the crowd embraced
  • us; and called us brothers; ourselves and our humblest attendants.
  • "Call ye us brothers, whom ere now ye never saw?"
  • "Even so," said the old man, "is not Oro the father of all? Then, are
  • we not brothers? Thus Alma, the master, hath commanded."
  • "This was not our reception in Maramma," said Media, "the appointed
  • place of Alma; where his precepts are preserved."
  • "No, no," said Babbalanja; "old man! your lesson of brotherhood was
  • learned elsewhere than from Alma; for in Maramma and in all its
  • tributary isles true brotherhood there is none. Even in the Holy
  • Island many are oppressed; for heresies, many murdered; and thousands
  • perish beneath the altars, groaning with offerings that might relieve
  • them."
  • "Alas! too true. But I beseech ye, judge not Alma by all those who
  • profess his faith. Hast thou thyself his records searched?"
  • "Fully, I have not. So long, even from my infancy, have I witnessed
  • the wrongs committed in his name; the sins and inconsistencies of his
  • followers; that thinking all evil must flow from a congenial fountain,
  • I have scorned to study the whole record of your Master's life. By
  • parts I only know it."
  • "Ah! baneful error! But thus is it, brothers!! that the wisest are set
  • against the Truth, because of those who wrest it from itself."
  • "Do ye then claim to live what your Master hath spoken? Are your
  • precepts practices?"
  • "Nothing do we claim: we but 'earnestly endeavor."
  • "Tell me not of your endeavors, but of your life. What hope for the
  • fatherless among ye?"
  • "Adopted as a son."
  • "Of one poor, and naked?"
  • "Clothed, and he wants for naught."
  • "If ungrateful, he smite you?"
  • "Still we feed and clothe him."
  • "If yet an ingrate?"
  • "Long, he can not be; for Love is a fervent fire."
  • "But what, if widely he dissent from your belief in Alma;--then,
  • surely, ye must cast him forth?"
  • "No, no; we will remember, that if he dissent from us, we then equally
  • dissent from him; and men's faculties are Oro-given. Nor will we say
  • that he is wrong, and we are right; for this we know not, absolutely.
  • But we care not for men's words; we look for creeds in actions; which
  • are the truthful symbols of the things within. He who hourly prays to
  • Alma, but lives not up to world-wide love and charity--that man is
  • more an unbeliever than he who verbally rejects the Master, but does
  • his bidding. Our lives are our Amens."
  • "But some say that what your Alma teaches is wholly new--a revelation
  • of things before unimagined, even by the poets. To do his bidding,
  • then, some new faculty must be vouchsafed, whereby to apprehend aright."
  • "So have I always thought," said Mohi.
  • "If Alma teaches love, I want no gift to learn," said Yoomy.
  • "All that is vital in the Master's faith, lived here in Mardi, and in
  • humble dells was practiced, long previous to the Master's coming. But
  • never before was virtue so lifted up among us, that all might see;
  • never before did rays from heaven descend to glorify it, But are
  • Truth, Justice, and Love, the revelations of Alma alone? Were they
  • never heard of till he came? Oh! Alma but opens unto us our own
  • hearts. Were his precepts strange we would recoil--not one feeling
  • would respond; whereas, once hearkened to, our souls embrace them as
  • with the instinctive tendrils of a vine."
  • "But," said Babbalanja, "since Alma, they say, was solely intent upon
  • the things of the Mardi to come--which to all, must seem uncertain--of
  • what benefit his precepts for the daily lives led here?"
  • "Would! would that Alma might once more descend! Brother! were the
  • turf our everlasting pillow, still would the Master's faith answer a
  • blessed end;--making us more truly happy _here_. _That_ is the first
  • and chief result; for holy here, we must be holy elsewhere. 'Tis
  • Mardi, to which loved Alma gives his laws; not Paradise."
  • "Full soon will I be testing all these things," murmured Mohi.
  • "Old man," said Media, "thy years and Mohi's lead ye both to dwell
  • upon the unknown future. But speak to me of other themes. Tell me of
  • this island and its people. From all I have heard, and now behold, I
  • gather that here there dwells no king; that ye are left to yourselves;
  • and that this mystic Love, ye speak of, is your ruler. Is it so? Then,
  • are ye full as visionary, as Mardi rumors. And though for a time, ye
  • may have prospered,--long, ye can not be, without some sharp lesson to
  • convince ye, that your faith in Mardian virtue is entirely vain."
  • "Truth. We have no king; for Alma's precepts rebuke the arrogance of
  • place and power. He is the tribune of mankind; nor will his true faith
  • be universal Mardi's, till our whole race is kingless. But think not
  • we believe in man's perfection. Yet, against all good, he is not
  • absolutely set. In his heart, there is a germ. _That_ we seek to
  • foster. To _that_ we cling; else, all were hopeless!"
  • "Your social state?"
  • "It is imperfect; and long must so remain. But we make not the
  • miserable many support the happy few. Nor by annulling reason's laws,
  • seek to breed equality, by breeding anarchy. In all things, equality
  • is not for all. Each has his own. Some have wider groves of palms than
  • others; fare better; dwell in more tasteful arbors; oftener renew
  • their fragrant thatch. Such differences must be. But none starve
  • outright, while others feast. By the abounding, the needy are
  • supplied. Yet not by statute, but from dictates, born half dormant in
  • us, and warmed into life by Alma. Those dictates we but follow in all
  • we do; we are not dragged to righteousness; but go running. Nor do we
  • live in common. For vice and virtue blindly mingled, form a union
  • where vice too often proves the alkali. The vicious we make dwell
  • apart, until reclaimed. And reclaimed they soon must be, since every
  • thing invites. The sin of others rests not upon our heads: none we
  • drive to crime. Our laws are not of vengeance bred, but Love and
  • Alma."
  • "Fine poetry all this," said Babbalanja, "but not so new. Oft do they
  • warble thus in bland Maramma!"
  • "It sounds famously, old man!" said Media, "but men are men. Some must
  • starve; some be scourged.--Your doctrines are impracticable."
  • "And are not these things enjoined by Alma? And would Alma inculcate
  • the impossible? of what merit, his precepts, unless they may be
  • practiced? But, I beseech ye, speak no more of Maramma. Alas! did Alma
  • revisit Mardi, think you, it would be among those Morals he would lay
  • his head?"
  • "No, no," said Babbalanja, "as an intruder he came; and an intruder
  • would he be this day. On all sides, would he jar our social systems."
  • "Not here, not here! Rather would we welcome Alma hungry and athirst,
  • than though he came floating hither on the wings of seraphs; the
  • blazing zodiac his diadem! In all his aspects we adore him; needing no
  • pomp and power to kindle worship. Though he came from Oro; though he
  • did miracles; though through him is life;--not for these things alone,
  • do we thus love him. We love him from, an instinct in us;--a fond,
  • filial, reverential feeling. And this would yet stir in our souls,
  • were death our end; and Alma incapable of befriending us. We love him
  • because we do."
  • "Is this man divine?" murmured Babbalanja. "But thou speakest most
  • earnestly of adoring Alma:--I see no temples in your groves."
  • "Because this isle is all one temple to his praise; every leaf is
  • consecrated his. We fix not Alma here and there; and say,--'those
  • groves for Him, and these broad fields for us.' It is all his own; and
  • we ourselves; our every hour of life; and all we are, and have."
  • "Then, ye forever fast and pray; and stand and sing; as at long
  • intervals the censer-bearers in Maramma supplicate their gods."
  • "Alma forbid! We never fast; our aspirations are our prayers; our
  • lives are worship. And when we laugh, with human joy at human things,
  • --_then_ do we most sound great Oro's praise, and prove the merit of
  • sweet Alma's love! Our love in Alma makes us glad, not sad. Ye speak
  • of temples;--behold! 'tis by not building _them_, that we widen
  • charity among us. The treasures which, in the islands round about, are
  • lavished on a thousand fanes;--with these we every day relieve the
  • Master's suffering disciples. In Mardi, Alma preached in open fields,
  • --and must his worshipers have palaces?"
  • "No temples, then no priests;" said Babbalanja, "for few priests will
  • enter where lordly arches form not the portal."
  • "We have no priests, but one; and he is Alma's self. We have his
  • precepts: we seek no comments but our hearts."
  • "But without priests and temples, how long will flourish this your
  • faith?" said Media.
  • "For many ages has not this faith lived, in spite of priests and
  • temples? and shall it not survive them? What we believe, we hold
  • divine; and things divine endure forever."
  • "But how enlarge your bounds? how convert the vicious, without
  • persuasion of some special seers? Must your religion go hand in hand
  • with all things secular?"
  • "We hold not, that one man's words should be a gospel to the rest; but
  • that Alma's words should be a gospel to us all. And not by precepts
  • would we have some few endeavor to persuade; but all, by practice, fix
  • convictions, that the life we lead is the life for all. We are
  • apostles, every one. Where'er we go, our faith we carry in our hands,
  • and hearts. It is our chiefest joy. We do not put it wide away six
  • days out of seven; and then, assume it. In it we all exult, and joy;
  • as that which makes us happy here; as that, without which, we could be
  • happy nowhere; as something meant for this time present, and
  • henceforth for aye. It is our vital mode of being; not an incident.
  • And when we die, this faith shall be our pillow; and when we rise, our
  • staff; and at the end, our crown. For we are all immortal. Here, Alma
  • joins with our own hearts, confirming nature's promptings."
  • "How eloquent he is!" murmured Babbalanja. "Some black cloud seems
  • floating from me. I begin to see. I come out in light. The sharp fang
  • tears me less. The forked flames wane. My soul sets back like ocean
  • streams, that sudden change their flow. Have I been sane? Quickened in
  • me is a hope. But pray you, old man--say on--methinks, that in your
  • faith must be much that jars with reason."
  • "No, brother! Right-reason, and Alma, are the same; else Alma, not
  • reason, would we reject. The Master's great command is Love; and here
  • do all things wise, and all things good, unite. Love is all in all.
  • The more we love, the more we know; and so reversed. Oro we love; this
  • isle; and our wide arms embrace all Mardi like its reef. How can we
  • err, thus feeling? We hear loved Alma's pleading, prompting voice, in
  • every breeze, in every leaf; we see his earnest eye in every star and
  • flower."
  • "Poetry!" cried Yoomy; "and poetry is truth! He stirs me."
  • "When Alma dwelt in Mardi, 'twas with the poor and friendless. He fed
  • the famishing; he healed the sick; he bound up wounds. For every
  • precept that he spoke, he did ten thousand mercies. And Alma is our
  • loved example."
  • "Sure, all this is in the histories!" said Mohi, starting.
  • "But not alone to poor and friendless, did Alma wend his charitable
  • way. From lowly places, he looked up; and long invoked great
  • chieftains in their state; and told them all their pride was vanity;
  • and bade them ask their souls. 'In _me_,' he cried, 'is that heart of
  • mild content, which in vain ye seek in rank and title. I am Love: love
  • ye then me.'"
  • "Cease, cease, old man!" cried Media; "thou movest me beyond my
  • seeming. What thoughts are these? Have done! Wouldst thou unking me?"
  • "Alma is for all; for high and low. Like heaven's own breeze, he lifts
  • the lily from its lowly stem, and sweeps, reviving, through the palmy
  • groves. High thoughts he gives the sage, and humble trust the simple.
  • Be the measure what it may, his grace doth fill it to the brim. He
  • lays the lashings of the soul's wild aspirations after things unseen;
  • oil he poureth on the waters; and stars come out of night's black
  • concave at his great command. In him is hope for all; for all,
  • unbounded joys. Fast locked in his loved clasp, no doubts dismay. He
  • opes the eye of faith and shuts the eye of fear. He is all we pray
  • for, and beyond; all, that in the wildest hour of ecstasy, rapt fancy
  • paints in bright Auroras upon the soul's wide, boundless Orient!"
  • "Oh, Alma, Alma! prince divine!" cried Babbalanja, sinking on his
  • knees--"in _thee_, at last, I find repose. Hope perches in my heart a
  • dove;--a thousand rays illume;--all Heaven's a sun. Gone, gone! are
  • all distracting doubts. Love and Alma now prevail. I see with other
  • eyes:--Are these my hands? What wild, wild dreams were mine;--I have
  • been mad. Some things there are, we must not think of. Beyond one
  • obvious mark, all human lore is vain. Where have I lived till now? Had
  • dark Maramma's zealot tribe but murmured to me as this old man, long
  • since had I, been wise! Reason no longer domineers; but still doth
  • speak. All I have said ere this, that wars with Alma's precepts, I
  • here recant. Here I kneel, and own great Oro and his sovereign son."
  • "And here another kneels and prays," cried Yoomy.
  • "In Alma all my dreams are found, my inner longings for the Love
  • supreme, that prompts my every verse. Summer is in my soul."
  • "Nor now, too late for these gray hairs," cried Mohi, with devotion.
  • "Alma, thy breath is on my soul. I see bright light."
  • "No more a demigod," cried Media, "but a subject to our common chief.
  • No more shall dismal cries be heard from Odo's groves. Alma, I am
  • thine."
  • With swimming eyes the old man kneeled; and round him grouped king,
  • sage, gray hairs, and youth.
  • There, as they kneeled, and as the old man blessed them, the setting
  • sun burst forth from mists, gilded the island round about, shed rays
  • upon their heads, and went down in a glory--all the East radiant with
  • red burnings, like an altar-fire.
  • CHAPTER LXXXIV
  • Babbalanja Relates To Them A Vision
  • Leaving Babbalanja in the old man's bower, deep in meditation;
  • thoughtfully we strolled along the beach, inspiring the musky,
  • midnight air; the tropical stars glistening in heaven, like drops of
  • dew among violets.
  • The waves were phosphorescent, and laved the beach with a fire that
  • cooled it.
  • Returning, we espied Babbalanja advancing in his snow-white mantle.
  • The fiery tide was ebbing; and in the soft, moist sand, at every step,
  • he left a lustrous foot-print.
  • "Sweet friends! this isle is full of mysteries," he said. "I have
  • dreamed of wondrous things. After I had laid me down, thought pressed
  • hard upon me. By my eyes passed pageant visions. I started at a low,
  • strange melody, deep in my inmost soul. At last, methought my eyes
  • were fixed on heaven; and there, I saw a shining spot, unlike a star.
  • Thwarting the sky, it grew, and grew, descending; till bright wings
  • were visible: between them, a pensive face angelic, downward beaming;
  • and, for one golden moment, gauze-vailed in spangled Berenice's Locks.
  • "Then, as white flame from yellow, out from that starry cluster it
  • emerged; and brushed the astral Crosses, Crowns, and Cups. And as in
  • violet, tropic seas, ships leave a radiant-white, and fire-fly wake;
  • so, in long extension tapering, behind the vision, gleamed another
  • Milky-Way.
  • "Strange throbbings seized me; my soul tossed on its own tides. But
  • soon the inward harmony bounded in exulting choral strains. I heard a
  • feathery rush; and straight beheld a form, traced all over with veins
  • of vivid light. The vision undulated round me.
  • "'Oh! Spirit!! angel! god! whate'er thou art,'--I cried, 'leave me; I
  • am but man.'
  • "Then, I heard a low, sad sound, no voice. It said, or breathed upon
  • me,--'Thou hast proved the grace of Alma: tell me what thou'st
  • learned.'
  • "Silent replied my soul, for voice was gone,--'This have I learned,
  • oh! spirit!--In things mysterious, to seek no more; but rest content,
  • with knowing naught but Love.'
  • "'Blessed art thou for that: thrice blessed,' then I heard, and since
  • humility is thine, thou art one apt to learn. That which thy own
  • wisdom could not find, thy ignorance confessed shall gain. Come, and
  • see new things.'
  • "Once more it undulated round me; its lightning wings grew dim; nearer,
  • nearer; till I felt a shock electric,--and nested 'neath its wing.
  • "We clove the air; passed systems, suns, and moons: what seem from
  • Mardi's isles, the glow-worm stars.
  • "By distant fleets of worlds we sped, as voyagers pass far sails at
  • sea, and hail them not. Foam played before them as they darted on;
  • wild music was their wake; and many tracks of sound we crossed, where
  • worlds had sailed before.
  • "Soon, we gained a point, where a new heaven was seen; whence all our
  • firmament seemed one nebula. Its glories burned like thousand
  • steadfast-flaming lights.
  • "Here hived the worlds in swarms: and gave forth sweets ineffable.
  • "We lighted on a ring, circling a space, where mornings seemed forever
  • dawning over worlds unlike.
  • "'Here,' I heard, 'thou viewest thy Mardi's Heaven. Herein each world
  • is portioned.'
  • "As he who climbs to mountain tops pants hard for breath; so panted I
  • for Mardi's grosser air. But that which caused my flesh to faint, was
  • new vitality to my soul. My eyes swept over all before me. The spheres
  • were plain as villages that dot a landscape. I saw most beauteous
  • forms, yet like our own. Strange sounds I heard of gladness that
  • seemed mixed with sadness:--a low, sweet harmony of both. Else, I know
  • not how to phrase what never man but me e'er heard.
  • "'In these blest souls are blent,' my guide discoursed, 'far higher
  • thoughts, and sweeter plaints than thine. Rude joy were discord here.
  • And as a sudden shout in thy hushed mountain-passes brings down the
  • awful avalanche; so one note of laughter here, might start some white
  • and silent world.'
  • "Then low I murmured:--'Is their's, oh guide! no happiness supreme?
  • their state still mixed? Sigh these yet to know? Can these sin?'
  • "Then I heard:--'No mind but Oro's can know all; no mind that knows
  • not all can be content; content alone approximates to happiness.
  • Holiness comes by wisdom; and it is because great Oro is supremely
  • wise, that He's supremely holy. But as perfect wisdom can be only
  • Oro's; so, perfect holiness is his alone. And whoso is otherwise than
  • perfect in his holiness, is liable to sin.
  • "'And though death gave these beings knowledge, it also opened other
  • mysteries, which they pant to know, and yet may learn. And still they
  • fear the thing of evil; though for them, 'tis hard to fall. Thus
  • hoping and thus fearing, then, their's is no state complete. And since
  • Oro is past finding out, and mysteries ever open into mysteries
  • beyond; so, though these beings will for aye progress in wisdom and in
  • good; yet, will they never gain a fixed beatitude. Know, then, oh
  • mortal Mardian! that when translated hither, thou wilt but put off
  • lowly temporal pinings, for angel and eternal aspirations. Start not:
  • thy human joy hath here no place: no name.
  • "Still, I mournful mused; then said:--'Many Mardians live, who have no
  • aptitude for Mardian lives of thought: how then endure more earnest,
  • everlasting, meditations?'
  • "'Such have their place,' I heard.
  • "'Then low I moaned, 'And what, oh! guide! of those who, living
  • thoughtless lives of sin, die unregenerate; no service done to Oro or
  • to Mardian?'
  • "'They, too, have their place,' I heard; 'but 'tis not here. And
  • Mardian! know, that as your Mardian lives are long preserved through
  • strict obedience to the organic law, so are your spiritual lives
  • prolonged by fast keeping of the law of mind. Sin is death.'
  • "'Ah, then,' yet lower moan made I; 'and why create the germs that sin
  • and suffer, but to perish?'
  • "'That,' breathed my guide; 'is the last mystery which underlieth all
  • the rest. Archangel may not fathom it; that makes of Oro the
  • everlasting mystery he is; that to divulge, were to make equal to
  • himself in knowledge all the souls that are; that mystery Oro guards;
  • and none but him may know.'
  • "Alas! were it recalled, no words have I to tell of all that now my
  • guide discoursed, concerning things unsearchable to us. My sixth sense
  • which he opened, sleeps again, with all the wisdom that it gained.
  • "Time passed; it seemed a moment, might have been an age; when from
  • high in the golden haze that canopied this heaven, another angel came;
  • its vans like East and West; a sunrise one, sunset the other. As
  • silver-fish in vases, so, in his azure eyes swam tears unshed.
  • "Quick my guide close nested me; through its veins the waning light
  • throbbed hard.
  • "'Oh, spirit! archangel! god! whate'er thou art,' it breathed; 'leave
  • me: I am but blessed, not glorified.'
  • "So saying, as down from doves, from its wings dropped sounds. Still
  • nesting me, it crouched its plumes.
  • "Then, in a snow of softest syllables, thus breathed the greater and
  • more beautiful:--'From far away, in fields beyond thy ken, I heard thy
  • fond discourse with this lone Mardian. It pleased me well; for thy
  • humility was manifeat; no arrogance of knowing. Come _thou_ and learn
  • new things.'
  • "And straight it overarched us with its plumes; which, then, down-
  • sweeping, bore us up to regions where my first guide had sunk, but for
  • the power that buoyed us, trembling, both.
  • "My eyes did wane, like moons eclipsed in overwhelming dawns: such
  • radiance was around; such vermeil light, born of no sun, but pervading
  • all the scene. Transparent, fleck-less, calm, all glowed one flame.
  • "Then said the greater guide This is the night of all ye here behold--
  • its day ye could not bide. Your utmost heaven is far below.'
  • "Abashed, smote down, I, quaking, upward gazed; where, to and fro, the
  • spirits sailed, like broad-winged crimson-dyed flamingos, spiraling in
  • sunset-clouds. But a sadness glorified, deep-fringed their mystic
  • temples, crowned with weeping halos, bird-like, floating o'er them,
  • whereso'er they roamed.
  • "Sights and odors blended. As when new-morning winds, in summer's
  • prime, blow down from hanging gardens, wafting sweets that never pall;
  • so, from those flowery pinions, at every motion, came a flood of
  • fragrance.
  • "And now the spirits twain discoursed of things, whose very terms, to
  • me, were dark. But my first guide grew wise. For me, I could but
  • blankly list; yet comprehended naught; and, like the fish that's
  • mocked with wings, and vainly seeks to fly;--again I sought my lower
  • element.
  • "As poised, we hung in this rapt ether, a sudden trembling seized the
  • four wings now folding me. And afar of, in zones still upward
  • reaching, suns' orbits off, I, tranced, beheld an awful glory. Sphere
  • in sphere, it burned:--the one Shekinah! The air was flaked with
  • fire;--deep in which, fell showers of silvery globes, tears magnified
  • --braiding the flame with rainbows. I heard a sound; but not for me,
  • nor my first guide, was that unutterable utterance. Then, my second
  • guide was swept aloft, as rises a cloud of red-dyed leaves in autumn
  • whirlwinds.
  • "Fast clasping me, the other drooped, and, instant, sank, as in a
  • vacuum; myriad suns' diameters in a breath;--my five senses merged in
  • one, of falling; till we gained the nether sky, descending still.
  • "Then strange things--soft, sad, and faint, I saw or heard; as, when,
  • in sunny, summer seas, down, down, you dive, starting at pensive
  • phantoms, that you can not fix.
  • "'These,' breathed my guide, 'are spirits in their essences; sad, even
  • in undevelopment. With these, all space is peopled;--all the air is
  • vital with intelligence, which seeks embodiment. This it is, that
  • unbeknown to Mardians, causes them to strangely start in solitudes of
  • night, and in the fixed flood of their enchanted noons. From hence,
  • are formed your mortal souls; and all those sad and shadowy dreams,
  • and boundless thoughts man hath, are vague remembrances of the time
  • when the soul's sad germ, wide wandered through these realms. And
  • hence it is, that when ye Mardians feel most sad, then ye feel most
  • immortal.
  • "Like a spark new-struck from flint, soon Mardi showed afar. It glowed
  • within a sphere, which seemed, in space, a bubble, rising from vast
  • depths to the sea's surface. Piercing it, my Mardian strength
  • returned; but the angel's veins once more grew dim.
  • "Nearing the isles, thus breathed my guide:--'Loved one, love on! But
  • know, that heaven hath no roof. To know all is to be all. Beatitude
  • there is none. And your only Mardian happiness is but exemption from
  • great woes--no more. Great Love is sad; and heaven is Love. Sadness
  • makes the silence throughout the realms of space; sadness is universal
  • and eternal; but sadness is tranquillity; tranquillity the uttermost
  • that souls may hope for.'
  • "Then, with its wings it fanned adieu; and disappeared where the sun
  • flames highest."
  • We heard the dream and, silent, sought repose, to dream away our
  • wonder.
  • CHAPTER LXXXV
  • They Depart From Serenia
  • At sunrise, we stood upon the beach.
  • Babbalanja thus:--"My voyage is ended. Not because what we sought is
  • found; but that I now possess all which may be had of what I sought in
  • Mardi. Here, tarry to grow wiser still:--then I am Alma's and the
  • world's. Taji! for Yillah thou wilt hunt in vain; she is a phantom
  • that but mocks thee; and while for her thou madly huntest, the sin
  • thou didst cries out, and its avengers still will follow. But here
  • they may not come: nor those, who, tempting, track thy path. Wise
  • counsel take. Within our hearts is all we seek: though in that search
  • many need a prompter. Him I have found in blessed Alma. Then rove no
  • more. Gain now, in flush of youth, that last wise thought, too often
  • purchased, by a life of woe. Be wise: be wise.
  • "Media! thy station calls thee home. Yet from this isle, thou earnest
  • that, wherewith to bless thy own. These flowers, that round us spring,
  • may be transplanted: and Odo made to bloom with amaranths and myrtles,
  • like this Serenia. Before thy people act the things, thou here hast
  • heard. Let no man weep, that thou may'st laugh; no man toil too hard,
  • that thou may'st idle be. Abdicate thy throne: but still retain the
  • scepter. None need a king; but many need a ruler.
  • "Mohi! Yoomy! do we part? then bury in forgetfulness much that
  • hitherto I've spoken. But let not one syllable of this old man's words
  • be lost.
  • "Mohi! Age leads thee by the hand. Live out thy life; and die, calm-
  • browed.
  • "But Yoomy! many days are thine. And in one life's span, great circles
  • may be traversed, eternal good be done. Take all Mardi for thy home.
  • Nations are but names; and continents but shifting sands.
  • "Once more: Taji! be sure thy Yillah never will be found; or found,
  • will not avail thee. Yet search, if so thou wilt; more isles, thou
  • say'st, are still unvisited; and when all is seen, return, and find
  • thy Yillah here.
  • "Companions all! adieu."
  • And from the beach, he wended through the woods.
  • Our shallops now refitted, we silently embarked; and as we sailed
  • away, the old man blessed us.
  • For a time, each prow's ripplings were distinctly heard: ripple after
  • ripple.
  • With silent, steadfast eyes, Media still preserved his noble mien;
  • Mohi his reverend repose; Yoomy his musing mood.
  • But as a summer hurricane leaves all nature still, and smiling to the
  • eye; yet, in deep woods, there lie concealed some anguished roots torn
  • up:--so, with these.
  • Much they longed, to point our prows for Odo's isle; saying our search
  • was over.
  • But I was fixed as fate.
  • On we sailed, as when we first embarked; the air was bracing as
  • before. More isles we visited:--thrice encountered the avengers: but
  • unharmed; thrice Hautia's heralds but turned not aside;--saw many
  • checkered scenes--wandered through groves, and open fields--traversed
  • many vales--climbed hill-tops whence broad views were gained--tarried
  • in towns--broke into solitudes--sought far, sought near:--Still Yillah
  • there was none.
  • Then again they all would fain dissuade me.
  • "Closed is the deep blue eye," said Yoomy.
  • "Fate's last leaves are turning, let me home and die," said Mohi.
  • "So nigh the circuit's done," said Media, "our morrow's sun must rise
  • o'er Odo; Taji! renounce the hunt."
  • "I am the hunter, that never rests! the hunter without a home! She I
  • seek, still flies before; and I will follow, though she lead me beyond
  • the reef; through sunless seas; and into night and death. Her, will I
  • seek, through all the isles and stars; and find her, whate'er betide!"
  • Again they yielded; and again we glided on;--our storm-worn prows, now
  • pointed here, now there;--beckoned, repulsed;--their half-rent sails,
  • still courting every breeze.
  • But that same night, once more, they wrestled with me. Now, at last,
  • the hopeless search must be renounced: Yillah there was none: back
  • must I hie to blue Serenia.
  • Then sweet Yillah called me from the sea;--still must I on! but gazing
  • whence that music seemed to come, I thought I saw the green corse
  • drifting by: and striking 'gainst our prow, as if to hinder. Then,
  • then! my heart grew hard, like flint; and black, like night; and
  • sounded hollow to the hand I clenched. Hyenas filled me with their
  • laughs; death-damps chilled my brow; I prayed not, but blasphemed.
  • CHAPTER LXXXVI
  • They Meet The Phantoms
  • That starless midnight, there stole from out the darkness, the Iris
  • flag of Hautia.
  • Again the sirens came. They bore a large and stately urn-like flower,
  • white as alabaster, and glowing, as if lit up within. From its calyx,
  • flame-like, trembled forked and crimson stamens, burning with
  • intensest odors.
  • The phantoms nearer came; their flower, as an urn of burning niter.
  • Then it changed, and glowed like Persian dawns; or passive, was shot
  • over by palest lightnings;--so variable its tints.
  • "The night-blowing Cereus!" said Yoomy, shuddering, "that never blows
  • in sun-light; that blows but once; and blows but for an hour.--For the
  • last time I come; now, in your midnight of despair, and promise you
  • this glory. Take heed! short time hast thou to pause; through me,
  • perhaps, thy Yillah may be found."
  • "Away! away! tempt me not by that, enchantress! Hautia! I know thee
  • not; I fear thee not; but instinct makes me hate thee. Away! my eyes
  • are frozen shut; I will not be tempted more."
  • "How glorious it burns!" cried Media. I reel with incense:--can such
  • sweets be evil?"
  • "Look! look!" cried Yoomy, "its petals wane, and creep; one moment
  • more, and the night-flower shuts up forever the last, last hope of
  • Yillah!"
  • "Yillah! Yillah! Yillah!" bayed three vengeful voices far behind.
  • "Yillah! Yillah!--dash the urn! I follow, Hautia! though thy lure be
  • death."
  • The Cereus closed; and in a mist the siren prow went on before; we,
  • following.
  • When day dawned, three radiant pilot-fish swam in advance: three
  • ravenous sharks astern.
  • And, full before us, rose the isle of Hautia.
  • CHAPTER LXXXVII
  • They Draw Nigh To Flozella
  • As if Mardi were a poem, and every island a canto, the shore now in
  • sight was called Flozella-a-Nina, or The-Last-Verse-of-the-Song.
  • According to Mohi, the origin of this term was traceable to the
  • remotest antiquity.
  • In the beginning, there were other beings in Mardi besides Mardians;
  • winged beings, of purer minds, and cast in gentler molds, who would
  • fain have dwelt forever with mankind. But the hearts of the Mardians
  • were bitter against them, because of their superior goodness. Yet
  • those beings returned love for malice, and long entreated to virtue
  • and charity. But in the end, all Mardi rose up against them, and
  • hunted them from isle to isle; till, at last, they rose from the
  • woodlands like a flight of birds, and disappeared in the skies.
  • Thereafter, abandoned of such sweet influences, the Mardians fell into
  • all manner of sins and sufferings, becoming the erring things their
  • descendants were now. Yet they knew not, that their calamities were of
  • their own bringing down. For deemed a victory, the expulsion of the
  • winged beings was celebrated in choruses, throughout Mardi. And among
  • other jubilations, so ran the legend, a pean was composed,
  • corresponding in the number of its stanzas, to the number of islands.
  • And a band of youths, gayly appareled, voyaged in gala canoes all
  • round the lagoon, singing upon each isle, one verse of their song. And
  • Flozella being the last isle in their circuit, its queen commemorated
  • the circumstance, by new naming her realm.
  • That queen had first incited Mardi to wage war against the beings with
  • wings. She it was, who had been foremost in every assault. And that
  • queen was ancestor of Hautia, now ruling the isle.
  • Approaching the dominions of one who so long had haunted me,
  • conflicting emotions tore up my soul in tornadoes. Yet Hautia had held
  • out some prospect of crowning my yearnings. But how connected were
  • Hautia and Yillah? Something I hoped; yet more I feared. Dire
  • presentiments, like poisoned arrows, shot through me. Had they pierced
  • me before, straight to Flozella would I have voyaged; not waiting for
  • Hautia to woo me by that last and victorious temptation. But unchanged
  • remained my feelings of hatred for Hautia; yet vague those feelings,
  • as the language of her flowers. Nevertheless, in some mysterious way
  • seemed Hautia and Yillah connected. But Yillah was all beauty, and
  • innocence; my crown of felicity; my heaven below;--and Hautia, my
  • whole heart abhorred. Yillah I sought; Hautia sought me. One, openly
  • beckoned me here; the other dimly allured me there. Yet now was I
  • wildly dreaming to find them together. But so distracted my soul, I
  • knew not what it was, that I thought.
  • Slowly we neared the land. Flozella-a-Nina!--An omen? Was this isle,
  • then, to prove the last place of my search, even as it was the Last-
  • Verse-of-the-Song?
  • CHAPTER LXXXVIII
  • They Land
  • A jeweled tiara, nodding in spray, looks flowery Flozella, approached
  • from the sea. For, lo you! the glittering foam all round its white
  • marge; where, forcing themselves underneath the coral ledge, and up
  • through its crevices, in fountains, the blue billows gush. While,
  • within, zone above zone, thrice zoned in belts of bloom, all the isle,
  • as a hanging-garden soars; its tapering cone blending aloft, with
  • heaven's own blue.
  • "What flies through the spray! what incense is this?" cried Media.
  • "Ha! you wild breeze! you have been plundering the gardens of Hautia,"
  • cried Yoomy.
  • "No sweets can be sweeter," said Braid-Beard, "but no Upas more deadly."
  • Anon we came nearer; sails idly flapping, and paddles suspended; sleek
  • currents our coursers. And round about the isle, like winged rainbows,
  • shoals of dolphins were leaping over floating fragments of wrecks:--
  • dark-green, long-haired ribs, and keels of canoes. For many shallops,
  • inveigled by the eddies, were oft dashed to pieces against that
  • flowery strand. But what cared the dolphins? Mardian wrecks were their
  • homes. Over and over they sprang: from east to west: rising and
  • setting: many suns in a moment; while all the sea, like a harvest
  • plain, was stacked with their glittering sheaves of spray.
  • And far down, fathoms on fathoms, flitted rainbow hues:--as seines-
  • full of mermaids; half-screening the bones of the drowned.
  • Swifter and swifter the currents now ran; till with a shock, our prows
  • were beached.
  • There, beneath an arch of spray, three dark-eyed maidens stood;
  • garlanded with columbines, their nectaries nodding like jesters'
  • bells; and robed in vestments blue.
  • "The pilot-fish transformed!" cried Yoomy.
  • "The night-eyed heralds three!" said Mohi.
  • Following the maidens, we now took our way along a winding vale;
  • where, by sweet-scented hedges, flowed blue-braided brooks; their
  • tributaries, rivulets of violets, meandering through the meads.
  • On one hand, forever glowed the rosy mountains with a tropic dawn; and
  • on the other; lay an Arctic eve;--the white daisies drifted in long
  • banks of snow, and snowed the blossoms from the orange boughs. There,
  • summer breathed her bridal bloom; her hill-top temples crowned with
  • bridal wreaths.
  • We wandered on, through orchards arched in long arcades, that seemed
  • baronial halls, hung o'er with trophies:--so spread the boughs in
  • antlers. This orchard was the frontlet of the isle.
  • The fruit hung high in air, that only beaks, not hands, might pluck.
  • Here, the peach tree showed her thousand cheeks of down, kissed often
  • by the wooing winds; here, in swarms; the yellow apples hived, like
  • golden bees upon the boughs; here, from the kneeling, fainting trees,
  • thick fell the cherries, in great drops of blood; and here, the
  • pomegranate, with cold rind and sere, deep pierced by bills of birds
  • revealed the mellow of its ruddy core. So, oft the heart, that cold
  • and withered seems, within yet hides its juices.
  • This orchard passed, the vale became a lengthening plain, that seemed
  • the Straits of Ormus bared so thick it lay with flowery gems:
  • torquoise-hyacinths, ruby-roses, lily-pearls. Here roved the vagrant
  • vines; their flaxen ringlets curling over arbors, which laughed and
  • shook their golden locks. From bower to bower, flew the wee bird, that
  • ever hovering, seldom lights; and flights of gay canaries passed, like
  • jonquils, winged.
  • But now, from out half-hidden bowers of clematis, there issued swarms
  • of wasps, which flying wide, settled on all the buds.
  • And, fifty nymphs preceding, who now follows from those bowers, with
  • gliding, artful steps:--the very snares of love!--Hautia. A gorgeous
  • amaryllis in her hand; Circe-flowers in her ears; her girdle tied with
  • vervain.
  • She came by privet hedges, drooping; downcast honey-suckles; she trod
  • on pinks and pansies, blue-bells, heath, and lilies. She glided on:
  • her crescent brow calm as the moon, when most it works its evil
  • influences.
  • Her eye was fathomless.
  • But the same mysterious, evil-boding gaze was there, which long before
  • had haunted me in Odo, ere Yillah fled.--Queen Hautia the incognito!
  • Then two wild currents met, and dashed me into foam.
  • "Yillah! Yillah!--tell me, queen!" But she stood motionless; radiant,
  • and scentless: a dahlia on its stalk. "Where? Where?"
  • "Is not thy voyage now ended?--Take flowers! Damsels, give him wine to
  • drink. After his weary hunt, be the wanderer happy."
  • I dashed aside their cups, and flowers; still rang the vale with Yillah!
  • "Taji! did I know her fate, naught would I now disclose; my heralds
  • pledged their queen to naught. Thou but comest here to supplant thy
  • mourner's night-shade, with marriage roses. Damsels! give him wreaths;
  • crowd round him; press him with your cups!"
  • Once more I spilled their wine, and tore their garlands. Is not that,
  • the evil eye that long ago did haunt me? and thou, the Hautia who hast
  • followed me, and wooed, and mocked, and tempted me, through all this
  • long, long voyage? I swear! thou knowest all."
  • "I am Hautia. Thou hast come at last. Crown him with your flowers!
  • Drown him in your wine! To all questions, Taji! I am mute.--Away!--
  • damsels dance; reel round him; round and round!"
  • Then, their feet made music on the rippling grass, like thousand
  • leaves of lilies on a lake. And, gliding nearer, Hautia welcomed
  • Media; and said, "Your comrade here is sad:--be ye gay. Ho, wine!--I
  • pledge ye, guests!"
  • Then, marking all, I thought to seem what I was not, that I might
  • learn at last the thing I sought.
  • So, three cups in hand I held; drank wine, and laughed; and half-way
  • met Queen Hautia's blandishments.
  • CHAPTER LXXXIX
  • They Enter The Bower Of Hautia
  • Conducted to the arbor, from which the queen had emerged, we came to a
  • sweet-brier bower within; and reclined upon odorous mats.
  • Then, in citron cups, sherbet of tamarinds was offered to Media, Mohi,
  • Yoomy; to me, a nautilus shell, brimmed with a light-like fluid, that
  • welled, and welled like a fount.
  • "Quaff, Taji, quaff! every drop drowns a thought!"
  • Like a blood-freshet, it ran through my veins.
  • A philter?--How Hautia burned before me! Glorious queen! with all the
  • radiance, lighting up the equatorial night.
  • "Thou art most magical, oh queen! about thee a thousand constellations
  • cluster."
  • "They blaze to burn," whispered Mohi.
  • "I see ten million Hautias!--all space reflects her, as a mirror."
  • Then, in reels, the damsels once more mazed, the blossoms shaking from
  • their brows; till Hautia, glided near; arms lustrous as rainbows:
  • chanting some wild invocation.
  • My soul ebbed out; Yillah there was none! but as I turned round open-
  • armed, Hautia vanished.
  • "She is deeper than the sea," said Media.
  • "Her bow is bent," said Yoomy.
  • "I could tell wonders of Hautia and her damsels," said Mohi.
  • "What wonders?"
  • "Listen; and in his own words will I recount the adventure of the
  • youth Ozonna. It will show thee, Taji, that the maidens of Hautia are
  • all Yillahs, held captive, unknown to themselves; and that Hautia,
  • their enchantress, is the most treacherous of queens.
  • "'Camel-like, laden with woe,' said Ozonna, 'after many wild rovings
  • in quest of a maiden long lost--beautiful Ady! and after being
  • repelled in Maramma; and in vain hailed to land at Serenia,
  • represented as naught but another Maramma;--with vague promises of
  • discovering Ady, three sirens, who long had pursued, at last inveigled
  • me to Flozella; where Hautia made me her thrall. But ere long, in Rea,
  • one of her maidens, I thought I discovered my Ady transformed. My arms
  • opened wide to embrace; but the damsel knew not Ozonna. And even, when
  • after hard wooing, I won her again, she seemed not lost Ady, but Rea.
  • Yet all the while, from deep in her strange, black orbs, Ady's blue
  • eyes seemed pensively looking:--blue eye within black: sad, silent
  • soul within merry. Long I strove, by fixed ardent gazing, to break the
  • spell, and restore in Rea my lost one's Past. But in vain. It was only
  • Rea, not Ady, who at stolen intervals looked on me now. One morning
  • Hautia started as she greeted me; her quick eye rested on my bosom;
  • and glancing there, affrighted, I beheld a distinct, fresh mark, the
  • impress of Rea's necklace drop. Fleeing, I revealed what had passed to
  • the maiden, who broke from my side; as I, from Hautia's. The queen
  • summoned her damsels, but for many hours the call was unheeded; and
  • when at last they came, upon each bosom lay a necklace-drop like
  • Rea's. On the morrow, lo! my arbor was strown over with bruised
  • Linden-leaves, exuding a vernal juice. Full of forbodings, again I
  • sought Rea: who, casting down her eyes, beheld her feet stained green.
  • Again she fled; and again Hautia summoned her damsels: malicious
  • triumph in her eye; but dismay succeeded: each maid had spotted feet.
  • That night Rea was torn from my side by three masks; who, stifling her
  • cries, rapidly bore her away; and as I pursued, disappeared in a cave.
  • Next morning, Hautia was surrounded by her nymphs, but Rea was absent.
  • Then, gliding near, she snatched from my hair, a jet-black tress,
  • loose-hanging. 'Ozonna is the murderer! See! Rea's torn hair entangled
  • with his!' Aghast, I swore that I knew not her fate. 'Then let the
  • witch Larfee be called!' The maidens darted from the bower; and soon
  • after, there rolled into it a green cocoa-nut, followed by the witch,
  • and all the damsels, flinging anemones upon it. Bowling this way and
  • that, the nut at last rolled to my feet.--'It is he!' cried all.--Then
  • they bound me with osiers; and at midnight, unseen and irresistible
  • hands placed me in a shallop; which sped far out into the lagoon,
  • where they tossed me to the waves; but so violent the shock, the
  • osiers burst; and as the shallop fled one way, swimming another, ere
  • long I gained land.
  • "'Thus in Flozella, I found but the phantom of Ady, and slew the last
  • hope of Ady the true.'"
  • This recital sank deep into my soul. In some wild way, Hautia had made
  • a captive of Yillah; in some one of her black-eyed maids, the blue-
  • eyed One was transformed. From side to side, in frenzy, I turned; but
  • in all those cold, mystical eyes, saw not the warm ray that I sought.
  • "Hast taken root within this treacherous soil?" cried Media. "Away!
  • thy Yillah is behind thee, not before. Deep she dwells in blue
  • Serenia's groves; which thou would'st not search. Hautia mocks thee;
  • away! The reef is rounded; but a strait flows between this isle and
  • Odo, and thither its ruler must return. Every hour I tarry here, some
  • wretched serf is dying there, for whom, from blest Serenia, _I carry
  • life and joy. Away!_"
  • "Art still bent on finding evil for thy good?" cried Mohi.--"How can
  • Yillah harbor here?--Beware!--Let not Hautia so enthrall thee."
  • "Come away, come away," cried Yoomy. "Far hence is Yillah! and he who
  • tarries among these flowers, must needs burn juniper."
  • "Look on me, Media, Mohi, Yoomy. Here I stand, my own monument, till
  • Hautia breaks the spell."
  • In grief they left me.
  • Vee-Vee's conch I heard no more.
  • CHAPTER XC
  • Taji With Hautia
  • As their last echoes died away down the valley, Hautia glided near;--
  • zone unbound, the amaryllis in her hand. Her bosom ebbed and flowed;
  • the motes danced in the beams that darted from her eyes.
  • "Come! let us sin, and be merry. Ho! wine, wine, wine! and lapfuls of
  • flowers! let all the cane-brakes pipe their flutes. Damsels! dance;
  • reel, swim, around me:--I, the vortex that draws all in. Taji! Taji!--
  • as a berry, that name is juicy in my mouth!--Taji, Taji!" and in
  • choruses, she warbled forth the sound, till it seemed issuing from her
  • syren eyes.
  • My heart flew forth from out its bars, and soared in air; but as my
  • hand touched Hautia's, down dropped a dead bird from the clouds.
  • "Ha! how he sinks!--but did'st ever dive in deep waters, Taji? Did'st
  • ever see where pearls grow?--To the cave!--damsels, lead on!"
  • Then wending through constellations of flowers, we entered deep
  • groves. And thus, thrice from sun-light to shade, it seemed three
  • brief nights and days, ere we paused before the mouth of the cavern.
  • A bow-shot from the sea, it pierced the hill-side like a vaulted way;
  • and glancing in, we saw far gleams of water; crossed, here and there,
  • by long-flung distant shadows of domes and columns. All Venice seemed
  • within.
  • From a stack of golden palm-stalks, the damsels now made torches; then
  • stood grouped; a sheaf of sirens in a sheaf of frame.
  • Illuminated, the cavern shone like a Queen of Kandy's casket: full of
  • dawns and sunsets.
  • From rocky roof to bubbling floor, it was columned with stalactites;
  • and galleried all round, in spiral tiers, with sparkling, coral ledges.
  • And now, their torches held aloft, into the water the maidens softly
  • glided; and each a lotus floated; while, from far above, into the air
  • Hautia flung her flambeau; then bounding after, in the lake, two
  • meteors were quenched.
  • Where she dived, the flambeaux clustered; and up among them, Hautia
  • rose; hands, full of pearls.
  • "Lo! Taji; all these may be had for the diving; and Beauty, Health,
  • Wealth, Long Life, and the Last Lost Hope of man. But through me
  • alone, may these be had. Dive thou, and bring up one pearl if thou
  • canst."
  • Down, down! down, down, in the clear, sparkling water, till I seemed
  • crystalized in the flashing heart of a diamond; but from those
  • bottomless depths, I uprose empty handed.
  • "Pearls, pearls! thy pearls! thou art fresh from the mines. Ah, Taji!
  • for thee, bootless deep diving. Yet to Hautia, one shallow plunge
  • reveals many Golcondas. But come; dive with me:--join hands--let me
  • show thee strange things."
  • "Show me that which I seek, and I will dive with thee, straight
  • through the world, till we come up in oceans unknown."
  • "Nay, nay; but join hands, and I will take thee, where thy Past shall
  • be forgotten; where thou wilt soon learn to love the living, not the
  • dead."
  • "Better to me, oh Hautia! all the bitterness of my buried dead, than
  • all the sweets of the life thou canst bestow; even, were it eternal."
  • CHAPTER XCI
  • Mardi Behind: An Ocean Before
  • Returned from the cave, Hautia reclined in her clematis bower,
  • invisible hands flinging fennel around her. And nearer, and nearer,
  • stole dulcet sounds dissolving my woes, as warm beams, snow. Strange
  • languors made me droop; once more within my inmost vault, side by
  • side, the Past and Yillah lay:--two bodies tranced;--while like a
  • rounding sun, before me Hautia magnified magnificence; and through her
  • fixed eyes, slowly drank up my soul.
  • Thus we stood:--snake and victim: life ebbing out from me, to her.
  • But from that spell, I burst again, as all the Past smote all the
  • Present in me.
  • "Oh Hautia! thou knowest the mystery I die to fathom. I see it
  • crouching in thine eye:--Reveal!"
  • "Weal or woe?"
  • "Life or death!"
  • "See, see!" and Yillah's rose-pearl danced before me.
  • I snatched it from her hand:--"Yillah! Yillah!"
  • "Rave on: she lies too deep to answer; stranger voices than thine she
  • hears:--bubbles are bursting round her."
  • "Drowned! drowned then, even as she dreamed:--I come, I come!--Ha,
  • what form is this?--hast mosses? sea-thyme? pearls?--Help, help! I
  • sink!--Back, shining monster!---What, Hautia,--is it thou?--Oh
  • vipress, I could slay thee!"
  • "Go, go,--and slay thyself: I may not make thee mine;--go,--dead to
  • dead!--There is another cavern in the hill." Swift I fled along the
  • valley-side; passed Hautia's cave of pearls; and gained a twilight
  • arch; within, a lake transparent shone. Conflicting currents met, and
  • wrestled; and one dark arch led to channels, seaward tending.
  • Round and round, a gleaming form slow circled in the deepest eddies:--
  • white, and vaguely Yillah.
  • Straight I plunged; but the currents were as fierce headwinds off
  • capes, that beat back ships.
  • Then, as I frenzied gazed; gaining the one dark arch, the revolving
  • shade darted out of sight, and the eddies whirled as before.
  • "Stay, stay! let me go with thee, though thou glidest to gulfs of
  • blackness;--naught can exceed the hell of this despair!--Why beat
  • longer in this corpse oh, my heart!"
  • As somnambulists fast-frozen in some horrid dream, ghost-like glide
  • abroad, and fright the wakeful world; so that night, with death-glazed
  • eyes, to and fro I flitted on the damp and weedy beach.
  • "Is this specter, Taji?"--and Mohi and the minstrel stood before me.
  • "Taji lives no more. So dead, he has no ghost. I am his spirit's
  • phantom's phantom."
  • "Nay, then, phantom! the time has come to flee."
  • They dragged me to the water's brink, where a prow was beached. Soon--
  • Mohi at the helm--we shot beneath the far-flung shadow of a cliff;
  • when, as in a dream, I hearkened to a voice.
  • Arrived at Odo, Media had been met with yells. Sedition was in arms,
  • and to his beard defied him. Vain all concessions then. Foremost stood
  • the three pale sons of him, whom I had slain, to gain the maiden lost.
  • Avengers, from the first hour we had parted on the sea, they had
  • drifted on my track survived starvation; and lived to hunt me round
  • all Mardi's reef; and now at Odo, that last threshold, waited to
  • destroy; or there, missing the revenge they sought, still swore to
  • hunt me round Eternity.
  • Behind the avengers, raged a stormy mob, invoking Media to renounce
  • his rule. But one hand waving like a pennant above the smoke of some
  • sea-fight, straight through that tumult Media sailed serene: the
  • rioters parting from before him, as wild waves before a prow
  • inflexible.
  • A haven gained, he turned to Mohi and the minstrel:--"Oh, friends!
  • after our long companionship, hard to part! But henceforth, for many
  • moons, Odo will prove no home for old age, or youth. In Serenia only,
  • will ye find the peace ye seek; and thither ye must carry Taji, who
  • else must soon be slain, or lost. Go: release him from the thrall of
  • Hautia. Outfly the avengers, and gain Serenia. Reek not of me. The
  • state is tossed in storms; and where I stand, the combing billows must
  • break over. But among all noble souls, in tempest-time, the headmost
  • man last flies the wreck. So, here in Odo will I abide, though every
  • plank breaks up beneath me. And then,--great Oro! let the king die
  • clinging to the keel! Farewell!"
  • Such Mohi's tale.
  • In trumpet-blasts, the hoarse night-winds now blew; the Lagoon, black
  • with the still shadows of the mountains, and the driving shadows of
  • the clouds. Of all the stars, only red Arcturus shone. But through the
  • gloom, and on the circumvallating reef, the breakers dashed ghost-white.
  • An outlet in that outer barrier was nigh.
  • "Ah! Yillah! Yillah!--the currents sweep thee ocean-ward; nor will I
  • tarry behind.--Mardi, farewell!--Give me the helm, old man!"
  • "Nay, madman! Serenia is our haven. Through yonder strait, for thee,
  • perdition lies. And from the deep beyond, no voyager e'er puts back."
  • "And why put back? is a life of dying worth living o'er again?--Let
  • _me_, then, be the unreturning wanderer. The helm! By Oro, I will
  • steer my own fate, old man.--Mardi, farewell!"
  • "Nay, Taji: commit not the last, last crime!" cried Yoomy.
  • "He's seized the helm! eternity is in his eye! Yoomy: for our lives we
  • must now swim."
  • And plunging, they struck out for land: Yoomy buoying Mohi up, and the
  • salt waves dashing the tears from his pallid face, as through the
  • scud, he turned it on me mournfully.
  • "Now, I am my own soul's emperor; and my first act is abdication!
  • Hail! realm of shades!"--and turning my prow into the racing tide,
  • which seized me like a hand omnipotent, I darted through.
  • Churned in foam, that outer ocean lashed the clouds; and straight in
  • my white wake, headlong dashed a shallop, three fixed specters leaning
  • o'er its prow: three arrows poising.
  • And thus, pursuers and pursued flew on, over an endless sea.
  • THE END.
  • End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Mardi: and A Voyage Thither, Vol. II
  • (of 2), by Herman Melville
  • *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARDI: AND A VOYAGE THITHER, ***
  • ***** This file should be named 13721.txt or 13721.zip *****
  • This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
  • http://www.gutenberg.net/1/3/7/2/13721/
  • Produced by Geoff Palmer
  • Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
  • will be renamed.
  • Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
  • one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
  • (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
  • permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
  • set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
  • copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
  • protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
  • Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
  • charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
  • do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
  • rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
  • such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
  • research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
  • practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
  • subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
  • redistribution.
  • *** START: FULL LICENSE ***
  • THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
  • PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
  • To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
  • distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
  • (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
  • http://gutenberg.net/license).
  • Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic works
  • 1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
  • and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
  • (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
  • the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
  • all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
  • If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
  • terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
  • entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
  • 1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
  • used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
  • agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
  • things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  • even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
  • paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
  • and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works. See paragraph 1.E below.
  • 1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
  • or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
  • collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
  • individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
  • located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
  • copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
  • works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
  • are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
  • freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
  • this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
  • the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
  • keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
  • 1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
  • what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
  • a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
  • the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
  • before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
  • creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
  • Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
  • the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
  • States.
  • 1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
  • 1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
  • access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
  • whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
  • phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
  • copied or distributed:
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net
  • 1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
  • from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
  • posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
  • and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
  • or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
  • with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
  • work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
  • through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
  • Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
  • 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
  • with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
  • must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
  • terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
  • to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
  • permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
  • 1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
  • work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
  • 1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
  • electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
  • prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
  • active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License.
  • 1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
  • compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
  • word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
  • distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
  • "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
  • posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.net),
  • you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
  • copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
  • request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
  • form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
  • 1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
  • performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
  • unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
  • access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
  • that
  • - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
  • the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
  • you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
  • owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
  • has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
  • Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
  • must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
  • prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
  • returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
  • sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
  • address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
  • the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
  • - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
  • you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
  • does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License. You must require such a user to return or
  • destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
  • and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
  • Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
  • money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
  • electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
  • of receipt of the work.
  • - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
  • distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • 1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
  • forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
  • both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
  • Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
  • Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
  • 1.F.
  • 1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
  • effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
  • public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
  • "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
  • corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
  • property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
  • computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
  • your equipment.
  • 1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
  • of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
  • liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
  • fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
  • LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
  • PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
  • TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
  • LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
  • INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
  • DAMAGE.
  • 1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
  • defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
  • receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
  • written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
  • received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
  • your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
  • the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
  • refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
  • providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
  • receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
  • is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
  • opportunities to fix the problem.
  • 1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
  • in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
  • WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
  • WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
  • 1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
  • warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
  • If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
  • law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
  • interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
  • the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
  • provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
  • 1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
  • trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
  • providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
  • with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
  • promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
  • harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
  • that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
  • or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
  • work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
  • Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
  • Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
  • Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
  • electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
  • including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
  • because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
  • people in all walks of life.
  • Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
  • assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
  • goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
  • remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
  • and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
  • To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
  • and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
  • and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
  • Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
  • Foundation
  • The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
  • 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
  • state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
  • Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
  • number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
  • http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
  • permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
  • The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
  • Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
  • throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
  • 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
  • business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
  • information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
  • page at http://pglaf.org
  • For additional contact information:
  • Dr. Gregory B. Newby
  • Chief Executive and Director
  • gbnewby@pglaf.org
  • Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation
  • Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
  • spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
  • increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
  • freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
  • array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
  • ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
  • status with the IRS.
  • The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
  • charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
  • States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
  • considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
  • with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
  • where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
  • SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
  • particular state visit http://pglaf.org
  • While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
  • have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
  • against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
  • approach us with offers to donate.
  • International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
  • any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
  • outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
  • Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
  • methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
  • ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
  • donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
  • Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works.
  • Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
  • with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
  • Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
  • Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
  • editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
  • unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
  • keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
  • Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
  • http://www.gutenberg.net
  • This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
  • including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
  • Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
  • subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.